See in Reader
Replace "you can" with "you could" in NT
This commit is contained in:
Larry Sallee
parent
ef5258f139
commit
a32e00dc23
314
en_tn_43-LUK.tsv
314
en_tn_43-LUK.tsv
|
|
@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ LUK 1 5 gb16 writing-newevent ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις Ἡρῴδου β
|
|||
LUK 1 5 l004 figs-idiom ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις 1 In the days of Here, Luke uses the term **days** figuratively to refer to a particular period of time. Alternate translation: “During the time when” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 1 5 l005 translate-names Ἡρῴδου 1 Herod This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 1 5 l006 translate-names Ἰουδαίας 1 Judea **Judea** is the name of a kingdom. (It was not an independent kingdom at this time. Herod ruled it as a vassal of the Roman Empire.) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 1 5 a4q9 writing-participants ἐγένετο…ἱερεύς τις 1 there was a certain priest This phrase introduces a new character in a story. If your language has an expression of its own that serves this purpose, you can use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
LUK 1 5 a4q9 writing-participants ἐγένετο…ἱερεύς τις 1 there was a certain priest This phrase introduces a new character in a story. If your language has an expression of its own that serves this purpose, you could use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
LUK 1 5 l007 translate-names Ζαχαρίας 1 Zechariah **Zechariah** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 1 5 l228 figs-explicit ἐξ ἐφημερίας Ἀβιά 1 from the division of Abijah Luke assumes that his readers will know that this expression refers one of the different groups of priests who each served in the temple for a certain number of days at a time, and that the name of the group means that Abijah was the ancestor of these priests. Alternate translation: “who belonged to the group of priests who were descended from Abijah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 1 5 gzw1 translate-names Ἀβιά 1 Abijah **Abijah** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ LUK 1 6 csc9 figs-doublet πάσαις ταῖς ἐντολαῖς καὶ δι
|
|||
LUK 1 7 c7cj grammar-connect-logic-contrast καὶ 1 But This word indicates a contrast, showing that what follows is the opposite of what would be expected. People expected that if they did what was right, God would allow them to have children. Although this couple did what was right, they did not have any children. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||||
LUK 1 7 l010 figs-idiom ἀμφότεροι προβεβηκότες ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις αὐτῶν 1 they had both advanced in their days To have moved forward or to have **advanced** means figuratively to have aged. Alternate translation: “they had both grown old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 1 7 l011 figs-idiom ἀμφότεροι προβεβηκότες ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις αὐτῶν 1 they had both advanced in their days Here, Luke uses the term **days** figuratively to refer to a particular time, the lifetimes of Zechariah and Elizabeth. Alternate translation: “they had both grown old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 1 8 jr7f writing-newevent ἐγένετο δὲ 1 And it happened that This phrase marks a shift from the background information that Luke has been providing about the participants to the first event in their story. If your language has a similar expression that it uses to introduce an event, you can use it here in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
LUK 1 8 jr7f writing-newevent ἐγένετο δὲ 1 And it happened that This phrase marks a shift from the background information that Luke has been providing about the participants to the first event in their story. If your language has a similar expression that it uses to introduce an event, you could use it here in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
LUK 1 8 l012 grammar-connect-logic-result ἐν τῷ ἱερατεύειν αὐτὸν, ἐν τῇ τάξει τῆς ἐφημερίας αὐτοῦ 1 in his performing as priest in the order of his division If your readers would misunderstand this, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the results that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “because it was his group’s turn, Zechariah was serving as a priest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
LUK 1 8 vyl8 figs-metaphor ἐν τῷ ἱερατεύειν αὐτὸν…ἔναντι τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 in his performing as priest before God The expression **before God**, that is, “in front of God,” means that Zechariah was offering his service as a priest in the presence of God. Alternate translation: “while Zechariah was serving God as a priest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 1 8 abc1 writing-pronouns ἐν τῷ ἱερατεύειν αὐτὸν 1 in his performing as priest The pronoun **his** refers to Zechariah. Alternate translation: “while Zechariah was serving as a priest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ LUK 1 8 wed9 writing-background ἐν τῇ τάξει τῆς ἐφημερία
|
|||
LUK 1 9 vq5g writing-background κατὰ τὸ ἔθος τῆς ἱερατείας, ἔλαχε 1 according to the custom of the priesthood, he came up by lot Luke is providing background information about how the priests selected members of their group to perform specific duties. Alternate translation: “The priests chose him in their customary way, by casting a lot” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
LUK 1 9 pa9c translate-unknown ἔλαχε 1 came up by lot A **lot** was a marked stone that was thrown or rolled on the ground in order to help decide something. The priests believed that God would guide the lot and show them which priest he wanted them to choose for a particular duty. If your culture has a similar object, you could use the word for that in your language here. Alternate translation: “by casting a marked stone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
LUK 1 9 l013 grammar-connect-logic-result τοῦ θυμιᾶσαι, εἰσελθὼν εἰς τὸν ναὸν τοῦ Κυρίου 1 to enter into the temple of the Lord to burn incense ULT puts these phrases in the chronological order of what Zechariah needed to do. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could put them in logical order instead. Alternate translation: “to burn incense, and so he went into the temple to do that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
LUK 1 9 ph9z translate-unknown τοῦ θυμιᾶσαι 1 to burn incense The word **incense** describes a substance that gives off a sweet smell when it is burned. The priests were to burn it as an offering to God each morning and evening on a special altar inside the temple. If your language has a word for this substance, you can use it here. Alternate translation: “to burn a substance that would create a sweet smell as an offering to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
LUK 1 9 ph9z translate-unknown τοῦ θυμιᾶσαι 1 to burn incense The word **incense** describes a substance that gives off a sweet smell when it is burned. The priests were to burn it as an offering to God each morning and evening on a special altar inside the temple. If your language has a word for this substance, you could use it here. Alternate translation: “to burn a substance that would create a sweet smell as an offering to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
LUK 1 10 bjl6 figs-hyperbole πᾶν τὸ πλῆθος…τοῦ λαοῦ 1 the whole crowd of the people This expression, if taken literally, could mean every single one of the Jews, but it is actually a generalization that Luke is using to emphasize how big this crowd was. Alternate translation: “A large number of people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
LUK 1 10 ntl8 figs-explicit ἔξω 1 outside This word refers implicitly to the enclosed area or courtyard that surrounded the temple. Alternate translation: “in the courtyard outside the temple building” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 1 10 uwu7 figs-metaphor τῇ ὥρᾳ τοῦ θυμιάματος 1 at the hour of the incense offering The word **hour** figuratively means “time.” This could mean either the morning or evening time for the incense offering. Alternate translation: “when it was time to offer the incense” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ LUK 1 17 w32h figs-personification ἐπιστρέψαι καρδίας πατέ
|
|||
LUK 1 17 qe48 figs-synecdoche ἐπιστρέψαι καρδίας πατέρων ἐπὶ τέκνα 1 to turn the hearts of fathers back to their children The angel uses the relationship between **fathers** and **children** figuratively to represent all relationships. Luke relates in [3:10-14](../03/10.md) how John encouraged reconciliation in a variety of different relationships. Alternate translation: “to restore broken relationships” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
LUK 1 17 l024 figs-explicit ἐπιστρέψαι καρδίας πατέρων ἐπὶ τέκνα 1 to turn the hearts of fathers back to their children It is assumed that readers will know that this is what the prophet Malachi had said Elijah would do before the Lord came. The implication in context is that John will fulfill this prophecy by using the same empowerment that Elijah had. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to restore broken relationships, just as the prophet Malachi said Elijah would do before the Lord came” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 1 17 l025 figs-explicit ἀπειθεῖς ἐν φρονήσει δικαίων 1 to turn … the disobedient to the wisdom of the righteous Gabriel is using the term **wisdom** in the Old Testament sense as a moral term that refers to choosing the way in life that God has shown to be best. The people who make this choice are **righteous**, meaning that God considers them to be living in the right way. Alternate translation: “to lead people who are disobeying God to choose his ways and become people who live right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 1 17 j49j figs-nominaladj ἀπειθεῖς…δικαίων 1 the disobedient … of the righteous Gabriel is using the adjectives **disobedient** and **righteous** as nouns in order to indicate groups of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate these words with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “people who are disobeying God … people who live right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 1 17 j49j figs-nominaladj ἀπειθεῖς…δικαίων 1 the disobedient … of the righteous Gabriel is using the adjectives **disobedient** and **righteous** as nouns in order to indicate groups of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these words with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “people who are disobeying God … people who live right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 1 17 ujs1 figs-explicit λαὸν κατεσκευασμένον 1 a people prepared You could state explicitly in your translation what the people will be prepared to do. Alternate translation: “a people who will be prepared to believe his message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 1 18 asn2 figs-explicit κατὰ τί γνώσομαι τοῦτο 1 How will I know this Zechariah is implicitly asking for a sign as proof. Alternate translation: “What sign can you show me to prove that this will happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 1 18 l026 grammar-connect-logic-result γάρ 1 For This word introduces the reason why Zechariah wants a sign. He and his wife are both too old to have children, so he is finding it hard to believe what the angel has told him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -104,15 +104,15 @@ LUK 1 25 z1xr figs-explicit οὕτως μοι πεποίηκεν Κύριος 1
|
|||
LUK 1 25 pn2a figs-idiom ἐπεῖδεν 1 he looked upon me Here, the expression **looked upon** is an idiom that means “shown regard for” or “treated well.” Alternate translation: “he treated me kindly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 1 25 lx3p figs-explicit ἀφελεῖν ὄνειδός μου ἐν ἀνθρώποις 1 to take away my disgrace among people By **disgrace**, Elizabeth means the shame she felt because she was not able to have children. Alternate translation: “so that I no longer have to feel ashamed when I am around other people because I cannot have children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 1 26 v9w2 figs-explicit ἐν…τῷ μηνὶ τῷ ἕκτῳ 1 in the sixth month Luke assumes that readers will recognize that this does not mean the sixth month of the year, but the sixth month of Elizabeth’s pregnancy. If you think there could be some confusion about this, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “after Elizabeth had been pregnant for six months” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 1 26 l035 translate-ordinal τῷ μηνὶ τῷ ἕκτῳ 1 the sixth month If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “month 6” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
LUK 1 26 l035 translate-ordinal τῷ μηνὶ τῷ ἕκτῳ 1 the sixth month If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “month 6” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
LUK 1 26 rl4c figs-activepassive ἀπεστάλη ὁ ἄγγελος Γαβριὴλ ἀπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the angel Gabriel was sent from God If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “God sent the angel Gabriel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 1 26 l036 translate-names Γαλιλαίας 1 Galilee **Galilee** is the name of a region. It occurs many times in this book. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 1 26 l037 translate-names Ναζαρὲτ 1 Nazareth **Nazareth** is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 1 27 l038 writing-participants ἀνδρὶ, ᾧ ὄνομα Ἰωσὴφ 1 a man whose name was Joseph This introduces Joseph as a new character in the story. If your language has an expression of its own that serves this purpose, you can use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
LUK 1 27 l038 writing-participants ἀνδρὶ, ᾧ ὄνομα Ἰωσὴφ 1 a man whose name was Joseph This introduces Joseph as a new character in the story. If your language has an expression of its own that serves this purpose, you could use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
LUK 1 27 l039 translate-names Ἰωσὴφ 1 Joseph **Joseph** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 1 27 tzh2 figs-metaphor ἐξ οἴκου Δαυεὶδ 1 of the house of David In this expression, the word **house** describes all the people descended from a particular person. The term views all of those descendants figuratively as if they were one household living together. Alternate translation: “who was a descendant of King David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 1 27 l040 writing-background ἐξ οἴκου Δαυεὶδ 1 of the house of David This is background information that helps identify Joseph further. It is important for readers to know because it means that as [1:32](../01/32.md) indicates, Jesus, as the adoptive son of Joseph, will be an eligible successor to King David as the Messiah. Alternate translation: “who came from the royal line of David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
LUK 1 27 w9tm writing-participants τὸ ὄνομα τῆς παρθένου Μαριάμ 1 the name of the virgin was Mary This introduces Mary as a new character in the story. If your language has an expression of its own that serves this purpose, you can use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
LUK 1 27 w9tm writing-participants τὸ ὄνομα τῆς παρθένου Μαριάμ 1 the name of the virgin was Mary This introduces Mary as a new character in the story. If your language has an expression of its own that serves this purpose, you could use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
LUK 1 27 l041 translate-names Μαριάμ 1 Mary **Mary** is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 1 28 i7h4 figs-idiom χαῖρε 1 Rejoice This word was used as a greeting. Alternate translation: “Greetings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 1 28 bp2n κεχαριτωμένη 1 favored one Alternate translation: “you who have received great grace” or “you who have received special kindness”
|
||||
|
|
@ -202,7 +202,7 @@ LUK 1 51 nt8x figs-metaphor ὑπερηφάνους διανοίᾳ καρδία
|
|||
LUK 1 52 ty2j figs-metonymy καθεῖλεν δυνάστας ἀπὸ θρόνων 1 He has thrown down rulers from their thrones A **throne** is a chair that a ruler sits on, and it is a symbol associated with authority. If a ruler is brought down from his throne, that means he no longer has the authority to reign. Alternate translation: “He has deposed rulers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 1 52 l069 grammar-connect-logic-contrast καὶ 1 and This word indicates a contrast between what this phrase describes and what the previous phrase described. Try to make the contrast between these opposite actions clear in your translation. Alternate translation: “but”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||||
LUK 1 52 ee3q figs-metaphor ὕψωσεν ταπεινούς 1 he has raised up the lowly In this word picture, people who are more important are depicted as higher up than people who are less important. Alternate translation: “he has given important roles to humble people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 1 52 yuu2 figs-nominaladj ταπεινούς 1 the lowly Mary is using this adjective as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “humble people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 1 52 yuu2 figs-nominaladj ταπεινούς 1 the lowly Mary is using this adjective as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “humble people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 1 53 z2he grammar-connect-logic-contrast καὶ 1 but This word once again indicates a contrast between what this phrase describes and what the previous phrase described. Try to make the contrast between these opposite actions as clear as possible in your translation here as well. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||||
LUK 1 54 d8g6 translate-versebridge 0 If it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine [1:54](../01/54.md) and [1:55](../01/55.md) into a verse bridge, as UST does, in order to keep the information about Israel together. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]])
|
||||
LUK 1 54 l070 figs-personification Ἰσραὴλ 1 Israel Mary is referring figuratively to all of the people of Israel as if they were a single person, their ancestor, **Israel**. Alternate translation: “the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ LUK 1 58 j2xc figs-metaphor ἐμεγάλυνεν…τὸ ἔλεος αὐτο
|
|||
LUK 1 58 l075 figs-explicit ἐμεγάλυνεν…τὸ ἔλεος αὐτοῦ μετ’ αὐτῆς 1 had magnified his mercy to her The implication is that God’s great kindness to Elizabeth was to enable her to have a baby. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “had shown great kindness to her by enabling her to have a baby” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 1 59 f4ul writing-newevent καὶ ἐγένετο 1 And it happened Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
LUK 1 59 l076 translate-unknown ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ ὀγδόῃ 1 on the eighth day This expression refers to **the eighth day** of the baby’s life, reckoning the day he was born as the first day. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could translate this expression according to the way your own culture reckons time. Alternate translation: “when the baby was one week old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
LUK 1 59 gm1k translate-ordinal ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ ὀγδόῃ 1 on the eighth day If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “on day 8” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
LUK 1 59 gm1k translate-ordinal ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ ὀγδόῃ 1 on the eighth day If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “on day 8” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
LUK 1 59 ya7d figs-explicit ἦλθον περιτεμεῖν τὸ παιδίον 1 they came to circumcise the child In this culture, family and friends often came to celebrate with the family when a baby was circumcised. This ceremony showed that the baby was a member of the community that was in a special relationship with God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the family and friends of Zechariah and Elizabeth came for the baby’s circumcision ceremony, when he would be acknowledged as a member of the Israelite community” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 1 59 ip8w figs-idiom ἐκάλουν αὐτὸ ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτοῦ, Ζαχαρίαν 1 they were going to call him after the name of his father, Zechariah As in [1:13](../01/13.md) and [1:31](../01/31.md), to **call** the name of a child is an idiom meaning to give a child a name. Alternate translation: “they were going to give him the same name as his father, Zechariah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 1 60 l077 figs-hendiadys ἀποκριθεῖσα ἡ μήτηρ αὐτοῦ εἶπεν 1 answering his mother said Together the words **answering** and **said** mean that John’s mother responded to the intention of her family and friends to name the baby Zechariah. Alternate translation: “his mother responded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -273,7 +273,7 @@ LUK 1 74 v55j figs-explicit ἀφόβως 1 fearlessly The implication is that i
|
|||
LUK 1 75 l5n2 figs-abstractnouns ἐν ὁσιότητι καὶ δικαιοσύνῃ 1 in holiness and righteousness If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the ideas behind the abstract nouns **holiness** and **righteousness** with adjectives. Alternate translation: “doing what is holy and righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
LUK 1 75 tn5i figs-idiom ἐνώπιον αὐτοῦ 1 before him This is an idiom that means “in his presence,” and that suggests being in relationship with God. Alternate translation: “in relationship with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 1 75 l093 figs-idiom πάσαις ταῖς ἡμέραις ἡμῶν 1 all our days Here Zechariah uses the term **days** figuratively to refer to a particular period of time. Alternate translation: “for our whole lives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 1 76 f6r1 figs-explicit καὶ σὺ δέ, παιδίον 1 And indeed, you, child Zechariah uses this phrase to begin his direct address to his son. In your translation, you can indicate the change from Zechariah talking about God to Zechariah talking to John in the way that is most appropriate and natural in your language. It may be clearest to indicate this change explicitly. Alternate translation: “Then Zechariah said to his son John, ‘And as for you, my child’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 1 76 f6r1 figs-explicit καὶ σὺ δέ, παιδίον 1 And indeed, you, child Zechariah uses this phrase to begin his direct address to his son. In your translation, you could indicate the change from Zechariah talking about God to Zechariah talking to John in the way that is most appropriate and natural in your language. It may be clearest to indicate this change explicitly. Alternate translation: “Then Zechariah said to his son John, ‘And as for you, my child’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 1 76 l094 figs-idiom προφήτης…κληθήσῃ 1 you … will be called a prophet As in [1:32](../01/32.md), to **be called** is an idiom that means “to be.” Review the note there if that would be helpful. Zechariah is not saying that John will simply have the reputation of being a prophet. Alternate translation: “you … will be a prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 1 76 h2vh figs-activepassive προφήτης…κληθήσῃ 1 you … will be called a prophet If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “you … will be a prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 1 76 bb3g figs-idiom Ὑψίστου 1 of the Most High See how you translated the expression **the Most High** in [1:32](../01/32.md). Review the note there if that would be helpful. Alternate translation: “of the Most High God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -320,7 +320,7 @@ LUK 2 4 s7a7 figs-metaphor εἶναι αὐτὸν ἐξ οἴκου καὶ π
|
|||
LUK 2 5 ktz2 grammar-connect-logic-result ἀπογράψασθαι σὺν Μαριὰμ, τῇ ἐμνηστευμένῃ αὐτῷ 1 He registered himself with Mary, who was engaged to him If your readers would misunderstand this, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the action that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Because Mary was engaged to Joseph, she had to travel with him so that he could list their names together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
LUK 2 5 ne7a figs-explicit Μαριὰμ, τῇ ἐμνηστευμένῃ αὐτῷ 1 Mary, who was engaged to him In this culture, an engaged couple was considered legally married, although there would not have been physical intimacy between them until after the wedding. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain that. Alternate translation: “Mary, who was engaged to him and who was therefore considered his legal wife” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 2 5 l110 figs-activepassive τῇ ἐμνηστευμένῃ αὐτῷ 1 who was engaged to him If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “who had promised to marry him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 2 6 qw6j writing-newevent ἐγένετο δὲ 1 And it happened that This phrase marks the beginning of the next event in the story. If your language has a similar expression that it uses to introduce an event, you can use it in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
LUK 2 6 qw6j writing-newevent ἐγένετο δὲ 1 And it happened that This phrase marks the beginning of the next event in the story. If your language has a similar expression that it uses to introduce an event, you could use it in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
LUK 2 6 w4is figs-explicit ἐν τῷ εἶναι αὐτοὺς ἐκεῖ 1 while they were there The word **they** refers to Joseph and Mary being in Bethlehem. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “while Mary and Joseph were in Bethlehem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 2 6 zr62 figs-activepassive ἐπλήσθησαν αἱ ἡμέραι τοῦ τεκεῖν αὐτήν 1 the days were fulfilled for her to deliver If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the time came for Mary to give birth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 2 6 l111 figs-idiom ἐπλήσθησαν αἱ ἡμέραι 1 the days were fulfilled Here Luke uses the term **days** figuratively to refer to a particular time. Alternate translation: “the time came” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -331,7 +331,7 @@ LUK 2 7 s97r translate-unknown ἀνέκλινεν αὐτὸν ἐν φάτν
|
|||
LUK 2 7 yj6j figs-explicit διότι οὐκ ἦν αὐτοῖς τόπος ἐν τῷ καταλύματι 1 there was no room for them in the inn There was probably **no room** because so many people had come to Bethlehem to register. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “there was no other place available for them to stay, because so many people had come there to register” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 2 7 l114 translate-unknown διότι οὐκ ἦν αὐτοῖς τόπος ἐν τῷ καταλύματι 1 because there was no room for them in the inn **The inn** could mean a place of lodging where travelers stayed overnight. However, Luke uses the same term in [22:11](../22/11.md) to refer to a room in a house. So it could also mean “guest room.” Alternate translation: “there was no other place available for them to stay, because so many people had come there to register” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
LUK 2 8 l115 writing-background καὶ 1 And Luke uses **and** to introduce background information about some new characters. You can translate it with the word or phrase that serves the same purpose in your language. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
LUK 2 8 l116 writing-participants ποιμένες ἦσαν ἐν τῇ χώρᾳ τῇ αὐτῇ 1 there were shepherds in that area This phrase introduces new characters into the story. If your language has an expression of its own that serves this purpose, you can use it here. Alternate translation: “there were some shepherds living in that area” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
LUK 2 8 l116 writing-participants ποιμένες ἦσαν ἐν τῇ χώρᾳ τῇ αὐτῇ 1 there were shepherds in that area This phrase introduces new characters into the story. If your language has an expression of its own that serves this purpose, you could use it here. Alternate translation: “there were some shepherds living in that area” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
LUK 2 9 x1y4 ἄγγελος Κυρίου 1 an angel of the Lord Alternate translation: “a heavenly messenger sent from the Lord”
|
||||
LUK 2 9 u2di ἐπέστη αὐτοῖς 1 stood before them Alternate translation: “came to the shepherds”
|
||||
LUK 2 9 ca2k figs-explicit δόξα Κυρίου περιέλαμψεν αὐτούς 1 the glory of the Lord shone around them The implication is that a bright light appeared at the same time as the angel, expressing the magnificent presence of God that was accompanying his messenger. The **glory** of God is associated with light in the Bible, for example, “Arise, shine; for your light has come, and the glory of Yahweh has risen on you,” [Isaiah 60:1](../isa/60/01.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “a bright light shone all around them, showing the glorious presence of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -341,7 +341,7 @@ LUK 2 10 l118 figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ γὰρ 1 for behold The term **behold**
|
|||
LUK 2 10 pw8t εὐαγγελίζομαι ὑμῖν χαρὰν μεγάλην, ἥτις ἔσται παντὶ τῷ λαῷ 1 I bring you good news of great joy, which will be to all the people Alternate translation: “I have come to announce good news that will make all the people very happy”
|
||||
LUK 2 10 adz8 figs-hyperbole παντὶ τῷ λαῷ 1 all the people This could be: (1) a reference to all people. That is the reading of UST. Alternate translation: “all people everywhere” (2) a figurative generalization that refers specifically to the Jewish people who would welcome Jesus as the Messiah. Alternate translation: “your people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
LUK 2 11 l119 figs-infostructure ἐτέχθη ὑμῖν σήμερον Σωτὴρ, ὅς ἐστιν Χριστὸς, Κύριος, ἐν πόλει Δαυείδ 1 today has been born for you in the city of David a Savior, who is Christ the Lord! If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “a Savior, who is Christ the Lord, has been born for you today in the city of David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
|
||||
LUK 2 11 z1us figs-activepassive ἐτέχθη ὑμῖν σήμερον 1 today has been born for you If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “we are announcing the birth for you today” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 2 11 z1us figs-activepassive ἐτέχθη ὑμῖν σήμερον 1 today has been born for you If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “we are announcing the birth for you today” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 2 11 z9m2 figs-explicit ἐν πόλει Δαυείδ 1 in the city of David This means Bethlehem. See the explanation in the note to [2:4](../02/04.md). Alternate translation: “in Bethlehem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 2 11 l120 figs-explicit ὅς ἐστιν Χριστὸς, Κύριος 1 who is Christ the Lord **Christ** is the Greek word for “Messiah.” Alternate translation: “who is the Messiah, the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 2 12 yj15 figs-explicit τοῦτο ὑμῖν τὸ σημεῖον 1 this will be the sign to you The implication is that God has provided this sign. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God has given you this sign” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -369,7 +369,7 @@ LUK 2 21 l124 figs-activepassive ἐπλήσθησαν ἡμέραι ὀκτὼ
|
|||
LUK 2 21 u6sw figs-activepassive ἐκλήθη τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ Ἰησοῦς 1 his name was called Jesus If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “his parents Joseph and Mary named him Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 2 21 l125 figs-idiom ἐκλήθη τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ Ἰησοῦς 1 his name was called Jesus As in 1:13, to “call a name” is an idiom that means to give a child a name. Alternate translation: “his parents Joseph and Mary named him Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 2 21 km8b figs-activepassive τὸ κληθὲν ὑπὸ τοῦ ἀγγέλου 1 which he had been called by the angel If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “which was the name that the angel had told Mary to give him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 2 21 l126 figs-explicitinfo πρὸ τοῦ συνλημφθῆναι αὐτὸν ἐν τῇ κοιλίᾳ 1 before he was conceived in the womb In your language, it might seem that the phrase **conceived in the womb** expresses unnecessary extra information. If so, you can abbreviate it. Alternate translation: “before he was conceived” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]])
|
||||
LUK 2 21 l126 figs-explicitinfo πρὸ τοῦ συνλημφθῆναι αὐτὸν ἐν τῇ κοιλίᾳ 1 before he was conceived in the womb In your language, it might seem that the phrase **conceived in the womb** expresses unnecessary extra information. If so, you could abbreviate it. Alternate translation: “before he was conceived” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]])
|
||||
LUK 2 22 q9yb figs-activepassive ὅτε ἐπλήσθησαν αἱ ἡμέραι τοῦ καθαρισμοῦ αὐτῶν κατὰ τὸν νόμον Μωϋσέως 1 when the days of their purification had been fulfilled, according to the law of Moses If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “after they had waited the number of days that the law of Moses required for their purification” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 2 22 b65l figs-explicit αἱ ἡμέραι τοῦ καθαρισμοῦ αὐτῶν 1 the days of their purification The law of Moses said that a woman would become ceremonially clean again 33 days after her newborn son had been circumcised. After that, she could enter the temple. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “33 more days, the time that the law of Moses required for Mary to become ceremonially clean again after childbirth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 2 22 l127 translate-names Μωϋσέως 1 Moses **Moses** is the name of a man, the great law-giver of Israel. It occurs several times in this book. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -382,7 +382,7 @@ LUK 2 23 l130 figs-idiom ἅγιον τῷ Κυρίῳ κληθήσεται 1 wi
|
|||
LUK 2 23 l131 figs-declarative ἅγιον τῷ Κυρίῳ κληθήσεται 1 will be called holy to the Lord Here, the law of Moses is using a future statement to give a command. Alternate translation: “is to be set apart for the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
|
||||
LUK 2 24 ni3s figs-activepassive τὸ εἰρημένον ἐν τῷ νόμῳ Κυρίου 1 what is said in the law of the Lord If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “what the law of the Lord says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 2 25 l132 figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 behold Luke uses the term **behold** to call the reader’s attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 2 25 ytp9 writing-participants ἄνθρωπος ἦν ἐν Ἰερουσαλὴμ, ᾧ ὄνομα Συμεών 1 there was a man in Jerusalem whose name was Simeon Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new character into the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you can use it here in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
LUK 2 25 ytp9 writing-participants ἄνθρωπος ἦν ἐν Ἰερουσαλὴμ, ᾧ ὄνομα Συμεών 1 there was a man in Jerusalem whose name was Simeon Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new character into the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you could use it here in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
LUK 2 25 l133 translate-names Συμεών 1 Simeon **Simeon** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 2 25 n263 figs-doublet ὁ ἄνθρωπος οὗτος δίκαιος καὶ εὐλαβής 1 this man was righteous and devout The terms **righteous** and **devout** mean similar things. Luke uses the two terms together to emphasize what a godly man Simeon was. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could combine them. Alternate translation: “he was a godly man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
LUK 2 25 l134 figs-idiom προσδεχόμενος 1 waiting for This is an idiomatic usage of the term **waiting**. It does not mean passively **waiting** for something to happen, but eagerly anticipating something that someone wants to happen. Alternate translation: “eagerly anticipating” or “looking forward to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -482,7 +482,7 @@ LUK 2 52 gb25 figs-abstractnouns Ἰησοῦς προέκοπτεν τῇ σο
|
|||
LUK 2 52 y5qk figs-abstractnouns χάριτι παρὰ Θεῷ καὶ ἀνθρώποις 1 in favor with God and people If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **favor**, you could express the idea behind it with verbs. The phrase **in favor with God and people** refers to spiritual and social growth. Alternate translation: “God blessed him more and more, and people admired him more and more” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
LUK 3 intro tkg5 0 # Luke 3 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. John the Baptist begins preaching and baptizing (3:1-22)<br>2. The list of Jesus’ ancestors (3:23-38)<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. ULT does this with the poetry in 3:4-6, which Luke is quoting from the Old Testament about John the Baptist.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Justice<br><br>John’s instructions to the soldiers and tax collectors in Luke 3:12-15 are things that a person who wanted to live rightly would find reasonable and willingly do. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and Luke [3:12-15](./12.md))<br><br>### Genealogy<br><br>A genealogy is a list that records a person’s ancestors or descendants. Such lists were very important in determining who had the right be king, because the king’s authority was usually passed down or inherited from his father. It was also common for other important people to have a recorded genealogy.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>Prophecy often involves the use of metaphors to express its meaning. Spiritual discernment is needed for proper interpretation of the prophecy. The prophecy that Luke quotes in 3:4-6 from Isaiah 40:3-5 is an extended metaphor that describes the ministry of John the Baptist. See the individual notes to 3:4-6 for recommendations about how to translate this passage. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “Herod locked up John in prison”<br><br>This statement could cause confusion because Luke says that John was imprisoned, and then he implies that John was still able to baptize Jesus. But Luke makes this statement in anticipation of Herod’s imprisonment of John. It describes something that was still in the future at the time of the other events in the narrative. See the first note to 3:19 for a further explanation.
|
||||
LUK 3 1 l167 writing-newevent ἐν ἔτει δὲ πεντεκαιδεκάτῳ τῆς ἡγεμονίας Τιβερίου Καίσαρος 1 in the fifteenth year of the reign of Tiberius Caesar This verse and the beginning of the next one are an extended time reference that introduces a new event. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Everything that the angels and inspired people had said about John and Jesus began to come true during the fifteenth year of the reign of Tiberius Caesar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
LUK 3 1 l168 translate-ordinal ἐν ἔτει δὲ πεντεκαιδεκάτῳ 1 in the fifteenth year If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “in year 15” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
LUK 3 1 l168 translate-ordinal ἐν ἔτει δὲ πεντεκαιδεκάτῳ 1 in the fifteenth year If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “in year 15” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
LUK 3 1 l169 writing-participants Τιβερίου Καίσαρος 1 Tiberius Caesar As in [2:1](../02/01.md), **Caesar** is the title of the emperor of the Roman Empire. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “King Tiberius, who ruled the Roman Empire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
LUK 3 1 l170 translate-names Τιβερίου 1 Tiberius **Tiberius** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 3 1 v22w translate-names Ποντίου Πειλάτου…Ἡρῴδου…Φιλίππου…Λυσανίου 1 Pontius Pilate … Herod … Philip … Lysanias These are the names of men. Here, the **Herod** mentioned is not the same one as in [1:5](../01/05.md). Rather, it is his son. Luke makes further mention of him many times in this book. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -551,7 +551,7 @@ LUK 3 16 jjp1 figs-metaphor αὐτὸς ὑμᾶς βαπτίσει ἐν Πν
|
|||
LUK 3 16 c1an figs-metaphor αὐτὸς ὑμᾶς βαπτίσει…πυρί 1 He will baptize you … with fire The word **fire** is intended figuratively, and it suggests a fuller metaphor. Jesus will not immerse people in actual fire. Be sure that this is clear to your readers. Alternate translation: “He will baptize you … to purify you, as precious metals are purified in fire” or “He will baptize you … to clear away your sins, as fire clears away underbrush” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 3 17 jzm4 figs-metaphor οὗ τὸ πτύον ἐν τῇ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ 1 whose winnowing fork is in his hand John is saying figuratively that the Messiah will come prepared to judge people right away. You could express this metaphor as a simile in your translation. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here in your translation. Alternate translation: “He will already be prepared to judge people, just like a farmer who is ready to thresh grain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 3 17 l196 figs-idiom οὗ τὸ πτύον ἐν τῇ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ 1 whose winnowing fork is in his hand The phrase **in his hand** is an idiom that means he has the tool all ready to use. Alternate translation: “He has his winnowing fork ready to use” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 3 17 b1ap translate-unknown πτύον 1 winnowing fork This is a tool for tossing wheat into the air to separate the wheat grain from the chaff. The heavier grain falls back down, and the wind blows away the unwanted chaff. This tool is similar to a pitchfork. If you have a similar tool in your culture, you can use the word for it here. Otherwise, you can use a phrase that would express the meaning. Alternate translation: “tool for threshing grain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
LUK 3 17 b1ap translate-unknown πτύον 1 winnowing fork This is a tool for tossing wheat into the air to separate the wheat grain from the chaff. The heavier grain falls back down, and the wind blows away the unwanted chaff. This tool is similar to a pitchfork. If you have a similar tool in your culture, you could use the word for it here. Otherwise, you could use a phrase that would express the meaning. Alternate translation: “tool for threshing grain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
LUK 3 17 gf8n translate-unknown διακαθᾶραι τὴν ἅλωνα αὐτοῦ 1 to thoroughly clear off his threshing floor The threshing floor was the place where wheat was stacked in preparation for threshing. To **clear off** the floor is to finish threshing all the grain. Alternate translation: “to completely thresh all of his grain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
LUK 3 17 gt3q figs-exmetaphor καὶ συναγαγεῖν τὸν σῖτον εἰς τὴν ἀποθήκην αὐτοῦ 1 and to gather the wheat into his storehouse John continues to speak figuratively to describe how the coming Messiah will judge people. The wheat is the part of the crop that is useful. It represents people who are obedient to God, who will be welcomed into his presence. You could express this metaphor as a simile in your translation. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “He will welcome those who are obedient to God, just as a farmer stores good grain in his barn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 3 17 ky8j figs-exmetaphor τὸ δὲ ἄχυρον κατακαύσει πυρὶ ἀσβέστῳ 1 but he will burn up the chaff with unquenchable fire John continues to speak figuratively to describe how the coming Messiah will judge people. The chaff is the husk that surrounds the grain. It is not useful for anything, so people burn it up. You could express this metaphor as a simile in your translation. Alternate translation: “but he will punish those who are disobedient to God, just as a farmer burns up the useless chaff” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -591,7 +591,7 @@ LUK 3 38 ck3f τοῦ Ἀδὰμ, τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 of Adam, of God Alternate
|
|||
LUK 4 intro r3vy 0 # Luke 4 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. The devil tempts Jesus in the wilderness (4:1-13)<br>2. Jesus teaches in the synagogue in Nazareth (4:14-30)<br>3. Jesus teaches, heals, and drives out demons in Capernaum (4:31-44)<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. ULT does this with the poetry in 4:10-11 and 4:18-19, which is quoted from the Old Testamentt.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “Jesus was tempted by the devil”<br><br>While it is true that the devil actually believed that he could persuade Jesus to disobey God and obey him instead, it is important not to imply in your translation that Jesus would ever really have wanted to obey the devil.
|
||||
LUK 4 1 n1xx writing-newevent Ἰησοῦς δὲ 1 Then Jesus Luke uses this expression to return to the story after providing background information about Jesus’ ancestors. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could include a phrase that would provide continuity with the previous episode in the story. Alternate translation: “After John had baptized Jesus, then Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
LUK 4 1 l201 translate-names τοῦ Ἰορδάνου 1 the Jordan **Jordan** is the name of a river. Alternate translation: “the Jordan River” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 4 1 v18k figs-activepassive ἤγετο ἐν τῷ Πνεύματι 1 was led by the Spirit If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the Spirit led him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 4 1 v18k figs-activepassive ἤγετο ἐν τῷ Πνεύματι 1 was led by the Spirit If your language does not use this passive form, you could state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the Spirit led him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 4 2 bls8 figs-verbs ἡμέρας τεσσεράκοντα πειραζόμενος ὑπὸ τοῦ διαβόλου 1 for 40 days being tempted by the devil The Greek verb indicates that the temptation continued throughout the 40 days. You can make this clear in your translation, as UST does: “While he was there, the devil kept tempting him for 40 days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs]])
|
||||
LUK 4 2 hg5p figs-activepassive ἡμέρας τεσσεράκοντα πειραζόμενος ὑπὸ τοῦ διαβόλου 1 for 40 days being tempted by the devil If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “For 40 days the devil kept tempting him” or “For 40 days the devil kept trying to persuade him disobey God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 4 2 k47d writing-pronouns καὶ οὐκ ἔφαγεν οὐδὲν 1 he did not eat anything Make sure that it is clear in your translation that the word **he** refers to Jesus, not to the devil. Alternate translation: “Jesus did not eat anything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -605,7 +605,7 @@ LUK 4 4 hr5a figs-activepassive γέγραπται 1 It is written If your reade
|
|||
LUK 4 4 ek2z figs-synecdoche οὐκ ἐπ’ ἄρτῳ μόνῳ ζήσεται ὁ ἄνθρωπος 1 Man will not live on bread alone The word **bread** refers to food in general. Jesus quotes this scripture to explain why he will not turn the stone into bread. It means that food by itself, without God, is not enough to sustain a person in life. Alternate translation: “It is not just having food that makes a person truly alive” or “God says there are more important things than food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
LUK 4 4 l205 figs-gendernotations ὁ ἄνθρωπος 1 Man Here, **man** has a generic sense that refers to all people. Alternate translation: “People” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
LUK 4 5 wm17 figs-explicit ἀναγαγὼν αὐτὸν 1 he led him up The implication is that the devil brought Jesus **up** to a high place with a commanding view. Alternate translation: “the devil led Jesus up a mountain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 4 5 jxi9 figs-explicitinfo ἐν στιγμῇ χρόνου 1 in an instant of time In your language, it might seem that the phrase **an instant of time** expresses unnecessary extra information. If so, you can abbreviate it. Alternate translation: “in an instant” or “in a short time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]])
|
||||
LUK 4 5 jxi9 figs-explicitinfo ἐν στιγμῇ χρόνου 1 in an instant of time In your language, it might seem that the phrase **an instant of time** expresses unnecessary extra information. If so, you could abbreviate it. Alternate translation: “in an instant” or “in a short time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]])
|
||||
LUK 4 6 l206 figs-activepassive ἐμοὶ παραδέδοται 1 it has been handed over to me If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “God has given me authority over all these kingdoms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 4 6 dcx6 figs-explicit ἐμοὶ παραδέδοται 1 it has been handed over to me The word **it** likely refers back to the singular antecedent **all this authority**, that is, the authority over these kingdoms. So the word you use to translate **it** should agree with **authority** in gender and number and in any other distinctions that your language marks. Alternate translation: “God has given me authority over all these kingdoms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 4 7 g7h9 figs-explicit ἐὰν προσκυνήσῃς ἐνώπιον ἐμοῦ 1 if you will bow in worship before me The implication is that the devil wants visible, direct worship that will be an official act of submission. Alternate translation: “If you will bow down in worship directly in front of me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -649,7 +649,7 @@ LUK 4 17 x52a translate-unknown βιβλίον τοῦ προφήτου Ἠσα
|
|||
LUK 4 17 w5s9 figs-activepassive τὸν τόπον οὗ ἦν γεγραμμένον 1 the place where it was written If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the place where the scroll recorded the words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 4 18 h1rm figs-metaphor Πνεῦμα Κυρίου ἐπ’ ἐμέ 1 The Spirit of the Lord is upon me As in [2:25](../02/25.md), **upon** is a spatial metaphor that means that the Spirit of God is with someone in a special way. Alternate translation: “The Spirit of the Lord is with me in a special way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 4 18 q96y figs-metaphor ἔχρισέν με 1 he has anointed me In the Old Testament, ceremonial oil was poured on a person when they were given the authority to assume an office or do a special task. Isaiah uses anointing figuratively to indicate that God has appointed him to his work. Jesus applies these words to himself as well. Alternate translation: “he has appointed me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 4 18 l6ac figs-nominaladj πτωχοῖς…τυφλοῖς 1 the poor … the blind Luke is using the adjectives **poor** and **blind** as nouns in order to indicate groups of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate these expressions with noun phrases. Alternate translation: “people who are poor … people who are blind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 4 18 l6ac figs-nominaladj πτωχοῖς…τυφλοῖς 1 the poor … the blind Luke is using the adjectives **poor** and **blind** as nouns in order to indicate groups of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these expressions with noun phrases. Alternate translation: “people who are poor … people who are blind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 4 18 a9wn κηρύξαι αἰχμαλώτοις ἄφεσιν 1 to proclaim freedom to the captives Alternate translation: “to tell people who are being held captive that they can go free”
|
||||
LUK 4 18 mzp4 κηρύξαι…τυφλοῖς ἀνάβλεψιν 1 to proclaim … recovery of sight to the blind Alternate translation: “to tell people who are blind that they will be able to see again”
|
||||
LUK 4 18 utq5 figs-activepassive ἀποστεῖλαι τεθραυσμένους ἐν ἀφέσει 1 to set free those who are oppressed If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who is doing the action. Alternate translation: “to rescue people whom others are treating harshly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -662,7 +662,7 @@ LUK 4 21 l218 figs-idiom σήμερον 1 Today **Today** figuratively refers to
|
|||
LUK 4 21 b1ix figs-activepassive πεπλήρωται ἡ Γραφὴ αὕτη 1 this scripture has been fulfilled If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “I am fulfilling what this scripture says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 4 21 iij8 figs-metonymy ἐν τοῖς ὠσὶν ὑμῶν 1 in your ears In this expression, the **ears** figuratively represent people in the act of listening. Alternate translation: “even as you are listening” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 4 22 k2xi figs-metonymy τοῖς λόγοις τῆς χάριτος 1 the gracious words Luke uses the term **words** figuratively to describe what Jesus said by reference to something associated with it, the words he used to communicate it. Alternate translation: “the articulate things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 4 22 l219 figs-explicitinfo τοῖς λόγοις…τοῖς ἐκπορευομένοις ἐκ τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ 1 the … words that were coming out of his mouth In your language, this phrase might seem like an unnecessarily elaborate way of speaking. If so, you can express the same idea more compactly. Alternate translation: “the … things he was saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]])
|
||||
LUK 4 22 l219 figs-explicitinfo τοῖς λόγοις…τοῖς ἐκπορευομένοις ἐκ τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ 1 the … words that were coming out of his mouth In your language, this phrase might seem like an unnecessarily elaborate way of speaking. If so, you could express the same idea more compactly. Alternate translation: “the … things he was saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]])
|
||||
LUK 4 22 ty6d figs-rquestion οὐχὶ υἱός ἐστιν Ἰωσὴφ οὗτος? 1 Is this not the son of Joseph? The people were making a statement, not asking a question. They did not expect others to verify for them who Jesus’ father was. Instead, they were using the question form to say how amazed they were. Joseph was not a religious leader, so they were surprised that his son would preach as well as he did. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate these words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “This is just Joseph’s son!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 4 23 l220 figs-quotesinquotes πάντως ἐρεῖτέ μοι τὴν παραβολὴν ταύτην, ἰατρέ, θεράπευσον σεαυτόν; ὅσα ἠκούσαμεν γενόμενα εἰς τὴν Καφαρναοὺμ, ποίησον καὶ ὧδε ἐν τῇ πατρίδι σου 1 Surely you will say this proverb to me, ‘Doctor, heal yourself. Whatever we heard that happened in Capernaum, also do here in your hometown’ If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “Surely you will quote the proverb to me that tells a doctor to heal himself, to ask me to do the same things here in my hometown that you heard happened in Capernaum” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 4 23 u4ps writing-proverbs ἰατρέ, θεράπευσον σεαυτόν 1 Doctor, heal yourself Jesus anticipates that the people will want to see him do miracles to prove his credibility. He uses a short popular saying of the culture to express this. This saying expresses a great deal of meaning in a few words. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could expand it to make clear to your readers what it means. Alternate translation: “If a doctor cannot heal himself of a certain disease, then people will not believe that he can heal them of it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -697,7 +697,7 @@ LUK 4 31 ky4y figs-explicit Καφαρναοὺμ, πόλιν τῆς Γαλιλ
|
|||
LUK 4 32 qk28 figs-activepassive ἐξεπλήσσοντο ἐπὶ τῇ διδαχῇ αὐτοῦ 1 they were astonished at his teaching If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “his teaching amazed them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 4 32 j4ee figs-metonymy ἐν ἐξουσίᾳ ἦν ὁ λόγος αὐτοῦ 1 his word was with authority Luke is using the term **word** figuratively to describe the things that Jesus taught by using words. Alternate translation: “he taught as one who had authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 4 33 l235 grammar-connect-time-background καὶ 1 And Luke uses this word to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
|
||||
LUK 4 33 fax1 writing-participants ἦν ἄνθρωπος 1 there was a man Luke uses this phrase to mark the introduction of a new character into the story. If your language has an expression of its own that serves this purpose, you can use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
LUK 4 33 fax1 writing-participants ἦν ἄνθρωπος 1 there was a man Luke uses this phrase to mark the introduction of a new character into the story. If your language has an expression of its own that serves this purpose, you could use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
LUK 4 33 i93n ἔχων πνεῦμα δαιμονίου ἀκαθάρτου 1 who had a spirit of an unclean demon Alternate translation: “who was controlled by an evil spirit”
|
||||
LUK 4 33 e539 figs-idiom ἀνέκραξεν φωνῇ μεγάλῃ 1 he cried out with a loud voice This is an idiom that means the man raised the volume of his voice. Alternate translation: “he shouted loudly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 4 34 y1xh figs-rquestion τί ἡμῖν καὶ σοί, Ἰησοῦ Ναζαρηνέ? 1 What to us and to you, Jesus of Nazareth? The unclean spirit is making a statement, not asking a question. He does not expect Jesus to explain what they have in common. Instead, he is using the question form to express his antagonism. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “We have nothing in common with you, Jesus of Nazareth!” or “You have no right to bother us, Jesus of Nazareth!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -715,7 +715,7 @@ LUK 4 37 xca8 figs-personification ἐξεπορεύετο ἦχος περὶ
|
|||
LUK 4 38 jn3a writing-newevent δὲ 1 Then Luke uses this word to introduce a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
LUK 4 38 l240 writing-participants Σίμωνος 1 Simon Luke is introducing a new character into the story. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state a little bit more about him here to help them recognize him later. Alternate translation: “a man named Simon, who would become one of his disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
LUK 4 38 l241 translate-names Σίμωνος 1 Simon **Simon** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 4 38 tf3d πενθερὰ…τοῦ Σίμωνος 1 Simon’s mother-in-law This means the mother of Simon’s wife. In your translation, you can use the term or expression in your own language for this relationship.
|
||||
LUK 4 38 tf3d πενθερὰ…τοῦ Σίμωνος 1 Simon’s mother-in-law This means the mother of Simon’s wife. In your translation, you could use the term or expression in your own language for this relationship.
|
||||
LUK 4 38 lls1 figs-idiom ἦν συνεχομένη πυρετῷ μεγάλῳ 1 was suffering with a high fever This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “was very sick with a high fever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 4 38 cp21 ἦν συνεχομένη πυρετῷ μεγάλῳ 1 was suffering with a high fever You can express this in the way your language and culture would. Alternate translation: “was so sick that her skin was hot”
|
||||
LUK 4 38 z3qz figs-explicit ἠρώτησαν αὐτὸν περὶ αὐτῆς 1 they asked him concerning her Implicitly this means they asked Jesus to heal her from the **fever**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “they asked Jesus to heal her” or “they asked Jesus to cure her fever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -759,7 +759,7 @@ LUK 5 10 u6zs figs-metaphor ἀνθρώπους ἔσῃ ζωγρῶν 1 you wil
|
|||
LUK 5 11 abca τὴν γῆν 1 the land Alternate translation: “the shore”
|
||||
LUK 5 12 j1xy writing-newevent καὶ ἐγένετο 1 and it happened that Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
LUK 5 12 l248 figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 behold Luke uses **behold** to call the reader’s attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 5 12 r35h writing-participants ἀνὴρ πλήρης λέπρας 1 a man full of leprosy Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new character into the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you can use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “there was a man there who was covered with leprosy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
LUK 5 12 r35h writing-participants ἀνὴρ πλήρης λέπρας 1 a man full of leprosy Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new character into the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you could use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “there was a man there who was covered with leprosy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
LUK 5 12 i3zk figs-idiom πεσὼν ἐπὶ πρόσωπον 1 fell on his face This phrase is an idiom that means that he bowed down. Make sure that it is clear in your translation that the man did not fall down accidentally. Alternate translation: “he knelt down and touched the ground with his face” or “he bowed down to the ground” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 5 12 m4k2 ἐὰν θέλῃς 1 if you are willing Alternate translation: “if you want to”
|
||||
LUK 5 12 x7ss figs-declarative δύνασαί με καθαρίσαι 1 you can make me clean The man is actually using this statement to make a request. Alternate translation: “please make me clean” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -780,7 +780,7 @@ LUK 5 17 mb8m writing-newevent καὶ ἐγένετο 1 And it happened that Lu
|
|||
LUK 5 17 l252 figs-hyperbole ἐκ πάσης κώμης τῆς Γαλιλαίας, καὶ Ἰουδαίας 1 from every village of Galilee and Judea Luke generalizes by saying **every** in order to emphasize from how many different villages these religious leaders came. Alternate translation: “from villages throughout Galilee and Judea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
LUK 5 17 l253 figs-metaphor δύναμις Κυρίου ἦν εἰς τὸ ἰᾶσθαι αὐτόν 1 power from the Lord was upon him to heal As often in this book, **upon** is a spatial metaphor. In this case, it means that the power of the Lord was with Jesus in a special way, specifically, to enable him to heal people. Alternate translation: “the Lord was giving Jesus special power to heal people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 5 18 l254 figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 behold Luke uses the term **behold** to calls the reader’s attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 5 18 cl7s writing-participants ἄνδρες φέροντες ἐπὶ κλίνης ἄνθρωπον ὃς ἦν παραλελυμένος 1 men carrying on a mat a man who was paralyzed Luke uses this phrase to introduce these new characters into the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you can use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “there were some men who were carrying a paralyzed man on a mat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
LUK 5 18 cl7s writing-participants ἄνδρες φέροντες ἐπὶ κλίνης ἄνθρωπον ὃς ἦν παραλελυμένος 1 men carrying on a mat a man who was paralyzed Luke uses this phrase to introduce these new characters into the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you could use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “there were some men who were carrying a paralyzed man on a mat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
LUK 5 18 l9q8 translate-unknown κλίνης 1 a mat **A mat** was a portable bed that could also be used to transport a person. Alternate translation: “a stretcher” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
LUK 5 18 z2n2 ἦν παραλελυμένος 1 who was paralyzed Alternate translation: “was unable to move by himself”
|
||||
LUK 5 18 abc6 ἐνώπιον αὐτοῦ 1 before him Here, **before** means “in front of.” Alternate translation: “in front of Jesus” or “where Jesus could see him”
|
||||
|
|
@ -791,7 +791,7 @@ LUK 5 19 abc7 καθῆκαν αὐτὸν 1 and let him down Alternate transla
|
|||
LUK 5 19 l255 figs-ellipsis εἰς τὸ μέσον 1 into the midst Luke is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need to be complete. Alternate translation: “into the midst of the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
LUK 5 19 l85u ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ Ἰησοῦ 1 before Jesus Here, the term **before** means “in front of.” Alternate translation: “in front of Jesus” or “where Jesus could see him”
|
||||
LUK 5 20 l83a figs-explicit καὶ ἰδὼν τὴν πίστιν αὐτῶν 1 And seeing their faith The implication is that Jesus recognized that the friends of this paralyzed man strongly believed that he could heal him. Their actions proved that. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “When Jesus recognized that the man’s friends were convinced that he could heal him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 5 20 z4ek ἄνθρωπε 1 Man **Man** was a general word that people used in this culture when speaking to a man whose name they did not know. If your language has a term that it uses for this same purpose, you can use it in your translation here. Alternate translation: “Friend”
|
||||
LUK 5 20 z4ek ἄνθρωπε 1 Man **Man** was a general word that people used in this culture when speaking to a man whose name they did not know. If your language has a term that it uses for this same purpose, you could use it in your translation here. Alternate translation: “Friend”
|
||||
LUK 5 20 c7r7 figs-activepassive ἀφέωνταί σοι αἱ ἁμαρτίαι σου 1 your sins are forgiven you If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “I forgive your sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 5 21 l256 translate-unknown οἱ γραμματεῖς 1 the scribes Here and elsewhere in the book, the term **the scribes** does not refer to people who make copies of documents. Rather, it refers to people who were teachers of the Jewish law, which they had studied extensively. Alternate translation: “the teachers of the Jewish law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
LUK 5 21 l257 translate-names οἱ Φαρισαῖοι 1 the Pharisees **Pharisees** is the name of an important and powerful group of Jewish religious leaders in Jesus’ time. The name occurs many times in this book. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -829,9 +829,9 @@ LUK 5 30 pi2x figs-you ἐσθίετε καὶ πίνετε 1 you eat and drink
|
|||
LUK 5 30 l268 figs-merism ἐσθίετε καὶ πίνετε 1 eat and drink The Pharisees are figuratively using the two components of a meal to mean an entire meal. Alternate translation: “share meals” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
LUK 5 30 ze7y figs-hendiadys μετὰ τῶν τελωνῶν καὶ ἁμαρτωλῶν 1 with tax collectors and sinners The Pharisees may be expressing a single idea by using two words connected with **and.** The previous verse says that there were many **tax collectors** at this banquet. So the term **sinners** may tell what the Pharisees thought these **tax collectors** were. Alternate translation: “with sinful tax collectors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
LUK 5 31 l269 figs-hendiadys ἀποκριθεὶς ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν 1 answering Jesus said Together the words **answering** and **said** mean that Jesus responded to what the religious leaders were complaining about. Alternate translation: “Jesus responded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
LUK 5 31 t6iv writing-proverbs οὐ χρείαν ἔχουσιν οἱ ὑγιαίνοντες ἰατροῦ, ἀλλὰ οἱ κακῶς ἔχοντες 1 People who are well do not have need of a physician, but those who have sickness Jesus begins his response by quoting or creating a proverb, a short saying about something that is generally true in life. This proverb draws a figurative comparison. Just as sick people need to see a doctor to be healed, so sinners need to see Jesus in order to be forgiven and restored. But since Jesus explains the comparison in the next verse, you do not need to explain it here. Rather, you can translate the proverb itself in a way that will be meaningful in your language and culture. Alternate translation: “People who are well do not need to see a doctor; people who are sick do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
|
||||
LUK 5 31 t6iv writing-proverbs οὐ χρείαν ἔχουσιν οἱ ὑγιαίνοντες ἰατροῦ, ἀλλὰ οἱ κακῶς ἔχοντες 1 People who are well do not have need of a physician, but those who have sickness Jesus begins his response by quoting or creating a proverb, a short saying about something that is generally true in life. This proverb draws a figurative comparison. Just as sick people need to see a doctor to be healed, so sinners need to see Jesus in order to be forgiven and restored. But since Jesus explains the comparison in the next verse, you do not need to explain it here. Rather, you could translate the proverb itself in a way that will be meaningful in your language and culture. Alternate translation: “People who are well do not need to see a doctor; people who are sick do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
|
||||
LUK 5 31 i9gn figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ οἱ κακῶς ἔχοντες 1 but those who have sickness The proverb expresses the idea compactly, and so it leaves out some words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could supply those words. Alternate translation: “rather, it is people who are sick who need a doctor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
LUK 5 32 g993 figs-nominaladj δικαίους 1 the righteous Luke is using the adjective **righteous** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “righteous people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 5 32 g993 figs-nominaladj δικαίους 1 the righteous Luke is using the adjective **righteous** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “righteous people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 5 32 l270 figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ ἁμαρτωλοὺς εἰς μετάνοιαν 1 but sinners to repentance Once again Jesus expresses the idea compactly and leaves out some words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could supply those words. Alternate translation: “rather, I came to call sinners to repentance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
LUK 5 32 l271 figs-abstractnouns εἰς μετάνοιαν 1 to repentance If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **repentance**, you could express the idea behind it with a verb. Alternate translation: “to repent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
LUK 5 33 f6g6 writing-pronouns οἱ δὲ εἶπαν 1 Then they said The pronoun **they** refers to the Pharisees and scribes. Alternate translation: “Then the religious leaders said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -874,7 +874,7 @@ LUK 6 5 h453 figs-123person ἐστιν…ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπο
|
|||
LUK 6 5 l285 figs-explicit ἐστιν…ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 the Son of Man is See how you translated this title in [5:24](../05/24.md). Alternate translation: “I, the Messiah, am” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 6 5 xy9h figs-metaphor Κύριός ἐστιν τοῦ Σαββάτου 1 is Lord of the Sabbath The title **Lord** figuratively describes Jesus’ authority over the Sabbath. Alternate translation: “has authority over the Sabbath” or, if you translated in the first person, “have authority over the Sabbath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 6 6 p1ee writing-newevent ἐγένετο δὲ 1 And it happened that Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
LUK 6 6 d44q writing-participants ἦν ἄνθρωπος ἐκεῖ 1 there was a man there This expression introduces a new character into the story. If your language has an expression of its own that serves this purpose, you can use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
LUK 6 6 d44q writing-participants ἦν ἄνθρωπος ἐκεῖ 1 there was a man there This expression introduces a new character into the story. If your language has an expression of its own that serves this purpose, you could use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
LUK 6 6 t77y translate-unknown ἡ χεὶρ αὐτοῦ ἡ δεξιὰ ἦν ξηρά 1 his right hand was withered This means that the man’s **hand** was damaged in such a way that he could not stretch it out. It was probably bent almost into a fist, making it look smaller. Alternate translation: “his right hand was shriveled” or “his right hand was atrophied” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
LUK 6 7 q3sh writing-pronouns παρετηροῦντο…αὐτὸν 1 were watching him The pronoun **him** refers to Jesus, not to the man with the withered hand. Alternate translation: “were watching Jesus carefully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
LUK 6 7 c1qe figs-ellipsis ἵνα εὕρωσιν κατηγορεῖν αὐτοῦ 1 so that they might find to accuse him Luke is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Alternate translation: “because they wanted to find something that they could accuse him of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -911,7 +911,7 @@ LUK 6 19 l296 figs-hyperbole πᾶς ὁ ὄχλος…πάντας 1 the whole
|
|||
LUK 6 19 y2cl figs-personification δύναμις παρ’ αὐτοῦ ἐξήρχετο καὶ ἰᾶτο πάντας 1 power was coming out from him and healing everyone Luke speaks figuratively of this **power** as if it were something that could actively come out of Jesus and heal people. Alternate translation: “Jesus was using the power that God gave him to heal everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
LUK 6 20 l297 figs-idiom αὐτὸς ἐπάρας τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτοῦ 1 he lifted up his eyes This is an idiom that means “he looked,” but it means that he looked carefully and considerately. Alternate translation: “he gazed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 6 20 ymg7 figs-idiom μακάριοι 1 Blessed are This expression indicates that God is giving favor to people and that their situation is positive or good. Alternate translation: “God will bless” or “How good it is for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 6 20 xj9v figs-nominaladj οἱ πτωχοί 1 the poor Jesus is using the adjective **poor** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are poor” or “you who are poor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 6 20 xj9v figs-nominaladj οἱ πτωχοί 1 the poor Jesus is using the adjective **poor** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are poor” or “you who are poor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 6 20 y18c figs-abstractnouns ὅτι ὑμετέρα ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 for yours is the kingdom of God See how you decided to translate the phrase **the kingdom of God** in [4:43](../04/43.md). If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **kingdom**, you could express the idea behind it with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “because God is ruling your lives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
LUK 6 20 k34r ὑμετέρα ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 yours is the kingdom of God This could mean: (1) “the kingdom of God belongs to you.” (2) “you are privileged within the kingdom of God.”
|
||||
LUK 6 21 l344 figs-idiom μακάριοι οἱ πεινῶντες νῦν 1 Blessed are those who are hungry now As in [6:20](../06/20.md), the expression **blessed** indicates that God is giving favor to people or that their situation is positive or good. Alternate translation: “You who are hungry now receive God’s favor” or “You who are hungry now are in a positive situation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -930,7 +930,7 @@ LUK 6 23 l303 figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ γὰρ 1 for behold Jesus uses the term
|
|||
LUK 6 23 e3kb ὁ μισθὸς ὑμῶν πολὺς 1 your reward is great Your language may require you to say who will do this action. Alternate translation: “God will reward you greatly”
|
||||
LUK 6 23 l304 figs-metaphor οἱ πατέρες αὐτῶν 1 their fathers Here, **fathers** figuratively means “ancestors.” Alternate translation: “their ancestors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 6 24 c6lu figs-idiom οὐαὶ ὑμῖν 1 woe to you The phrase **woe to you** is the opposite of “blessed are you.” It indicates that bad things are going to happen to the people being addressed, because they have displeased God. Alternate translation: “how terrible it is for you” or “trouble will come to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 6 24 v1bp figs-nominaladj τοῖς πλουσίοις 1 the rich Jesus is using the adjective **rich** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are rich” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 6 24 v1bp figs-nominaladj τοῖς πλουσίοις 1 the rich Jesus is using the adjective **rich** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are rich” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 6 24 cs2e figs-explicit ἀπέχετε τὴν παράκλησιν ὑμῶν 1 you have received your comfort Jesus is drawing a series of contrasts between what the poor and the rich have now and what they will have later. So the implication is that while the rich have enjoyed ease and prosperity in this life, if they become complacent in those things, they will not enjoy it afterwards. Alternate translation: “you have already received in this life anything that will make you comfortable” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 6 25 l305 figs-idiom οὐαὶ ὑμῖν 1 woe to you See how you translated this in [6:24](../06/24.md). Alternate translation: “How terrible it is for you” or “Trouble will come to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 6 25 de8m figs-activepassive οἱ ἐμπεπλησμένοι 1 who are filled If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “who have more than enough to eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -966,7 +966,7 @@ LUK 6 35 zw5k figs-metaphor υἱοὶ Ὑψίστου 1 sons of the Most High T
|
|||
LUK 6 35 l316 figs-gendernotations υἱοὶ Ὑψίστου 1 sons of the Most High Jesus is using the word **sons** in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “children of the Most High” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
LUK 6 35 qr5x υἱοὶ Ὑψίστου 1 sons of the Most High Make sure that the word **sons** or “children” in your translation is plural and not capitalized, if your language uses that convention for titles, so that readers do not confuse this expression with the title for Jesus, “the Son of the Most High,” which occurs in [1:32](../01/32.md) and [8:28](../08/28.md).
|
||||
LUK 6 35 l317 figs-idiom Ὑψίστου 1 the Most High See how you translated the expression **the Most High** in [1:32](../01/32.md). Review the note there if that would be helpful. Alternate translation: “of the Most High God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 6 35 l318 figs-nominaladj τοὺς ἀχαρίστους καὶ πονηρούς 1 the ungrateful and evil Here Jesus is using the adjectives **ungrateful** and **evil** as nouns in order to indicate groups of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this pair of words with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are ungrateful and evil” or “people who do not thank God and who do wrong things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 6 35 l318 figs-nominaladj τοὺς ἀχαρίστους καὶ πονηρούς 1 the ungrateful and evil Here Jesus is using the adjectives **ungrateful** and **evil** as nouns in order to indicate groups of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this pair of words with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are ungrateful and evil” or “people who do not thank God and who do wrong things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 6 36 n28w figs-metaphor ὁ Πατὴρ ὑμῶν 1 your Father This is a figurative expression. God is not the **Father** of humans in the same actual way that he is the **Father** of Jesus. Even so, it would probably be best to translate **Father** with the same word that your language would naturally use to refer to a human father. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that this means God. Alternate translation: “God your Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 6 37 a8c7 μὴ κρίνετε 1 do not judge Your language may require you to specify the object of **judge**. Alternate translation: “do not judge other people”
|
||||
LUK 6 37 e8fb figs-activepassive οὐ μὴ κριθῆτε 1 you will certainly not be judged If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who would do the action. Jesus does not say exactly who would not judge. This could mean: (1) “God will not judge you.” (2) “other people will not judge you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1073,7 +1073,7 @@ LUK 7 11 l354 figs-idiom ἐν τῷ ἑξῆς 1 on the next day Luke may be us
|
|||
LUK 7 11 dmz7 translate-names Ναΐν 1 Nain **Nain** is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 7 12 l355 writing-background δὲ 1 And Luke uses **and** to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
LUK 7 12 l356 figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 behold Luke uses the term **behold** to call the reader’s attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 7 12 l357 writing-participants ἐξεκομίζετο τεθνηκὼς 1 one who had died was being carried out Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new character into the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you can use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “there was a man who had died, and he was being carried out of the city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
LUK 7 12 l357 writing-participants ἐξεκομίζετο τεθνηκὼς 1 one who had died was being carried out Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new character into the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you could use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “there was a man who had died, and he was being carried out of the city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
LUK 7 12 zr69 figs-activepassive ἐξεκομίζετο τεθνηκὼς μονογενὴς υἱὸς τῇ μητρὶ αὐτοῦ 1 one who had died was being carried out, the only son of his mother If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who was doing the action. It may be helpful to break the sentence here. Alternate translation: “people were carrying a man who had died out of the city. He was his mother's only son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 7 12 l358 figs-explicit ἐξεκομίζετο τεθνηκὼς μονογενὴς υἱὸς τῇ μητρὶ αὐτοῦ 1 one who had died was being carried out, the only son of his mother Luke assumes that his readers will know that the people were carrying the man out of the city in order to bury him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. It may be helpful to break the sentence here. Alternate translation: “people were carrying a man who had died out of the city so that they could bury his body. He was his mother's only son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 7 12 n96r writing-background μονογενὴς υἱὸς τῇ μητρὶ αὐτοῦ; καὶ αὐτὴ ἦν χήρα 1 the only begotten son of his mother (and she was a widow) This is background information about the dead man and his mother. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here and to introduce it in a way that shows it is background information. Alternate translation: “Now he was his mother’s only son, and she was a widow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1110,7 +1110,7 @@ LUK 7 22 lcm2 figs-hendiadys ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν αὐτοῖς 1
|
|||
LUK 7 22 l372 figs-youdual πορευθέντες…εἴδετε 1 you have gone … you have seen Since Jesus is speaking to two men, **you** would be dual, if your language uses that form. Otherwise, the word would be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
|
||||
LUK 7 22 fvz7 figs-activepassive λεπροὶ καθαρίζονται…νεκροὶ ἐγείρονται, πτωχοὶ εὐαγγελίζονται 1 lepers are being cleansed … the dead are being raised back to life, the poor are being told the gospel If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express all of these things with active forms. Alternate translation: “people who had leprosy no longer have that disease … people who were dead are coming back to life, poor people are hearing the good news” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 7 22 l373 figs-explicit λεπροὶ καθαρίζονται 1 lepers are being cleansed As in [5:12](../05/12.md), since the lepers were unclean because of their leprosy, the implication is that Jesus healed them from the disease. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “people who had leprosy no longer have that disease” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 7 22 qbe3 figs-nominaladj κωφοὶ…νεκροὶ…πτωχοὶ 1 the deaf … the dead … the poor Luke is using these adjectives as nouns. If your language does not use adjectives that way, you can translate them with noun phrases. Alternate translation: “people who were deaf … people who were dead … poor people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 7 22 qbe3 figs-nominaladj κωφοὶ…νεκροὶ…πτωχοὶ 1 the deaf … the dead … the poor Luke is using these adjectives as nouns. If your language does not use adjectives that way, you could translate them with noun phrases. Alternate translation: “people who were deaf … people who were dead … poor people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 7 23 y4px figs-activepassive μακάριός ἐστιν ὃς ἐὰν μὴ σκανδαλισθῇ ἐν ἐμοί 1 blessed is anyone who is not offended by me If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “God will bless the person who always continues to trust me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 7 23 i7zh figs-litotes μὴ σκανδαλισθῇ ἐν ἐμοί 1 who is not offended by me Here Jesus is using a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. Alternate translation: “who continues to trust me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
LUK 7 24 abcd writing-pronouns ἤρξατο λέγειν 1 he began to say Here the pronoun **he** refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “Jesus began to say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1135,7 +1135,7 @@ LUK 7 28 yz6b λέγω ὑμῖν 1 I say to you Jesus uses this phrase to focu
|
|||
LUK 7 28 rr11 figs-idiom ἐν γεννητοῖς γυναικῶν 1 among those born of women The phrase **those born of women** is an idiom that refers to all people. Alternate translation: “of all the people who have ever lived” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 7 28 hfqf figs-activepassive ἐν γεννητοῖς γυναικῶν 1 among those born of women If you would like to retain the idiom but your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “among those whom women have borne” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 7 28 gfz7 figs-litotes μείζων…Ἰωάννου οὐδείς ἐστιν 1 no one is greater than John Here Jesus is using a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative term together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. Alternate translation: “John is the greatest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
LUK 7 28 c33u figs-nominaladj ὁ…μικρότερος 1 the least Jesus is using the adjective **least** as a noun in order to indicate a kind of person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the least important person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 7 28 c33u figs-nominaladj ὁ…μικρότερος 1 the least Jesus is using the adjective **least** as a noun in order to indicate a kind of person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the least important person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 7 28 l379 figs-abstractnouns ἐν τῇ Βασιλείᾳ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 in the kingdom of God See how you decided to translate the phrase **the kingdom of God** in [4:43](../04/43.md). If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **kingdom**, you could express the idea behind it with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “whose life God is ruling” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
LUK 7 28 r81b figs-explicit μείζων αὐτοῦ ἐστιν 1 is greater than he The implication is that being part of the kingdom of God is greater than any human distinctive. So anyone who is part of God’s kingdom is greater than even John, whom Jesus said was the greatest person who had ever lived before the coming of the kingdom. Alternate translation: “is greater than John is because they are part of something greater than anything that is human” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 7 29 idv8 grammar-connect-logic-result ἐδικαίωσαν τὸν Θεόν, βαπτισθέντες τὸ βάπτισμα Ἰωάννου 1 declared God to be righteous, having been baptized with the baptism of John If your readers would misunderstand this, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the action that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “because they had come to John for baptism, declared God to be righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1167,12 +1167,12 @@ LUK 7 36 fd2c writing-newevent ἠρώτα δέ τις αὐτὸν τῶν Φα
|
|||
LUK 7 36 lhd4 writing-participants τις…τῶν Φαρισαίων 1 one of the Pharisees This phrase also introduces the Pharisee into the story. In [7:40](../07/40.md), Jesus addresses him as Simon. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could give his name here, as UST does. Alternate translation: “a Pharisee named Simon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
LUK 7 36 dy31 translate-unknown κατεκλίθη 1 he reclined to eat See how you translated this in [5:29](../05/29.md). It was the custom in this culture for dinner guests to eat while lying comfortably around the table on banqueting couches. Alternate translation: “he took his place at the table” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
LUK 7 37 l386 figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 behold Luke uses the term **behold** to calls the reader’s attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 7 37 a9iu writing-participants γυνὴ ἥτις ἦν ἐν τῇ πόλει 1 there was a woman in the city Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new character into the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you can use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “there was woman who lived in that city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
LUK 7 37 a9iu writing-participants γυνὴ ἥτις ἦν ἐν τῇ πόλει 1 there was a woman in the city Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new character into the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you could use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “there was woman who lived in that city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
LUK 7 37 x4sk figs-explicit ἁμαρτωλός 1 who was a sinner Luke is speaking from the perspective of the Pharisee when he says that the woman was a **sinner**. Since the Pharisee would likely not have known her personally, this is an implicit reference to her reputation. She may have been a prostitute, as UST suggests. Alternate translation: “who had a reputation for living a sinful life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 7 37 l387 figs-explicit κομίσασα 1 she brought In this culture, if people wanted to hear what someone’s special dinner guest had to say, they were allowed to come and stand around the walls of the banqueting hall and listen, even if they had not been invited to share in the meal. And so this woman was allowed to enter and listen to Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that specifically. Alternate translation: “she came into the banquet hall as a visitor, bringing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 7 37 apx8 translate-unknown ἀλάβαστρον 1 an alabaster jar The word **alabaster** is the name of a soft, white stone. People stored precious and valuable items in jars made from alabaster. Alternate translation: “a jar made of soft, white stone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
LUK 7 37 a954 translate-unknown μύρου 1 of perfumed oil This oil had fragrant additives. To make a nice smell, people would rub the oil on themselves or sprinkle their clothing with it. Alternate translation: “that contained oil with perfume in it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
LUK 7 38 v5xh figs-explicitinfo ταῖς θριξὶν τῆς κεφαλῆς αὐτῆς 1 with the hair of her head In your language, it might seem that this phrase expresses unnecessary extra information. If so, you can abbreviate it. Alternate translation: “with her hair” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]])
|
||||
LUK 7 38 v5xh figs-explicitinfo ταῖς θριξὶν τῆς κεφαλῆς αὐτῆς 1 with the hair of her head In your language, it might seem that this phrase expresses unnecessary extra information. If so, you could abbreviate it. Alternate translation: “with her hair” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]])
|
||||
LUK 7 38 i93v ἤλειφεν τῷ μύρῳ 1 anointing them with the perfumed oil Alternate translation: “pouring perfume on them”
|
||||
LUK 7 39 u455 figs-quotemarks εἶπεν ἐν ἑαυτῷ λέγων 1 he said to himself, saying As noted in [3:10](../03/10.md), Luke often uses the word **saying** to introduce a quotation. Particularly in cases like this one, if you indicate the quotation in some other way, such as with quotation marks, you do not need to represent this word in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
|
||||
LUK 7 39 xc9v grammar-connect-condition-contrary οὗτος εἰ ἦν προφήτης, ἐγίνωσκεν ἂν τίς καὶ ποταπὴ ἡ γυνὴ, ἥτις ἅπτεται αὐτοῦ, ὅτι ἁμαρτωλός ἐστιν 1 If this man were a prophet, he would know who and of what type the woman is who is touching him, that she is a sinner This Pharisee is making a conditional statement that sounds hypothetical, but he is already convinced that the condition is not true. He has concluded that Jesus must not be a prophet, because he allowed this sinful woman to touch him, and a prophet would have known she was sinful and not allowed that. Alternate translation: “Jesus must not be a prophet, because if he were, he would know that the woman who is touching him is a sinner” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1221,9 +1221,9 @@ LUK 8 intro ba3i 0 # Luke 8 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<
|
|||
LUK 8 1 i6mi writing-newevent καὶ ἐγένετο 1 And it happened that Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
LUK 8 1 l399 figs-idiom κατὰ πόλιν καὶ κώμην 1 through city and village This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “around to different cities and villages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 8 1 l401 figs-abstractnouns τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the kingdom of God See how you decided to translate this phrase in [4:43](../04/43.md). If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **kingdom**, you could express the idea behind it with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “how God would rule” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
LUK 8 1 l402 figs-nominaladj οἱ δώδεκα 1 the Twelve Luke is using the adjective **Twelve** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “his 12 apostles” or “the 12 men whom he had appointed to be apostles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 8 1 l402 figs-nominaladj οἱ δώδεκα 1 the Twelve Luke is using the adjective **Twelve** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “his 12 apostles” or “the 12 men whom he had appointed to be apostles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 8 1 l403 translate-names οἱ δώδεκα 1 the Twelve Alternatively, even if your language does not ordinarily use adjectives as nouns, you may be able to do that in this case, since this is a title by which the apostles were known. Even though it is a number, if you translate it as a title, as ULT does, follow the conventions for titles in your language. For example, capitalize main words and write out numbers rather than use digits. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 8 2 g99l figs-activepassive αἳ ἦσαν τεθεραπευμέναι ἀπὸ πνευμάτων πονηρῶν καὶ ἀσθενειῶν 1 who had been healed from evil spirits and diseases If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “whom Jesus had set free from evil spirits and healed of diseases” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 8 2 g99l figs-activepassive αἳ ἦσαν τεθεραπευμέναι ἀπὸ πνευμάτων πονηρῶν καὶ ἀσθενειῶν 1 who had been healed from evil spirits and diseases If your language does not use this passive form, you could state this in active form. Alternate translation: “whom Jesus had set free from evil spirits and healed of diseases” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 8 2 jq4g translate-names Μαρία ἡ καλουμένη Μαγδαληνή 1 Mary who was called Magdalene **Mary** is the name of a woman, and **Magdalene** is a distinguishing term that most likely means that she came from the town of Magdala. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 8 2 n4x6 figs-activepassive Μαρία ἡ καλουμένη Μαγδαληνή 1 Mary who was called Magdalene If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “Mary, who people called Magdalene” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 8 2 l404 figs-explicit ἀφ’ ἧς δαιμόνια ἑπτὰ ἐξεληλύθει 1 from whom seven demons had gone out The **demons** did not go **out** on their own. It may be helpful to say explicitly that Jesus drove them out. Alternate translation: “from whom Jesus had driven out seven demons” or “whom Jesus had set free from seven demons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1307,11 +1307,11 @@ LUK 8 23 mdb5 figs-idiom κατέβη λαῖλαψ ἀνέμου εἰς τὴ
|
|||
LUK 8 23 l429 figs-metonymy συνεπληροῦντο 1 they were being filled Luke says **they**, meaning the disciples, to refer figuratively by association to the boat they were in. Alternate translation: “the boat was being filled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 8 23 l430 figs-activepassive συνεπληροῦντο 1 they were being filled If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state what was doing the action. Alternate translation: “water started to fill up their boat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 8 23 uki7 figs-explicit συνεπληροῦντο 1 they were being filled The implication is that the strong winds were causing high waves that pushed water over the sides of the boat, and that this water was filling the boat. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the strong winds were causing high waves that pushed water over the sides of their boat, so that the water began to fill it up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 8 24 l432 Ἐπιστάτα 1 Master **Master** is the title by which disciples addressed their teacher in this culture. If your language and culture have a similar term, you can use it here in your translation.
|
||||
LUK 8 24 l432 Ἐπιστάτα 1 Master **Master** is the title by which disciples addressed their teacher in this culture. If your language and culture have a similar term, you could use it here in your translation.
|
||||
LUK 8 24 l431 λέγοντες, Ἐπιστάτα, Ἐπιστάτα, ἀπολλύμεθα! 1 saying, “Master! Master! We are perishing!” The repetition indicates that the disciples called to Jesus urgently and continually. Alternate translation: “crying out continually, ‘Master! We’re going to die!’”
|
||||
LUK 8 24 l433 figs-exclusive ἀπολλύμεθα 1 We are perishing Since the disciples want Jesus to understand that he is in danger too, the word **we** would include him. Alternate translation: “We’re all going to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
LUK 8 24 uhe4 ἐπετίμησεν 1 rebuked Alternate translation: “spoke sharply to”
|
||||
LUK 8 24 t1yy figs-explicitinfo τῷ κλύδωνι, τοῦ ὕδατος 1 the waves of the water In your language, it might seem that the wording here expresses unnecessary extra information. If so, you can abbreviate it. However, you could also translate this as expressing emphasis. Alternate translation: “the waves” or “the violent waves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]])
|
||||
LUK 8 24 t1yy figs-explicitinfo τῷ κλύδωνι, τοῦ ὕδατος 1 the waves of the water In your language, it might seem that the wording here expresses unnecessary extra information. If so, you could abbreviate it. However, you could also translate this as expressing emphasis. Alternate translation: “the waves” or “the violent waves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]])
|
||||
LUK 8 24 v1c3 figs-parallelism ἐπαύσαντο καὶ ἐγένετο γαλήνη 1 they ceased, and there was a calm These two phrases mean similar things. Luke uses the repetition to emphasize what great power Jesus demonstrated. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could combine these phrases. However, you could also translate both phrases and show how the second expresses the results of the first. Alternate translation: “the storm ended” or “the storm ended, so that the lake became calm again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
LUK 8 25 d8c3 figs-rquestion ποῦ ἡ πίστις ὑμῶν? 1 Where is your faith? Jesus does not expect his disciples to tell him where their faith is. Rather, he is using the question form to correct them. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate his words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “You should have trusted God!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 8 25 wjv3 τίς ἄρα οὗτός ἐστιν, ὅτι καὶ τοῖς ἀνέμοις ἐπιτάσσει καὶ τῷ ὕδατι, καὶ ὑπακούουσιν αὐτῷ? 1 Who then is this, that he commands even the winds and the water, and they obey him? If your readers would misunderstand this, you could turn this into two sentences, one asking the question, and the other giving the reason for the question. Alternate translation: “Who then is this? He commands even the winds and the water, and they obey him!”
|
||||
|
|
@ -1320,7 +1320,7 @@ LUK 8 25 l434 figs-metonymy τῷ ὕδατι 1 the water The disciples are figu
|
|||
LUK 8 26 f17p translate-names τὴν χώραν τῶν Γερασηνῶν 1 the region of the Gerasenes The name **Gerasenes** refers to people from the city of Gerasa. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 8 26 p9zp ἀντιπέρα τῆς Γαλιλαίας 1 opposite Galilee Alternate translation: “on the other side of the lake from Galilee”
|
||||
LUK 8 27 l435 figs-ellipsis ἐξελθόντι…αὐτῷ 1 when he came out Here Luke is writing in a compact way. He means that Jesus **came out** of the boat. Alternate translation: “when Jesus got out of the boat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
LUK 8 27 hjh5 writing-participants ἀνήρ τις ἐκ τῆς πόλεως 1 a certain man from the city This phrase introduces a new character in a story. If your language has an expression of its own that serves this purpose, you can use it here. Alternate translation: “a man who was from the city of Gerasa” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
LUK 8 27 hjh5 writing-participants ἀνήρ τις ἐκ τῆς πόλεως 1 a certain man from the city This phrase introduces a new character in a story. If your language has an expression of its own that serves this purpose, you could use it here. Alternate translation: “a man who was from the city of Gerasa” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
LUK 8 27 ji6p ἔχων δαιμόνια 1 who had demons Alternate translation: “who was controlled by demons” or “whom demons controlled”
|
||||
LUK 8 27 xhw7 writing-background καὶ χρόνῳ ἱκανῷ 1 And for a long time Luke uses this phrase to introduce background information about the man who had demons. Alternate translation: “Now for a long time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
LUK 8 27 we6n translate-unknown τοῖς μνήμασιν 1 the tombs The term **the tombs** refers to places in which people laid to rest the bodies of loved ones who have died. In this context it may possibly mean caves cut into the rock or small buildings that the man could use for shelter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1374,7 +1374,7 @@ LUK 8 39 l453 figs-explicit καθ’ ὅλην τὴν πόλιν 1 throughout
|
|||
LUK 8 40 l454 figs-synecdoche ἐν δὲ τῷ ὑποστρέφειν τὸν Ἰησοῦν 1 Now when Jesus returned Luke figuratively says **he**, meaning Jesus, to describe the entire group of Jesus and his disciples. Alternate translation: “Now when Jesus returned with his disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
LUK 8 40 yd57 grammar-connect-logic-result ἀπεδέξατο αὐτὸν ὁ ὄχλος; ἦσαν γὰρ πάντες προσδοκῶντες αὐτόν 1 the crowd welcomed him, for they were all expecting him If your readers would misunderstand this, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the results that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “the crowd had been expecting him, and so they greeted him joyfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
LUK 8 41 l455 figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 behold Luke uses **behold** to calls the reader’s attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 8 41 l456 writing-participants ἦλθεν ἀνὴρ ᾧ ὄνομα Ἰάειρος 1 a man came whose name was Jairus Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new character into the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you can use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “there was man whose name was Jairus, and he came” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
LUK 8 41 l456 writing-participants ἦλθεν ἀνὴρ ᾧ ὄνομα Ἰάειρος 1 a man came whose name was Jairus Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new character into the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you could use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “there was man whose name was Jairus, and he came” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
LUK 8 41 l457 translate-names Ἰάειρος 1 Jairus **Jairus** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 8 41 avi8 ἄρχων τῆς συναγωγῆς 1 a ruler of the synagogue Alternate translation: “one of the leaders at the local synagogue” or “a leader of the people who met at the synagogue in that city”
|
||||
LUK 8 41 epa2 translate-symaction πεσὼν παρὰ τοὺς πόδας Ἰησοῦ 1 falling at the feet of Jesus Be sure that it is clear in your translation that Jairus did not fall down accidentally. Rather, bowing or lying down in front of Jesus was a sign of humility and respect for him. Alternate translation: “respectfully bowed down at Jesus’ feet” or “respectfully lay down on the ground in front of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1382,8 +1382,8 @@ LUK 8 42 kq2v figs-explicit ἀπέθνῃσκεν 1 was dying The implication i
|
|||
LUK 8 42 ymb1 figs-explicit ἐν δὲ τῷ ὑπάγειν αὐτὸν 1 And as he was going You may need to say first in your language that Jesus had agreed to go with Jairus. You could put that information in a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “So Jesus agreed to go with him. Now as he was on his way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 8 42 l458 writing-background δὲ 1 And Luke uses this word to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
LUK 8 42 kw2y οἱ ὄχλοι συνέπνιγον αὐτόν 1 the crowds were crowding around him Alternate translation: “the people were crowding tightly around Jesus”
|
||||
LUK 8 43 l7pu writing-participants γυνὴ οὖσα 1 there was a woman This introduces a new character into the story. If your language has an expression of its own that serves this purpose, you can use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
LUK 8 43 h9uq figs-euphemism ἐν ῥύσει αἵματος 1 with a flow of blood Luke uses the phrase **a flow of blood** refers to her condition discreetly by using a mild expression. She was probably bleeding from her womb even when it was not the normal time for that. If your language has a polite way of referring to this condition, you can use that expression here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
LUK 8 43 l7pu writing-participants γυνὴ οὖσα 1 there was a woman This introduces a new character into the story. If your language has an expression of its own that serves this purpose, you could use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
LUK 8 43 h9uq figs-euphemism ἐν ῥύσει αἵματος 1 with a flow of blood Luke uses the phrase **a flow of blood** refers to her condition discreetly by using a mild expression. She was probably bleeding from her womb even when it was not the normal time for that. If your language has a polite way of referring to this condition, you could use that expression here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
LUK 8 43 l459 translate-textvariants ἰατροῖς προσαναλώσασα ὅλον τὸν βίον 1 having spent all her living on doctors See the discussion of textual issues at the end of the General Notes to this chapter to decide whether to include this phrase in your translation. The note below discusses a translation issue in this phrase for those who decide to include it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
|
||||
LUK 8 43 l460 figs-metonymy ὅλον τὸν βίον 1 all her living This phrase uses the term **living** figuratively to mean the money that was needed for **living**. Alternate translation: “all of her money” or “all the money she had to live on” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 8 43 zb4a figs-activepassive οὐκ ἴσχυσεν ἀπ’ οὐδενὸς θεραπευθῆναι 1 was not able to be healed by anyone If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “whom no one had been able to heal” or, if you include the phrase from the textual variant, “who had spent all of her money on doctors, but none of them had been able to heal her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1421,7 +1421,7 @@ LUK 8 55 k6w2 figs-explicit ἐπέστρεψεν τὸ πνεῦμα αὐτῆ
|
|||
LUK 8 56 c6mp μηδενὶ εἰπεῖν 1 to tell no one If your readers would misunderstand this, you could make the verb negative and the subject positive. Alternate translation: “not to tell anyone”
|
||||
LUK 9 intro uc1r 0 # Luke 9 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Jesus sends his 12 apostles to teach and heal (9:1-9)<br>2. Jesus miraculously feeds 5,000 people (9:10-17)<br>3. Jesus speaks with his disciples about who he is (9:18-27)<br>4. The glory of Jesus is revealed on a mountaintop (9:28-36)<br>5. Jesus drives a demon out of a boy (9:37-43)<br>6. Jesus speaks about being his disciple (9:44-50)<br>7. Jesus begins to travel to Jerusalem (9:51-62)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Elijah<br><br>God had promised the Jews that the prophet Elijah would return before the Messiah came. So some people who saw Jesus do miracles thought Jesus was Elijah (9:9, 9:19). He was not. However, Elijah did come to earth to speak with Jesus (9:30). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/elijah]])<br><br>### Glory<br><br>Scripture often speaks of God’s glory as a great, brilliant light. When people see this light, they are afraid. Luke says in this chapter that Jesus’ clothing shone with this glorious light so that his followers could see that Jesus truly was God’s Son. At the same time, God told them that Jesus was his Son. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/glory]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fear]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Paradox<br><br>A paradox is a statement that describes two things that seem as if they cannot both be true at the same time, but which actually are both true. Jesus speaks a paradox in this chapter: “Whoever would save his life will lose it, but whoever loses his life for my sake will save it” (9:24).<br><br>### “Receiving”<br><br>This word appears several times in this chapter and means different things. When Jesus says, “If someone receives a little child like this in my name, he also is receiving me, and if someone receives me, he is also receiving the one who sent me” (9:48), he is speaking of people serving the child. When Luke says, “the people there did not receive him” (9:53), he means that the people did not believe in or accept Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])
|
||||
LUK 9 1 l470 figs-nominaladj συνκαλεσάμενος…τοὺς δώδεκα 1 when he had called the Twelve together See how you translated this in [8:1](../08/01.md). You may have decided to translate the nominal adjective **the Twelve** with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “when he had called together his 12 apostles” or “when he had called together the 12 men whom he had appointed to be apostles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 9 1 l471 translate-names τοὺς δώδεκα 1 the Twelve You may have decided instead in [8:1](../08/01.md) to translate this as a title, even if your language does not ordinarily use adjectives as nouns. If so, you can do the same thing here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 9 1 l471 translate-names τοὺς δώδεκα 1 the Twelve You may have decided instead in [8:1](../08/01.md) to translate this as a title, even if your language does not ordinarily use adjectives as nouns. If so, you could do the same thing here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 9 1 zqq6 figs-doublet δύναμιν καὶ ἐξουσίαν 1 power and authority **Power** and **authority** mean similar things. Luke uses them together to show that Jesus gave his 12 disciples both the ability and the right to heal people. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this phrase with a combination of words that includes both of these ideas. Alternate translation: “the right to use power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
LUK 9 1 fuj7 πάντα τὰ δαιμόνια 1 all the demons This could mean one of two things. Alternate translation: “every demon” or “every kind of demon”
|
||||
LUK 9 1 h8ql νόσους θεραπεύειν 1 to cure diseases Alternate translation: “to heal people of their sicknesses”
|
||||
|
|
@ -1462,7 +1462,7 @@ LUK 9 10 r2bq translate-names Βηθσαϊδά 1 Bethsaida **Bethsaida** is the
|
|||
LUK 9 11 l483 figs-abstractnouns τῆς Βασιλείας τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the kingdom of God See how you decided to translate this phrase in [4:43](../04/43.md). If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **kingdom**, you could express the idea behind it with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “how God would rule” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
LUK 9 12 btc8 writing-background ἡ δὲ ἡμέρα ἤρξατο κλίνειν 1 And the day began to end Luke provides this background information to help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now it was getting towards the end of the day” or “Now the end of the day was approaching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
LUK 9 12 l484 figs-nominaladj οἱ δώδεκα 1 the Twelve See how you translated this in [8:1](../08/01.md). You may have decided to translate the nominal adjective **Twelve** with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “his 12 apostles” or “the 12 men whom he had appointed to be apostles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 9 12 l485 translate-names οἱ δώδεκα 1 the Twelve You may have decided instead in [8:1](../08/01.md) to translate this as a title, **the Twelve**, even if your language does not ordinarily use adjectives as nouns. If so, you can do the same thing here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 9 12 l485 translate-names οἱ δώδεκα 1 the Twelve You may have decided instead in [8:1](../08/01.md) to translate this as a title, **the Twelve**, even if your language does not ordinarily use adjectives as nouns. If so, you could do the same thing here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 9 13 l486 figs-litotes οὐκ εἰσὶν…πλεῖον ἢ 1 There are not more than The disciples are figuratively expressing a positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. Alternate translation: “There are only” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
LUK 9 13 tay4 translate-unknown ἄρτοι πέντε 1 five loaves This means **loaves** of bread, which are lumps of flour dough that a person has shaped and baked. Alternate translation: “five loaves of bread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
LUK 9 13 vuc1 figs-irony εἰ μήτι πορευθέντες, ἡμεῖς ἀγοράσωμεν εἰς πάντα τὸν λαὸν τοῦτον βρώματα 1 unless we go and buy food for all these people The disciples are not making a serious suggestion here. They actually mean to communicate the opposite of the literal meaning of their words. Alternate translation: “and we certainly cannot go and buy food for all these people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1491,7 +1491,7 @@ LUK 9 22 j5k8 figs-activepassive καὶ ἀποδοκιμασθῆναι ἀπ
|
|||
LUK 9 22 d5je figs-activepassive καὶ ἀποκτανθῆναι 1 and to be killed If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “and they will kill him” or (if you translated in the first person) “and they will kill me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 9 22 l492 grammar-connect-logic-contrast καὶ τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ ἐγερθῆναι 1 and to be raised on the third day This word at the beginning of this phrase indicates a contrast between what this phrase describes and what the previous phrases described. Alternate translation: “but he will be raised on the third day” or (if you translated in the first person) “but I will be raised on the third day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||||
LUK 9 22 lw6f figs-activepassive καὶ τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ ἐγερθῆναι 1 and to be raised on the third day If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “but he will come back to life on the third day” or (if you translated in the first person) “but I will come back to life on the third day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 9 22 mfe8 translate-ordinal καὶ τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ ἐγερθῆναι 1 and to be raised on the third day If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “but he will come back to life on day three” or (if you translated in the first person) “but I will come back to life on day three” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
LUK 9 22 mfe8 translate-ordinal καὶ τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ ἐγερθῆναι 1 and to be raised on the third day If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “but he will come back to life on day three” or (if you translated in the first person) “but I will come back to life on day three” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
LUK 9 22 l493 figs-idiom καὶ τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ ἐγερθῆναι 1 and to be raised on the third day In the idiom of this culture, today was the “first day,” tomorrow was the “second day,” and the day after tomorrow was the**third day**. To make sure that this is clear to your readers, you may wish to use a different expression than “the third day” or “day three,” especially if, in your culture, this would mean one day longer than Jesus intends. Otherwise, your readers may be confused when they read later in the book that Jesus died on a Friday and came back to life on a Sunday, if that would be “the second day” or “day two” according to the way your culture reckons time. Alternate translation: “and he will spend the next full day in the grave, but on the day after that, he will come back to life” or (if you translated in the first person) “and I will spend the next full day in the grave, but on the day after that, I will come back to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 9 23 h1u1 πρὸς πάντας 1 to them all Alternate translation: “to all of his disciples who were with him”
|
||||
LUK 9 23 h46s figs-metaphor ὀπίσω μου ἔρχεσθαι 1 come after me To follow or to **come after** Jesus represents being one of his disciples. Alternate translation: “be my disciple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1545,11 +1545,11 @@ LUK 9 36 l510 figs-doublenegatives οὐδενὶ ἀπήγγειλαν…οὐ
|
|||
LUK 9 36 l511 figs-idiom ἐν ἐκείναις ταῖς ἡμέραις 1 in those days Here Luke uses the term **days** figuratively to refer to a particular time. Alternate translation: “at that time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 9 37 q5f5 writing-newevent ἐγένετο δὲ 1 And it happened that Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
LUK 9 38 l512 figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 behold Luke uses the term **behold** to calls the reader’s attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 9 38 k35b writing-participants ἀνὴρ ἀπὸ τοῦ ὄχλου 1 a man from the crowd Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new character into the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you can use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “there was a man in the crowd who” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
LUK 9 38 k35b writing-participants ἀνὴρ ἀπὸ τοῦ ὄχλου 1 a man from the crowd Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new character into the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you could use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “there was a man in the crowd who” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
LUK 9 38 l513 Διδάσκαλε 1 Teacher **Teacher** is a respectful title. You can translate it with an equivalent term that your language and culture would use.
|
||||
LUK 9 38 l514 figs-idiom ἐπιβλέψαι ἐπὶ 1 look upon This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “help” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 9 39 l515 figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 behold The man uses the term **behold** to calls Jesus’ attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 9 39 ka7j writing-participants πνεῦμα 1 a spirit The man uses this phrase to introduce the spirit into his story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you can use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “there is an evil spirit that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
LUK 9 39 ka7j writing-participants πνεῦμα 1 a spirit The man uses this phrase to introduce the spirit into his story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you could use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “there is an evil spirit that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
LUK 9 39 abm3 translate-unknown μετὰ ἀφροῦ 1 with foam When a person is having convulsions, they can have trouble breathing or swallowing. This causes white foam to form around their mouths. Alternate translation: “and foam comes out of his mouth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
LUK 9 39 l516 figs-litotes μόγις ἀποχωρεῖ ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ 1 it departs from him with difficulty The man is figuratively expressing a positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. Alternate translation: “it attacks him very often” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
LUK 9 39 l517 figs-metaphor συντρῖβον αὐτόν 1 crushing him The man speaks figuratively of the spirit as if it were a heavy weight whose attacks crush the boy. This is a reference to the injuries that the spirit causes. Alternate translation: “injuring him badly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1612,7 +1612,7 @@ LUK 9 59 l538 figs-metaphor ἀκολούθει μοι 1 Follow me As in [5:27](
|
|||
LUK 9 59 l539 ἐπίτρεψόν μοι ἀπελθόντι, πρῶτον θάψαι τὸν πατέρα μου 1 permit me to go first to bury my father It is unclear whether the man’s father had died and that he would bury him immediately, or whether the man wanted to wait for a longer amount of time until his father died so that he could bury him then. The main point is that the man wanted to do something else first before going with Jesus. Alternate translation: “before I do that, let me go and bury my father”
|
||||
LUK 9 59 l540 figs-metonymy ἐπίτρεψόν μοι ἀπελθόντι, πρῶτον θάψαι τὸν πατέρα μου 1 permit me to go first to bury my father One possible meaning of this expression is that the man wanted to wait until he had received his inheritance from his father so that he could live on that money while traveling with Jesus. If so, then he would be referring to the inheritance by association with his father’s death, and he would be referring to his father’s death by association with his burial. Alternate translation: “let me wait until I receive my inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 9 60 l541 figs-metaphor ἄφες τοὺς νεκροὺς θάψαι τοὺς ἑαυτῶν νεκρούς 1 Let the dead bury their own dead Jesus does not mean literally that dead people will bury other dead people. Instead, the expression **the dead** likely refers figuratively to those who do not follow Jesus and so are spiritually dead. Alternate translation: “Let people who are not concerned about spiritual things take care of everyday matters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 9 60 l542 figs-nominaladj τοὺς νεκροὺς 1 the dead Jesus is using the adjective **dead** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are dead” or “people who are not concerned about spiritual things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 9 60 l542 figs-nominaladj τοὺς νεκροὺς 1 the dead Jesus is using the adjective **dead** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are dead” or “people who are not concerned about spiritual things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 9 60 l543 figs-abstractnouns τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the kingdom of God See how you decided to translate this phrase in [4:43](../04/43.md). If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **kingdom**, you could express the idea behind it with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “how God will rule” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
LUK 9 61 l544 figs-metaphor ἀκολουθήσω σοι 1 I will follow you As in [5:27](../05/27.md), to **follow** Jesus means to become one of his disciples. Alternate translation: “I want to be one of your disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 9 61 l545 πρῶτον δὲ ἐπίτρεψόν μοι 1 but first permit me Alternate translation: “but before I do that, please let me”
|
||||
|
|
@ -1623,7 +1623,7 @@ LUK 9 62 l553 translate-unknown οὐδεὶς ἐπιβαλὼν τὴν χε
|
|||
LUK 9 62 l549 figs-explicit βλέπων εἰς τὰ ὀπίσω 1 looking to the things behind The implication is that anyone who is looking backwards while plowing cannot guide the plow where it needs to go. That person must focus on looking forward in order to plow well. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “looking backwards, and so not going in the right direction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 9 62 l550 figs-abstractnouns εὔθετός ἐστιν τῇ Βασιλείᾳ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 is fit for the kingdom of God See how you decided to translate the phrase **the kingdom of God** in [4:43](../04/43.md). If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **kingdom**, you could express the idea behind it with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “can really let God rule his life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
LUK 10 intro z899 0 # Luke 10 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Jesus sends seventy-two disciples to teach and heal (10:1-24)<br>2. Jesus tells the Parable of the Good Samaritan (10:25-37)<br>3. Jesus visits Mary and Martha (10:38-43)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Harvest<br><br>Harvest refers to the time when people gather in the food they have planted so they can eat some of it right away and store the rest for future use. Jesus uses this as a metaphor to teach his followers that they need to go and tell other people about him so that those people can become part of God’s kingdom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])<br><br>### Neighbor<br><br>The Jews helped their Jewish neighbors who needed help, and they expected their Jewish neighbors to help them. Jesus wanted them to understand that people who were not Jews were also their neighbors, so he told them a story about this (10:29-37). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])<br><br>## Important textual issues in this chapter<br><br>### “72”<br><br>In 10:1 and 10:17, some ancient manuscripts of the Bible read “72,” but others read “70.” ULT reads “72,” but it mentions in a footnote that scholars are divided as to which number was originally in the book of Luke.<br><br>### “Jesus”<br><br>In 10:39, many of the best ancient manuscripts read “Jesus,” but some read “the Lord.” ULT reads “Jesus.”<br><br>In both of these cases, if a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it has. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to follow the example of ULT. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
|
||||
LUK 10 1 u8l6 writing-newevent μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα 1 And after these things Luke uses this phrase to mark a new event in the story. If your language has a similar expression that it uses for this same purpose, you can use that here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
LUK 10 1 u8l6 writing-newevent μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα 1 And after these things Luke uses this phrase to mark a new event in the story. If your language has a similar expression that it uses for this same purpose, you could use that here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
LUK 10 1 l551 ὁ Κύριος 1 the Lord Here Luke refers to Jesus by the title **the Lord** to show his authority. Alternate translation: “the Lord Jesus”
|
||||
LUK 10 1 m75c translate-textvariants ἑβδομήκοντα δύο 1 72 See the discussion of textual issues at the end of the General Notes to this chapter to decide whether to say **72** or “70” in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
|
||||
LUK 10 1 g8ka figs-idiom ἀπέστειλεν αὐτοὺς ἀνὰ δύο 1 sent them out by twos This phrase is an idiom. Alternate translation: “sent them out two by two” or “sent them out in groups of two” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1654,7 +1654,7 @@ LUK 10 7 u3vs writing-proverbs ἄξιος γὰρ ὁ ἐργάτης τοῦ
|
|||
LUK 10 7 kd8i μὴ μεταβαίνετε ἐξ οἰκίας εἰς οἰκίαν 1 Do not move around from house to house This expression describes staying in different houses rather than making one house the base of operations the whole time. Jesus is repeating his earlier instruction, **remain in that house**, for emphasis. Jesus is not saying that these disciples cannot go to meet with people in other homes. Alternate translation: “As I said, stay at that house”
|
||||
LUK 10 8 k8yb writing-pronouns καὶ δέχωνται ὑμᾶς 1 and they receive you The pronoun **they** refers to the people living in this city. Alternate translation: “if the people there welcome you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
LUK 10 8 wd2x figs-activepassive ἐσθίετε τὰ παρατιθέμενα ὑμῖν 1 eat what is served to you If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who would do the action. Alternate translation: “eat whatever food the people of that city serve you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 10 9 ws6g figs-nominaladj τοὺς…ἀσθενεῖς 1 the sick Jesus is using the adjective **sick** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the people who are sick” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 10 9 ws6g figs-nominaladj τοὺς…ἀσθενεῖς 1 the sick Jesus is using the adjective **sick** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the people who are sick” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 10 9 l565 writing-pronouns ἐν αὐτῇ 1 in it Alternate translation: “who live in that city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
LUK 10 9 l566 figs-quotesinquotes λέγετε αὐτοῖς, ἤγγικεν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 say to them, ‘The kingdom of God has come close to you’ If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “tell them that the kingdom of God has come close to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 10 9 e1he figs-abstractnouns ἤγγικεν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 The kingdom of God has come close to you The idea behind the abstract noun **kingdom** can be expressed with a verb such as “rule.” This could mean: (1) the kingdom of God is close in location, that is, its activities are happening nearby. Alternate translation: “God is ruling in this area” (2) the kingdom of God is close in time, that is, it will begin soon. Alternate translation: “God will soon begin to rule as king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1723,12 +1723,12 @@ LUK 10 21 l597 figs-youformal ἐξομολογοῦμαί σοι, Πάτερ 1
|
|||
LUK 10 21 mf9d guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πάτερ 1 Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
LUK 10 21 rs3w figs-merism Κύριε τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καὶ τῆς γῆς 1 Lord of heaven and earth Jesus is using a figure of speech to describe something by naming its two components. Together **heaven** and **earth** represent everything that exists. Alternate translation: “you who rule over everything that exists” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
LUK 10 21 n6xb figs-extrainfo ταῦτα 1 these things Jesus is likely using this expression to refer to his identity as God’s Son and God’s identity as his Father. He describes these things in the next verse and says that only people to whom he reveals these identities can understand them, just as he says here that they are revealed only to certain people. Since the expression is explained in the next verse, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
|
||||
LUK 10 21 l598 figs-nominaladj σοφῶν καὶ συνετῶν 1 the wise and intelligent Jesus is using the adjectives **wise** and **intelligent** as nouns in order to indicate people who have those qualities. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “people who are wise and intelligent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 10 21 l598 figs-nominaladj σοφῶν καὶ συνετῶν 1 the wise and intelligent Jesus is using the adjectives **wise** and **intelligent** as nouns in order to indicate people who have those qualities. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “people who are wise and intelligent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 10 21 i2zf figs-irony σοφῶν καὶ συνετῶν 1 the wise and intelligent Because God had concealed the truth from these people, they actually were not wise and intelligent, even though they thought they were. Alternate translation: “people who think they are wise and intelligent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||||
LUK 10 21 l599 figs-doublet σοφῶν καὶ συνετῶν 1 the wise and intelligent The terms **wise** and **intelligent** mean similar things. Jesus uses the two terms together for emphasis. Alternate translation: “people who think they understand everything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
LUK 10 21 a175 figs-metaphor νηπίοις 1 infants **Infants** refers figuratively to people who may not have much education, but who are willing to accept Jesus’ teachings in the same way that little children willingly listen to those they trust. You could explain the meaning of this metaphor in your translation, or you could translate it as a simile, as UST does. Alternate translation: “people who trust my teachings implicitly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 10 21 nm6t figs-metaphor ἔμπροσθέν σου 1 before you Jesus says **before you** to mean “where you could see” or “in your sight.” Sight, in turn, figuratively means attention and judgment. Alternate translation: “in your judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 10 22 e47e figs-activepassive πάντα μοι παρεδόθη ὑπὸ τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 All things have been handed over to me from my Father If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “My Father has handed everything over to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 10 22 e47e figs-activepassive πάντα μοι παρεδόθη ὑπὸ τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 All things have been handed over to me from my Father If your language does not use this passive form, you could state this in active form. Alternate translation: “My Father has handed everything over to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 10 22 l600 grammar-connect-exceptions οὐδεὶς γινώσκει τίς ἐστιν ὁ Υἱὸς, εἰ μὴ ὁ Πατήρ 1 no one knows who the Son is except the Father If, in your language, it would appear that Jesus is making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “only the Father knows who the Son is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]])
|
||||
LUK 10 22 six4 γινώσκει τίς ἐστιν ὁ Υἱὸς 1 knows who the Son is Here, the Greek word translated **knows** means to know from personal experience. God the Father knows Jesus in this way. Alternate translation: “is acquainted with the Son” or “is acquainted with me”
|
||||
LUK 10 22 xm3s figs-123person γινώσκει τίς ἐστιν ὁ Υἱὸς 1 knows who the Son is Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. Alternate translation: “knows who I am” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1743,7 +1743,7 @@ LUK 10 24 f32w figs-explicit καὶ οὐκ εἶδαν 1 and did not see If it
|
|||
LUK 10 24 q61s figs-explicit ἃ ἀκούετε 1 what you hear The phrase **what you hear** probably refers to the teachings of Jesus. Alternate translation: “the things that you have heard me say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 10 24 mb4b figs-explicit καὶ οὐκ ἤκουσαν 1 and did not hear If it would be helpful to your readers, you could give the reason why the prophets and kings did not hear these things. Alternate translation: “but could not hear them because they lived before this time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 10 25 l602 figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 behold Luke uses the term **behold** to calls the reader’s attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 10 25 klh4 writing-participants νομικός τις 1 a certain lawyer Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new character into the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you can use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “there was a lawyer who” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
LUK 10 25 klh4 writing-participants νομικός τις 1 a certain lawyer Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new character into the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you could use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “there was a lawyer who” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
LUK 10 25 l603 translate-unknown νομικός 1 lawyer See how you translated this in [7:30](../07/30.md). Alternate translation: “an expert in the Jewish law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
LUK 10 25 l604 translate-symaction ἀνέστη 1 stood up By standing up, this lawyer was indicating that he had a question to ask Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain that this was the reason for his action. Alternate translation: “stood up to show that he wanted to ask a question” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
LUK 10 25 c6ac ἐκπειράζων αὐτὸν 1 to test him Alternate translation: “to see how well he would answer”
|
||||
|
|
@ -1759,7 +1759,7 @@ LUK 10 27 l608 figs-hendiadys ὁ δὲ ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν 1 And
|
|||
LUK 10 27 l609 figs-youcrowd ἀγαπήσεις 1 you will love Here it may not be clear whether to use the singular or plural form of **you** because this is a short quotation from the Scriptures and the context is not given. The word is actually singular because, even though Moses said this to the Israelites as a group, each individual person was supposed to obey this command. So in your translation, use the singular forms of **you** **your**, and **yourself** in this verse, if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
|
||||
LUK 10 27 hxk1 figs-declarative ἀγαπήσεις 1 you will love The Scriptures are using a statement to give a command. Alternate translation: “You must love” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
|
||||
LUK 10 27 fzb6 figs-merism ἐξ ὅλης καρδίας σου, καὶ ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ ψυχῇ σου, καὶ ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ ἰσχύϊ σου, καὶ ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ διανοίᾳ σου 1 with all your heart, and with all your soul, and with all your strength, and with all your mind Moses is using a figure of speech that describes something by listing its parts. Alternate translation: “with your entire being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
LUK 10 27 l610 figs-metaphor ἐξ ὅλης καρδίας σου, καὶ ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ ψυχῇ σου 1 with all your heart, and with all your soul The words **heart** and **soul** figuratively represent a person’s inner being. If you do not translate all four of the terms here with a single phrase, you can represent these two together. Alternate translation: “with all of your inner self” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 10 27 l610 figs-metaphor ἐξ ὅλης καρδίας σου, καὶ ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ ψυχῇ σου 1 with all your heart, and with all your soul The words **heart** and **soul** figuratively represent a person’s inner being. If you do not translate all four of the terms here with a single phrase, you could represent these two together. Alternate translation: “with all of your inner self” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 10 27 k1el figs-ellipsis καὶ, τὸν πλησίον σου ὡς σεαυτόν 1 and your neighbor as yourself The lawyer is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation (filling in ellipsis): “and you must also love your neighbor as much as you love yourself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
LUK 10 28 l611 grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical τοῦτο ποίει, καὶ ζήσῃ 1 Do this, and you will live Jesus is describing a conditional situation. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express it that way. Alternate translation: “If you do this, then God will give you eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
|
||||
LUK 10 28 xd4n ζήσῃ 1 you will live Alternate translation: “God will give you eternal life”
|
||||
|
|
@ -1906,7 +1906,7 @@ LUK 11 21 e4d1 figs-parables ὅταν ὁ ἰσχυρὸς καθωπλισμέ
|
|||
LUK 11 21 l672 figs-activepassive ὁ ἰσχυρὸς καθωπλισμένος 1 the strong man who is fully armed If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “a strong man who has all his weapons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 11 21 l673 figs-synecdoche φυλάσσῃ τὴν ἑαυτοῦ αὐλήν 1 is guarding his own courtyard Jesus speaks of one part of a house, its **courtyard** or entrance area, to refer figuratively to the entire house. Alternate translation: “is guarding his own house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
LUK 11 21 pb5v figs-idiom ἐν εἰρήνῃ ἐστὶν τὰ ὑπάρχοντα αὐτοῦ 1 his possessions are at peace This expression means that no one will disturb the man’s **possessions**, that is, they are safe from being stolen. Alternate translation: “no one can steal his possessions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 11 22 g1hx figs-nominaladj ἰσχυρότερος αὐτοῦ 1 a stronger than he Jesus is using the adjective **stronger** as a noun in order to indicate a type of person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “someone who is stronger than he is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 11 22 g1hx figs-nominaladj ἰσχυρότερος αὐτοῦ 1 a stronger than he Jesus is using the adjective **stronger** as a noun in order to indicate a type of person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “someone who is stronger than he is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 11 22 zv57 figs-metaphor τὰ σκῦλα αὐτοῦ διαδίδωσιν 1 divide his spoils Jesus speaks figuratively of the first man’s possessions as if they were the **spoils** of war. He also says figuratively that the stronger man will **divide** these possessions, as if he were a soldier who needed to share them with other soldiers. Alternate translation: “take away his possessions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 11 22 l674 figs-explicit τὰ σκῦλα αὐτοῦ διαδίδωσιν 1 divide his spoils The implication of this parable is that Jesus must be stronger than Satan, because he has been overpowering him and rescuing the people whom Satan formerly controlled. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “take away his possessions. So I must be stronger than Satan and overpowering Satan, because I am taking away from him the people he formerly controlled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 11 23 yw6h ὁ μὴ ὢν μετ’ ἐμοῦ, κατ’ ἐμοῦ ἐστιν; καὶ ὁ μὴ συνάγων μετ’ ἐμοῦ, σκορπίζει 1 The one who is not with me is against me, and the one who does not gather with me scatters Jesus is not referring to a specific individual. Rather, he is making a general statement that applies to any person or group of people. Alternate translation: “Anyone who is not with me is against me, and anyone who does not gather with me scatters” or “Those who are not with me are against me, and those who do not gather with me scatter”
|
||||
|
|
@ -1952,7 +1952,7 @@ LUK 11 31 l689 figs-gendernotations τῶν ἀνδρῶν τῆς γενεᾶς
|
|||
LUK 11 31 rnq9 figs-idiom ἦλθεν ἐκ τῶν περάτων τῆς γῆς 1 she came from the ends of the earth This is an idiom that means she came from very far away. Alternate translation: “she traveled a great distance” or “she came from a faraway place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 11 31 l690 figs-abstractnouns τὴν σοφίαν Σολομῶνος 1 the wisdom of Solomon If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **wisdom**, you could express the idea behind it with an adjective such as “wise.” Alternate translation: “the wise things that Solomon said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
LUK 11 31 l691 figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 behold Jesus uses the term **behold** to get the crowd to focus its attention on what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “now listen carefully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 11 31 l692 figs-nominaladj πλεῖον Σολομῶνος ὧδε 1 greater than Solomon is here Jesus is using the adjective **greater** as a noun in order to indicate a kind of person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate the word with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “someone who is greater than Solomon is here” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 11 31 l692 figs-nominaladj πλεῖον Σολομῶνος ὧδε 1 greater than Solomon is here Jesus is using the adjective **greater** as a noun in order to indicate a kind of person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate the word with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “someone who is greater than Solomon is here” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 11 31 cwa7 figs-123person πλεῖον Σολομῶνος ὧδε 1 greater than Solomon is here Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. Alternate translation: “I, who am greater than Solomon, am here” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
LUK 11 31 p75h figs-explicit πλεῖον Σολομῶνος ὧδε 1 greater than Solomon is here It may be helpful to state explicitly that these people have not listened to Jesus. Alternate translation: “even though I, who am greater than Solomon, am here, the people of this time have not listened to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 11 32 pkh5 figs-explicit ἄνδρες Νινευεῖται 1 The men of Nineveh It may be helpful to state explicitly that **Nineveh** refers to the ancient city of **Nineveh**. Alternate translation: “The people who lived in the ancient city of Nineveh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1961,7 +1961,7 @@ LUK 11 32 l693 translate-symaction ἀναστήσονται…μετὰ τῆς
|
|||
LUK 11 32 l694 ἐν τῇ κρίσει 1 in the judgment Alternate translation: “at the time when God judges people”
|
||||
LUK 11 32 uwp5 τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης 1 this generation Alternate translation: “the people who lived at this time”
|
||||
LUK 11 32 l695 figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 behold Jesus uses the term **behold** to get the crowd to focus its attention on what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “indeed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 11 32 l696 figs-nominaladj πλεῖον Ἰωνᾶ ὧδε 1 greater than Jonah is here Jesus is using the adjective **greater** as a noun in order to indicate a kind of person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate the word with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “someone who is greater than Jonah is here” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 11 32 l696 figs-nominaladj πλεῖον Ἰωνᾶ ὧδε 1 greater than Jonah is here Jesus is using the adjective **greater** as a noun in order to indicate a kind of person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate the word with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “someone who is greater than Jonah is here” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 11 32 ac61 figs-123person πλεῖον Ἰωνᾶ ὧδε 1 greater than Jonah is here Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. Alternate translation: “I, who am greater than Jonah, am here” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
LUK 11 32 l697 figs-explicit πλεῖον Ἰωνᾶ ὧδε 1 greater than Jonah is here It may be helpful to state explicitly that these people have not repented after hearing the message of Jesus. Alternate translation: “even though I, who am greater than Jonah, am here, you still have not repented after hearing my message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 11 33 l698 figs-parables οὐδεὶς λύχνον ἅψας 1 No one, having lit a lamp To help the people in the crowd understand what he has been teaching, Jesus offers a brief illustration. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus gave the crowd this illustration to help them understand. ‘No one who lights a lamp’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1984,7 +1984,7 @@ LUK 11 39 l704 ὁ Κύριος 1 the Lord Here Luke refers to Jesus by the res
|
|||
LUK 11 39 xf4e figs-metaphor ὑμεῖς οἱ Φαρισαῖοι τὸ ἔξωθεν τοῦ ποτηρίου καὶ τοῦ πίνακος καθαρίζετε, τὸ δὲ ἔσωθεν ὑμῶν γέμει ἁρπαγῆς καὶ πονηρίας 1 you Pharisees clean the outside of the cup and of the bowl, but the inside of you is full of greed and evil It becomes clear from the second part of this sentence that Jesus is using the cup and the bowl figuratively in the first part to represent the Pharisees. Alternate translation: “You Pharisees are careful to maintain good appearances on the outside, but your true character is that you are greedy and wicked people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 11 39 zkq7 figs-explicit ὑμεῖς…τὸ ἔξωθεν τοῦ ποτηρίου καὶ τοῦ πίνακος καθαρίζετε 1 you … clean the outside of the cup and of the bowl Washing of the outside of containers was a part of the ritual practices of the Pharisees. Alternate translation: “as part of your rituals, you … always clean the things that you are going to eat and drink from” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 11 39 b8gj figs-abstractnouns τὸ δὲ ἔσωθεν ὑμῶν γέμει ἁρπαγῆς καὶ πονηρίας 1 but the inside of you is full of greed and evil If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the ideas behind the abstract nouns **greed** and **evil** with adjectives, as UST does. Alternate translation: “but your true character is that you are greedy and wicked people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
LUK 11 40 zq4l figs-nominaladj ἄφρονες 1 You foolish ones Jesus is using an adjective as a noun. ULT adds the term **ones** to show this. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate the term with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “You foolish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 11 40 zq4l figs-nominaladj ἄφρονες 1 You foolish ones Jesus is using an adjective as a noun. ULT adds the term **ones** to show this. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate the term with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “You foolish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 11 40 g39h figs-rquestion οὐχ ὁ ποιήσας τὸ ἔξωθεν, καὶ τὸ ἔσωθεν ἐποίησεν? 1 Did not the one who made the outside also make the inside? Jesus is using the question form to challenge and correct the Pharisees. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate his words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “The one who made the outside also made the inside!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 11 41 m3ww figs-explicit τὰ ἐνόντα δότε ἐλεημοσύνην 1 give as charity what is inside Jesus assumes that the Pharisees will know that he is now referring literally to the cups and bowls because he wants to speak about what they contain. So in this saying, they no longer represent the Pharisees figuratively. Alternate translation: “give to the poor what is in your cups and bowls” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 11 41 l705 figs-metonymy τὰ ἐνόντα δότε ἐλεημοσύνην 1 give as charity what is inside Jesus is referring to food by association with the cups and bowls that the food is **inside**. Alternate translation: “share your food with the poor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2052,7 +2052,7 @@ LUK 12 1 ybz9 figs-hyperbole ὥστε καταπατεῖν ἀλλήλους 1
|
|||
LUK 12 1 x38n ἤρξατο λέγειν πρὸς τοὺς μαθητὰς αὐτοῦ πρῶτον 1 he began to say to his disciples first This could mean: (1) Jesus addressed his disciples before speaking to the crowd. Alternate translation: “Jesus first started speaking to his disciples, and said to them” (2) this was the first thing Jesus said to his disciples when he began to speak to them. Alternate translation: “Jesus started speaking to his disciples, and the first thing he said was”
|
||||
LUK 12 1 f5b9 figs-metaphor προσέχετε ἑαυτοῖς ἀπὸ τῆς ζύμης, τῶν Φαρισαίων, ἥτις ἐστὶν ὑπόκρισις 1 Guard yourselves from the yeast of the Pharisees, which is hypocrisy Jesus is describing the influence of **the Pharisees** figuratively by comparing its spread throughout the community to the way **yeast** spreads through a whole batch of dough or batter. You could represent this metaphor as a simile in your translation. Alternate translation: “Be careful that you do not become hypocrites like the Pharisees, whose behavior is influencing everyone around them, just as yeast spreads through a whole batch of dough” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 12 1 l736 translate-unknown ζύμης 1 yeast **Yeast** is a substance that causes fermentation and expansion within a batch of dough or batter. If your readers would not be familiar with yeast, you could use the name of a substance that they would be familiar with, or you could use a general term. Alternate translation: “leaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
LUK 12 2 m1ti grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 But **But** connects the statement it introduces to the previous statement about the hypocrisy of the Pharisees. In your translation, you can use the term that would show this connection in the way that is most natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
|
||||
LUK 12 2 m1ti grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 But **But** connects the statement it introduces to the previous statement about the hypocrisy of the Pharisees. In your translation, you could use the term that would show this connection in the way that is most natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
|
||||
LUK 12 2 e5w4 figs-parallelism οὐδὲν…συνκεκαλυμμένον ἐστὶν, ὃ οὐκ ἀποκαλυφθήσεται, καὶ κρυπτὸν ὃ οὐ γνωσθήσεται 1 nothing is concealed that will not be revealed and hidden that will not be known These two phrases mean similar things. Jesus uses them together to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could combine them, especially if including both phrases might be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation: “people will learn about everything that others try to hide” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
LUK 12 2 l737 figs-doublenegatives οὐδὲν…συνκεκαλυμμένον ἐστὶν, ὃ οὐκ ἀποκαλυφθήσεται 1 nothing is concealed that will not be revealed If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this double negative as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “everything that is now concealed will be revealed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
LUK 12 2 g46e figs-activepassive οὐδὲν…συνκεκαλυμμένον ἐστὶν, ὃ οὐκ ἀποκαλυφθήσεται 1 nothing is concealed that will not be revealed If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use active verbal forms in place of the two passive forms here, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will reveal everything that people are now concealing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2130,7 +2130,7 @@ LUK 12 18 w6gc τὰ ἀγαθά μου 1 my goods Alternate translation: “my
|
|||
LUK 12 19 l770 figs-quotesinquotes ἐρῶ τῇ ψυχῇ μου, ψυχή, ἔχεις πολλὰ ἀγαθὰ κείμενα εἰς ἔτη πολλά; ἀναπαύου, φάγε, πίε, εὐφραίνου 1 I will say to my soul, “Soul, you have many goods lying in store for many years. Relax, eat, drink, be merry”’ If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation, and then another quotation within that one. Alternate translation: “He told himself that he had many goods stored up for many years, and so he could relax, eat, drink, be merry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 12 19 mqm6 figs-synecdoche τῇ ψυχῇ μου 1 my soul The man figuratively addresses one part of himself, his **soul** or inner being, in order to speak to all of himself. Alternate translation: “to myself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
LUK 12 20 l771 figs-quotesinquotes εἶπεν δὲ αὐτῷ ὁ Θεός, ἄφρων, ταύτῃ τῇ νυκτὶ, τὴν ψυχήν σου ἀπαιτοῦσιν ἀπὸ σοῦ; ἃ δὲ ἡτοίμασας, τίνι ἔσται? 1 But God said to him, ‘Foolish one, this night they are demanding your soul from you, and what you have prepared, whose will it be?’ If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation, and then another quotation within that one. Alternate translation: “But God told him that he was very foolish, because he was going to die that night, and the things he had stored up would belong to someone else” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 12 20 l772 figs-nominaladj ἄφρων 1 Foolish one God is using the adjective **foolish** as a noun in order to indicate what kind of person this man is. ULT adds the term **one** to show this. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate the term with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “You foolish person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 12 20 l772 figs-nominaladj ἄφρων 1 Foolish one God is using the adjective **foolish** as a noun in order to indicate what kind of person this man is. ULT adds the term **one** to show this. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate the term with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “You foolish person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 12 20 l773 ταύτῃ τῇ νυκτὶ, τὴν ψυχήν σου ἀπαιτοῦσιν ἀπὸ σοῦ 1 this night they are demanding your soul from you This is an indefinite construction, such as many languages use, but God is the actual subject. Alternate translation: “I am demanding your soul from you this very night”
|
||||
LUK 12 20 l774 figs-idiom ταύτῃ τῇ νυκτὶ, τὴν ψυχήν σου ἀπαιτοῦσιν ἀπὸ σοῦ 1 this night they are demanding your soul from you The term **soul** means the life of a person. God is using the same term as the man did, but with a different meaning, to show that he was foolish to have such confidence in his possessions. Alternate translation: “you are going to lose your life this very night” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 12 20 xgr9 figs-euphemism τὴν ψυχήν σου ἀπαιτοῦσιν ἀπὸ σοῦ 1 they are demanding your soul from you This expression speaks about death in a discreet way. Alternate translation: “you are going to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2152,7 +2152,7 @@ LUK 12 25 n286 figs-metaphor ἐπὶ τὴν ἡλικίαν αὐτοῦ πρ
|
|||
LUK 12 25 l777 translate-unknown πῆχυν 1 a cubit A **cubit** is a measure of length equal to about half a meter or about a foot and a half. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this length using the measure that is customary your culture. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
LUK 12 25 l778 figs-explicit πῆχυν 1 a cubit The implication may be that since a **cubit** is a relatively short distance, it figuratively represents only a short time. Alternate translation: “even a little bit” or “even a short time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 12 26 hl4d figs-rquestion εἰ οὖν οὐδὲ ἐλάχιστον δύνασθε, τί περὶ τῶν λοιπῶν μεριμνᾶτε? 1 If then you are not able to do the least, why do you worry about the rest? Jesus is using the question form to teach his disciples. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate his words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “Since you couldnot do even this small thing, you should not worry about the other things!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 12 26 l779 figs-nominaladj ἐλάχιστον 1 the least Jesus is using the adjective **least** as a noun. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “such a very little thing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 12 26 l779 figs-nominaladj ἐλάχιστον 1 the least Jesus is using the adjective **least** as a noun. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “such a very little thing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 12 26 l780 figs-explicit τῶν λοιπῶν 1 the rest The implication in context is that Jesus is referring to having food to eat and clothes to wear. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “having food and clothing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 12 27 h293 κατανοήσατε τὰ κρίνα πῶς αὐξάνει 1 Consider the lilies—how they grow Alternate translation: “Think about how the lilies grow”
|
||||
LUK 12 27 s8d3 translate-unknown τὰ κρίνα 1 the lilies The word **lilies** describes beautiful flowers that grow wild in the fields. If your language does not have a word for this flower, you could use the name of a similar flower that your readers would recognize, or you could use a general term. Alternate translation: “the flowers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2215,7 +2215,7 @@ LUK 12 39 l805 figs-parables εἰ ᾔδει ὁ οἰκοδεσπότης 1 if
|
|||
LUK 12 39 l806 figs-hypo εἰ ᾔδει ὁ οἰκοδεσπότης ποίᾳ ὥρᾳ ὁ κλέπτης ἔρχεται 1 if the master of the house had known at which hour the thief was coming The illustration that Jesus chooses involves a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “Suppose a thief were going to rob a house, and suppose the owner of the house knew when the thief was coming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
LUK 12 39 v73u figs-idiom ποίᾳ ὥρᾳ 1 at which hour Jesus uses the term **hour** figuratively to refer to a particular time. Alternate translation: “when” or “at what time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 12 39 ej9m figs-activepassive οὐκ ἂν ἀφῆκεν διορυχθῆναι τὸν οἶκον αὐτοῦ 1 he would not have let his house be broken into If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “he would not have let the thief break into his house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 12 39 ej9q figs-hypo οὐκ ἂν ἀφῆκεν διορυχθῆναι τὸν οἶκον αὐτοῦ 1 he would not have let his house be broken into If you translated the earlier part of this verse as a hypothetical condition, you can translate this part as the result. You may want to make this part a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “Then he would not let the thief break into his house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
LUK 12 39 ej9q figs-hypo οὐκ ἂν ἀφῆκεν διορυχθῆναι τὸν οἶκον αὐτοῦ 1 he would not have let his house be broken into If you translated the earlier part of this verse as a hypothetical condition, you could translate this part as the result. You may want to make this part a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “Then he would not let the thief break into his house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
LUK 12 40 p1y9 figs-idiom ᾗ ὥρᾳ οὐ δοκεῖτε 1 in that hour you do not expect Jesus is using the term **hour** figuratively to refer to a particular time. Alternate translation: “at a time when you are not expecting him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 12 40 dw4h figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ἔρχεται 1 the Son of Man is coming Here Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man, will return” (and for the previous phrase, “at a time when you are not expecting me”) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
LUK 12 40 l807 figs-explicit ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ἔρχεται 1 the Son of Man is coming See how you translated the title **Son of Man** in [5:24](../05/24.md). Alternate translation: “I, the Messiah, will return” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2236,13 +2236,13 @@ LUK 12 45 l812 figs-hypo ἐὰν δὲ εἴπῃ ὁ δοῦλος ἐκεῖ
|
|||
LUK 12 45 aku7 figs-metaphor εἴπῃ…ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ 1 says in his heart Here, the **heart** figuratively represents the thoughts. Alternate translation: “thinks to himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 12 45 l813 χρονίζει ὁ κύριός μου ἔρχεσθαι 1 My master delays to return Alternate translation: “My master is going to come back later than he said”
|
||||
LUK 12 45 juc5 figs-merism τοὺς παῖδας καὶ τὰς παιδίσκας 1 the male servants and the female servants Jesus is figuratively using the two types of servants to mean all of the master’s servants. Alternate translation: “all the other servants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
LUK 12 46 l814 figs-hypo ἥξει ὁ κύριος τοῦ δούλου ἐκείνου 1 the master of that servant will arrive If you translated the previous verse as a hypothetical condition, you can translate this verse as the result of that condition. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Then the master of that servant will arrive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
LUK 12 46 l814 figs-hypo ἥξει ὁ κύριος τοῦ δούλου ἐκείνου 1 the master of that servant will arrive If you translated the previous verse as a hypothetical condition, you could translate this verse as the result of that condition. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Then the master of that servant will arrive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
LUK 12 46 j1m1 figs-parallelism ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ᾗ οὐ προσδοκᾷ, καὶ ἐν ὥρᾳ ᾗ οὐ γινώσκει 1 in a day that he does not expect, and in an hour that he does not know These two phrases mean the same thing. Jesus is likely using the repetition to emphasize that the return of the master will be completely unexpected by the servant. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could combine these phrases, especially if putting both of them in your translation might be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation: “at a time that is a complete surprise to the servant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
LUK 12 46 l815 figs-idiom ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ᾗ οὐ προσδοκᾷ 1 in a day that he does not expect Here, Jesus uses the term **day** figuratively to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “at a time when he is not expecting him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 12 46 l816 figs-idiom ἐν ὥρᾳ ᾗ οὐ γινώσκει 1 in an hour that he does not know Here, Jesus uses the term **hour** figuratively to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “at a time when he does not think he will come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 12 46 vg1d figs-metaphor διχοτομήσει αὐτὸν 1 will cut him in two The expression **cut him in two** could mean one of two things, depending on how the word **unfaithful** is understood (see next note): (1) if **unfaithful** means “untrustworthy,” then the expression is probably figurative, since the master could not reassign this servant to less important responsibilities if he **cut him in two**. Alternate translation: “will punish him severely” (2) if **unfaithful** means “unbelieving,” then the expression is more literal, since it would describe something that will happen when God judges the world. Alternate translation: “destroy his body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 12 46 l817 τὸ μέρος αὐτοῦ μετὰ τῶν ἀπίστων θήσει 1 will … appoint his place with the unfaithful The term that ULT translates as **unfaithful** could mean: (1) “untrustworthy.” The meaning would be that the master will assign this servant to less important responsibilities, along with other servants who have shown that they cannot be trusted with important ones. Alternate translation: “will give him unimportant responsibilities, like other servants who have shown that they cannot be trusted” (2) “unbelieving.” The master in the parable represents God, and Jesus would be speaking of what God will do, when he judges the world, to people who show by their disobedience that they do not have genuine faith. Alternate translation: “will assign him a place with the unbelievers”
|
||||
LUK 12 46 l818 figs-nominaladj τῶν ἀπίστων 1 the unfaithful Jesus is using the adjective **unfaithful** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this expression with an equivalent phrase. The meaning will depend on how you decided to translate **unfaithful** (see previous note). Alternate translation: “servants who have shown that they cannot be trusted” or “people who have shown that they are not genuine believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 12 46 l818 figs-nominaladj τῶν ἀπίστων 1 the unfaithful Jesus is using the adjective **unfaithful** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this expression with an equivalent phrase. The meaning will depend on how you decided to translate **unfaithful** (see previous note). Alternate translation: “servants who have shown that they cannot be trusted” or “people who have shown that they are not genuine believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 12 47 p1l2 figs-hypo ἐκεῖνος δὲ ὁ δοῦλος, ὁ γνοὺς τὸ θέλημα τοῦ κυρίου αὐτοῦ, καὶ μὴ ἑτοιμάσας ἢ ποιήσας πρὸς τὸ θέλημα αὐτοῦ, δαρήσεται πολλάς 1 Now that servant, the one who knew the will of his master, and did not get ready or do according to his will, will be beaten much Jesus is describing a hypothetical situation. It may be helpful to use two sentences if you translate it that way. Alternate translation: “Suppose a servant knew what his master wanted him to do, and suppose he did not get ready or do what the master wanted. Then his master would punish him severely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
LUK 12 47 aj41 τὸ θέλημα τοῦ κυρίου αὐτοῦ 1 the will of his master Alternate translation: “what his master wanted him to do”
|
||||
LUK 12 47 im3v figs-activepassive δαρήσεται πολλάς 1 will be beaten much If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “his master will punish him severely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2338,7 +2338,7 @@ LUK 13 9 j4ul figs-declarative ἐκκόψεις αὐτήν 1 you will cut it d
|
|||
LUK 13 10 p3el grammar-connect-time-background δὲ 1 And Luke uses this word to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
|
||||
LUK 13 10 c3j8 ἐν τοῖς Σάββασιν 1 on the Sabbath Your language might use an indefinite article rather than the definite article here, since Luke does not specify which particular Sabbath day this was. Alternate translation: “on a Sabbath day”
|
||||
LUK 13 11 l858 figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 behold Luke uses the term **behold** to calls the reader’s attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 13 11 wn7u writing-participants γυνὴ 1 a woman Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new character into the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you can use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “there was a woman there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
LUK 13 11 wn7u writing-participants γυνὴ 1 a woman Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new character into the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you could use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “there was a woman there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
LUK 13 11 hqj5 πνεῦμα ἔχουσα ἀσθενείας 1 having a spirit of weakness Alternate translation: “whom an evil spirit had been making weak”
|
||||
LUK 13 11 l859 figs-nominaladj εἰς τὸ παντελές 1 to the complete Luke is using the adjective **complete** as a noun in order to indicate the woman’s full height. Alternate translation: “to her complete height” or “completely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 13 12 l860 figs-idiom γύναι 1 Woman Unlike the term **man** in [12:14](../12/14.md), in this context Jesus uses the term **woman** gently and compassionately. Alternate translation: “My dear woman” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2420,9 +2420,9 @@ LUK 13 29 l896 translate-unknown ἀνακλιθήσονται 1 will recline to
|
|||
LUK 13 29 l897 figs-abstractnouns ἐν τῇ Βασιλείᾳ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 in the kingdom of God See how you decided to translate this phrase in [13:28](../13/28.md). Alternate translation: “in the place where God rules” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
LUK 13 30 l898 figs-metaphor καὶ ἰδοὺ 1 And behold Jesus uses this expression to call attention to what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “Indeed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 13 30 lk75 figs-metaphor εἰσὶν ἔσχατοι οἳ ἔσονται πρῶτοι 1 there are last ones who will be first Being **last** figuratively represents having few privileges, being **first** figuratively represents having many privileges. Alternate translation: “people who are not privileged now will come to have great privileges” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 13 30 l899 figs-nominaladj ἔσχατοι 1 last ones Jesus is using the adjective **last** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. ULT adds the word **ones** to show that. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this term with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are not privileged” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 13 30 l899 figs-nominaladj ἔσχατοι 1 last ones Jesus is using the adjective **last** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. ULT adds the word **ones** to show that. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this term with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are not privileged” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 13 30 l900 figs-metaphor εἰσὶν πρῶτοι οἳ ἔσονται ἔσχατοι 1 there are first ones who will be last Being **first** figuratively represents having many privileges, and being **last** figuratively represents having few privileges. Alternate translation: “people who are greatly privileged now will lose those privileges” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 13 30 l901 figs-nominaladj πρῶτοι 1 first ones Jesus is using the adjective **first** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. ULT adds the word **ones** to show that. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this term with an equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “people who are greatly privileged” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 13 30 l901 figs-nominaladj πρῶτοι 1 first ones Jesus is using the adjective **first** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. ULT adds the word **ones** to show that. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this term with an equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “people who are greatly privileged” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 13 31 pe5i figs-idiom ἐν αὐτῇ τῇ ὥρᾳ 1 At that hour Luke uses the term **hour** figuratively to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “At that same time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 13 31 l902 writing-newevent ἐν αὐτῇ τῇ ὥρᾳ 1 At that hour Luke also uses this time reference to introduce a new event in the story. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could translate the phrase in a way that shows how this next event follows the previous event. Alternate translation: “Soon after Jesus finished speaking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
LUK 13 31 l903 writing-participants προσῆλθάν τινες Φαρισαῖοι λέγοντες αὐτῷ 1 certain Pharisees approached, saying to him Luke uses this phrase to introduce new characters into the story. Alternate translation: “some Pharisees who were there came and told him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2471,8 +2471,8 @@ LUK 14 1 l89x writing-pronouns αὐτὸν 1 he The pronoun **he** refers to Je
|
|||
LUK 14 1 lh8g figs-synecdoche φαγεῖν ἄρτον 1 to eat bread Luke refers figuratively to **bread**, one kind of food, to mean food in general. Alternate translation: “to have a meal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
LUK 14 1 jst8 figs-explicit καὶ αὐτοὶ ἦσαν παρατηρούμενοι αὐτόν 1 and they were watching him closely The implication is that other Pharisees were also present, as [14:3](../14/03.md) indicates explicitly, and that they all wanted to find a way to accuse Jesus of saying or doing something wrong. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. It might be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Many other Pharisees were present, and they were all watching Jesus closely to try to catch him saying or doing something wrong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 14 2 l927 figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 behold Luke uses the term **behold** to calls the reader’s attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 14 2 f5gh writing-participants ἄνθρωπός τις 1 a certain man Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new character into the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you can use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “there was a man there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
LUK 14 2 l4a1 translate-unknown ἦν ὑδρωπικὸς 1 who was edematous This means that the man had edema. That is a condition that causes swelling when water builds up in parts of the body. Your language may have a specific name for this condition. If not, you can use a general expression. Alternate translation: “who was suffering because parts of his body were swollen with water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
LUK 14 2 f5gh writing-participants ἄνθρωπός τις 1 a certain man Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new character into the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you could use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “there was a man there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
LUK 14 2 l4a1 translate-unknown ἦν ὑδρωπικὸς 1 who was edematous This means that the man had edema. That is a condition that causes swelling when water builds up in parts of the body. Your language may have a specific name for this condition. If not, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “who was suffering because parts of his body were swollen with water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
LUK 14 2 l929 writing-background ἦν ὑδρωπικὸς 1 who was edematous Luke provides this background information about the man to help readers understand what happens in this episode. Jesus was facing the issue of whether to heal this man on the Sabbath, which the Pharisees thought was wrong. Alternate translation: “who was suffering because parts of his body were swollen with water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
LUK 14 2 l930 figs-metaphor ἔμπροσθεν αὐτοῦ 1 before him Here, the word **before** means “in front of” or “in the presence of” another person. Alternate translation: “was in the presence of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 14 3 l931 figs-explicit ἀποκριθεὶς ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν 1 answering Jesus spoke The term **answering** indicates that Jesus **spoke** in response to the situation that he observed. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “when he saw the man, Jesus spoke” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2487,7 +2487,7 @@ LUK 14 6 cti5 καὶ οὐκ ἴσχυσαν ἀνταποκριθῆναι π
|
|||
LUK 14 7 l935 grammar-connect-logic-result ἔλεγεν…παραβολήν…ἐπέχων πῶς τὰς πρωτοκλισίας ἐξελέγοντο 1 he was speaking a parable … noticing how they were choosing the first places If your readers would misunderstand this, you could reverse the order of the phrases in this verse, since the second phrase gives the reason for the action that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Jesus noticed that those whom the leader of the Pharisees had invited to the meal were trying to sit in the seats for honored guests, so he gave them an illustration” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
LUK 14 7 u86b figs-parables ἔλεγεν…παραβολήν 1 he was speaking a parable In this instance, Luke is not using the term **parable** to mean a brief story that teaches something true in a way that is easy to understand and remember. Jesus used a hypothetical situation as an illustration to get the guests at this meal to consider how they should behave at feasts. Alternate translation: “he gave an illustration” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
LUK 14 7 em4u figs-activepassive τοὺς κεκλημένους 1 those who were invited If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who had done the action. Alternate translation: “those whom this Pharisee had invited to the meal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 14 7 yd4g figs-metaphor τὰς πρωτοκλισίας 1 the first places The term **first** figuratively represents being important and honored. If your culture has a way of placing people at meals to show honor, you can use that in your translation. Otherwise, you can use a general expression. Alternate translation: “the seats closest to the host” or “the seats for honored guests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 14 7 yd4g figs-metaphor τὰς πρωτοκλισίας 1 the first places The term **first** figuratively represents being important and honored. If your culture has a way of placing people at meals to show honor, you could use that in your translation. Otherwise, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “the seats closest to the host” or “the seats for honored guests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 14 8 l936 figs-hypo ὅταν κληθῇς ὑπό τινος εἰς γάμους, μὴ κατακλιθῇς 1 When you are invited by someone to a wedding feast, do not recline to eat Jesus is using a hypothetical situation to teach the guests at this meal. Alternate translation: “Suppose someone invites you to a wedding celebration. Then you should not take your place at the table” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
LUK 14 8 pd7w figs-activepassive ὅταν κληθῇς ὑπό τινος 1 When you are invited by someone If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “When someone invites you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 14 8 l937 translate-unknown μὴ κατακλιθῇς 1 do not recline to eat See how you translated this in [5:29](../05/29.md). Alternate translation: “do not take your place at the table” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2497,7 +2497,7 @@ LUK 14 8 l939 figs-nominaladj ἐντιμότερός 1 a more honorable Jesus i
|
|||
LUK 14 8 m5b9 figs-youcrowd σου 1 you Even though Jesus is speaking to the crowd, he is addressing an individual situation, so **you** and **your** are singular in [14:8-10](../14/08.md). But if the singular forms of these pronouns would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural forms in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
|
||||
LUK 14 9 l940 translate-unknown ἐλθὼν, ὁ σὲ καὶ αὐτὸν καλέσας 1 when the one who invited you and him arrives In this culture, the host would come into the banquet hall after all the guests were seated. If the practice is different in your culture, you could use a general expression in your translation here. Alternate translation: “when the person who invited both of you sees the seating arrangements” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
LUK 14 9 ecp7 figs-idiom ἄρξῃ μετὰ αἰσχύνης τὸν ἔσχατον τόπον κατέχειν 1 you will begin with shame to take the last place Jesus uses the term **begin** idiomatically to suggest slowly unfolding, reluctant action. Alternate translation: “you will be ashamed and reluctantly have to take the last place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 14 9 gqa6 figs-metaphor τὸν ἔσχατον τόπον 1 the last place The term **last** figuratively represents being unimportant and not honored. If your culture has a way of placing people at meals to show honor, you can use that in your translation. Otherwise, you can use a general expression. Alternate translation: “a seat far from the host” or “a seat for the least important person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 14 9 gqa6 figs-metaphor τὸν ἔσχατον τόπον 1 the last place The term **last** figuratively represents being unimportant and not honored. If your culture has a way of placing people at meals to show honor, you could use that in your translation. Otherwise, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “a seat far from the host” or “a seat for the least important person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 14 9 l941 figs-explicit τὸν ἔσχατον τόπον 1 the last place The implication is that this guest must go to the least important section of seats because all the other places have been taken in the meantime. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “a seat for the least important person, since all the other seats will be taken” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 14 10 x5qh figs-activepassive ὅταν κληθῇς 1 when you are invited If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who does the action. Alternate translation: “when someone invites you to a feast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 14 10 l942 translate-unknown ἀνάπεσε 1 recline to eat See how you translated this in [14:8](../14/08.md). Alternate translation: “take your place at the table” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2518,7 +2518,7 @@ LUK 14 12 l946 figs-gendernotations τοὺς ἀδελφούς σου 1 your br
|
|||
LUK 14 12 l947 μήποτε καὶ αὐτοὶ ἀντικαλέσωσίν σε 1 lest they also invite you in return Alternate translation: “because they might feel an obligation to invite you to a banquet of their own”
|
||||
LUK 14 12 l948 γένηται ἀνταπόδομά σοι 1 and repayment happen to you Your language may require you to say who would make this happen. Alternate translation: “and they would repay you”
|
||||
LUK 14 13 uc5f κάλει 1 invite It may be helpful to add “also” in your translation, since, as in [14:12](../14/12.md), Jesus probably does not mean to invite only these people. Alternate translation: “also invite”
|
||||
LUK 14 13 abcf figs-nominaladj πτωχούς, ἀναπείρους, χωλούς, τυφλούς 1 the poor, the crippled, the lame, and the blind Jesus is using these adjectives as nouns to refer to groups of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate these with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “people who are poor, people with disabilities, people who are handicapped, and people who are blind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 14 13 abcf figs-nominaladj πτωχούς, ἀναπείρους, χωλούς, τυφλούς 1 the poor, the crippled, the lame, and the blind Jesus is using these adjectives as nouns to refer to groups of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “people who are poor, people with disabilities, people who are handicapped, and people who are blind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 14 14 vpt9 figs-activepassive μακάριος ἔσῃ 1 you will be blessed If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will bless you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 14 14 r6cp figs-ellipsis οὐκ ἔχουσιν ἀνταποδοῦναί σοι 1 they do not have to repay you This expression does not mean that these people would not have a social obligation to return hospitality, the way others would. Rather, Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. Alternate translation: “they do not have the means to repay you” or “they cannot invite you to a banquet in return” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
LUK 14 14 z4tv figs-activepassive ἀνταποδοθήσεται…σοι 1 it will be repaid to you If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will repay you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2539,9 +2539,9 @@ LUK 14 18 eh3h grammar-connect-logic-contrast καὶ 1 And This word introduces
|
|||
LUK 14 18 l952 figs-ellipsis ἀπὸ μιᾶς πάντες 1 all from one Jesus is leaving out a word that this sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. This could mean a number of things, depending on what word is supplied, but the general sense is the same in every case: (1) “all from one mind” or “all from one voice,” that is, unanimously. Alternate translation: “all alike” (2) “all from one manner.” Alternate translation: “all in the same way” (3) “all from one time” Alternate translation: “all, as soon as the servant came to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
LUK 14 18 s9as παραιτεῖσθαι 1 to excuse themselves Alternate translation: “to give polite reasons why they could not come to the dinner”
|
||||
LUK 14 18 l3r6 figs-explicit ὁ πρῶτος εἶπεν αὐτῷ 1 The first said to him While **him** refers to the servant, the implication is that this first guest was giving the servant a message for his master, since it would be the master, not the servant, who would excuse him from attending the banquet. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “The first guest whom the servant approached told him to give this message to his master” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 14 18 l953 figs-nominaladj ὁ πρῶτος 1 The first Jesus is using the adjective **first** as a noun in order to indicate a person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate the term with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “The first guest whom the servant approached” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 14 18 l953 figs-nominaladj ὁ πρῶτος 1 The first Jesus is using the adjective **first** as a noun in order to indicate a person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate the term with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “The first guest whom the servant approached” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 14 18 l954 figs-quotesinquotes ἀγρὸν ἠγόρασα καὶ ἔχω ἀνάγκην ἐξελθὼν ἰδεῖν αὐτόν; ἐρωτῶ σε ἔχε με παρῃτημένον 1 ‘I have bought a field, and I have need to go out to see it. I ask you, have me excused’ If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “that he had just bought a field and that he needed to go out and look at it, so he wanted to be excused” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 14 18 l955 figs-idiom ἐρωτῶ σε ἔχε με παρῃτημένον 1 I ask you, have me excused In this culture, this was a polite formula for declining a social invitation. If your language has a similar formula, you can use it in your translation. Alternate translation: “Please accept my apology for not being able to attend” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 14 18 l955 figs-idiom ἐρωτῶ σε ἔχε με παρῃτημένον 1 I ask you, have me excused In this culture, this was a polite formula for declining a social invitation. If your language has a similar formula, you could use it in your translation. Alternate translation: “Please accept my apology for not being able to attend” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 14 18 l956 figs-activepassive ἔχε με παρῃτημένον 1 have me excused If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “excuse me from attending” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 14 19 d9p2 figs-explicit ἕτερος εἶπεν 1 another said See how you translated this in [14:18](../14/18.md). Alternate translation: “another guest told the servant to give this message to his master” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 14 19 l957 figs-quotesinquotes ζεύγη βοῶν ἠγόρασα πέντε καὶ πορεύομαι δοκιμάσαι αὐτά; ἐρωτῶ σε ἔχε με παρῃτημένον 1 ‘I have bought five pairs of oxen, and I am going to try them out. I ask you to have me excused’ If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “that he had just bought five pairs of oxen and that he was going to try them out, so he wanted to be excused” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2554,7 +2554,7 @@ LUK 14 20 gy6v figs-explicitinfo γυναῖκα ἔγημα 1 I have married a
|
|||
LUK 14 20 l961 οὐ δύναμαι ἐλθεῖν 1 I cannot come This is not the same polite formula that the previous two people used. This man feels he has solid grounds to decline the invitation, and he says so directly. Reflect this difference in the way your language naturally would. Alternate translation: “I will not be coming”
|
||||
LUK 14 21 v7v7 figs-explicit ὀργισθεὶς 1 becoming angry The implication is that the host became angry with the people who had turned down his invitation, not with his servant. Alternate translation: “becoming angry with the people he had invited” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 14 21 s88p εἰσάγαγε ὧδε 1 bring in here Alternate translation: “invite to my house”
|
||||
LUK 14 21 l962 figs-nominaladj τοὺς πτωχοὺς, καὶ ἀναπείρους, καὶ τυφλοὺς, καὶ χωλοὺς 1 the poor, and crippled, and blind, and lame Jesus is using these adjectives as nouns to refer to groups of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate these with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “people who are poor, people with disabilities, people who are blind, and people who are handicapped” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 14 21 l962 figs-nominaladj τοὺς πτωχοὺς, καὶ ἀναπείρους, καὶ τυφλοὺς, καὶ χωλοὺς 1 the poor, and crippled, and blind, and lame Jesus is using these adjectives as nouns to refer to groups of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “people who are poor, people with disabilities, people who are blind, and people who are handicapped” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 14 22 y4rb figs-explicit καὶ εἶπεν ὁ δοῦλος 1 And the servant said The implication is that the servant did what the master commanded him and then came back with this report. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “After the servant went out and did that, he came back and reported” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 14 22 l963 figs-quotesinquotes Κύριε, γέγονεν ὃ ἐπέταξας, καὶ ἔτι τόπος ἐστίν 1 ‘Master, what you commanded has happened, and there is still room’ If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “that he had done what the master had commanded but there was still room” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 14 22 dgt3 γέγονεν ὃ ἐπέταξας 1 what you commanded has happened Alternate translation: “I have done what you commanded”
|
||||
|
|
@ -2628,7 +2628,7 @@ LUK 15 6 l993 figs-quotesinquotes λέγων αὐτοῖς, συνχάρητέ
|
|||
LUK 15 7 l994 λέγω ὑμῖν ὅτι 1 I say to you that Jesus says this to emphasize what he is about to tell these Pharisees and scribes. Alternate translation: “I can assure you that”
|
||||
LUK 15 7 k1l2 figs-explicit οὕτως 1 in the same way If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express the implicit meaning here. Alternate translation: “just as the shepherd and his friends and neighbors would rejoice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 15 7 k8k6 figs-metonymy χαρὰ ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ ἔσται 1 there will be joy in heaven Jesus is using the word **heaven** figuratively to mean the inhabitants of heaven. Alternate translation: “everyone in heaven will rejoice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 15 7 abcg figs-nominaladj δικαίοις 1 righteous Jesus is using the adjective **righteous** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate the word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 15 7 abcg figs-nominaladj δικαίοις 1 righteous Jesus is using the adjective **righteous** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate the word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 15 8 ly5c figs-rquestion τίς γυνὴ δραχμὰς ἔχουσα δέκα, ἐὰν ἀπολέσῃ δραχμὴν μίαν, οὐχὶ ἅπτει λύχνον, καὶ σαροῖ τὴν οἰκίαν, καὶ ζητεῖ ἐπιμελῶς, ἕως οὗ εὕρῃ? 1 what woman, having ten drachmas, if she would lose one drachma, would not light a lamp, and sweep the house, and seek diligently until she has found it? Jesus is using this question as a teaching tool. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “if a woman had ten drachma coins and she lost one of them, she would certainly light a lamp, sweep the house, and seek diligently until she found it.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 15 8 qr36 figs-hypo τίς γυνὴ δραχμὰς ἔχουσα δέκα, ἐὰν ἀπολέσῃ δραχμὴν μίαν, οὐχὶ ἅπτει λύχνον, καὶ σαροῖ τὴν οἰκίαν, καὶ ζητεῖ ἐπιμελῶς, ἕως οὗ εὕρῃ? 1 what woman, having ten drachmas, if she would lose one drachma, would not light a lamp and sweep the house and seek diligently until she has found it? Jesus is offering an illustration that involves a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “Suppose a woman had ten drachma coins and she lost one of them. Then she would certainly light a lamp, sweep the house, and seek diligently until she found it.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
LUK 15 8 l995 translate-bmoney δραχμὰς 1 drachmas A **drachma** was a silver coin equivalent to a day’s wage. You could try to express this amount in terms of current monetary values, but that might cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. So instead you might state something more general or give the equivalent in wages. Alternate translation: “valuable silver coins” or “coins each worth a day’s wages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2851,9 +2851,9 @@ LUK 16 24 rc6x figs-hyperbole καὶ καταψύξῃ τὴν γλῶσσάν
|
|||
LUK 16 24 qix8 figs-activepassive ὀδυνῶμαι ἐν τῇ φλογὶ ταύτῃ 1 I am tormented in this flame If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “this flame is making me suffer greatly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 16 25 m085 figs-quotesinquotes εἶπεν δὲ Ἀβραάμ, τέκνον, μνήσθητι ὅτι ἀπέλαβες τὰ ἀγαθά σου ἐν τῇ ζωῇ σου, καὶ Λάζαρος ὁμοίως τὰ κακά. νῦν δὲ ὧδε παρακαλεῖται, σὺ δὲ ὀδυνᾶσαι 1 But Abraham said, ‘Child, remember that in your lifetime you received your good things, and Lazarus in like manner bad things. But now he is comforted here, and you are tormented If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “But Abraham, addressing the rich man as his descendant, told him to remember that he had received good things in his lifetime, while Lazarus had received bad things in his lifetime, but now Lazarus was receiving comforts with him, while the rich man was suffering greatly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 16 25 m086 figs-metaphor τέκνον 1 Child Abraham is using the term **child** figuratively to mean “descendant.” As a Jew, the rich man was a descendant of Abraham. Abraham is likely using the term in a compassionate way. Alternate translation: “My dear child” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 16 25 we9w figs-nominaladj τὰ ἀγαθά σου 1 the good of yours Abraham is using the adjective **good** as a noun. It is plural. If your language does not use adjectives as nouns, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “your good things” or “things that you enjoyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 16 25 we9w figs-nominaladj τὰ ἀγαθά σου 1 the good of yours Abraham is using the adjective **good** as a noun. It is plural. If your language does not use adjectives as nouns, you could translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “your good things” or “things that you enjoyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 16 25 rv17 ὁμοίως 1 likewise Abraham is referring to the fact that both men received something while they lived on earth. He is not saying that what they received was the same. Alternate translation: “while he was living received”
|
||||
LUK 16 25 hwc8 figs-nominaladj τὰ κακά 1 the bad Abraham is using the adjective **bad** as a noun. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. It is plural. Alternate translation: “bad things” or “things that caused him to suffer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 16 25 hwc8 figs-nominaladj τὰ κακά 1 the bad Abraham is using the adjective **bad** as a noun. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent expression. It is plural. Alternate translation: “bad things” or “things that caused him to suffer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 16 25 g4js figs-activepassive παρακαλεῖται 1 he is comforted If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “he is comfortable” or “he is receiving things that make him happy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 16 25 cn8i figs-activepassive σὺ…ὀδυνᾶσαι 1 you are tormented If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “you are suffering greatly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 16 26 m087 figs-quotesinquotes καὶ ἐν πᾶσι τούτοις, μεταξὺ ἡμῶν καὶ ὑμῶν χάσμα μέγα ἐστήρικται, ὅπως οἱ θέλοντες διαβῆναι ἔνθεν πρὸς ὑμᾶς μὴ δύνωνται, μηδὲ ἐκεῖθεν πρὸς ἡμᾶς διαπερῶσιν 1 And with all these things, between us and you a great chasm has been put in place, so that those who want to cross over from here to you are not able, and none may cross over from there to us If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “Abraham also told him that God had placed a huge pit between them, so that no one who wanted to cross over to where the rich man was, and no one who wanted to come over from there to where Abraham was, would be able to do that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2877,14 +2877,14 @@ LUK 16 29 m095 figs-explicit ἀκουσάτωσαν αὐτῶν 1 let them lis
|
|||
LUK 16 30 m096 figs-quotesinquotes ὁ δὲ εἶπεν, οὐχί, Πάτερ Ἀβραάμ, ἀλλ’ ἐάν τις ἀπὸ νεκρῶν πορευθῇ πρὸς αὐτοὺς, μετανοήσουσιν 1 But he replied, ‘No, Father Abraham, but if someone would go to them from the dead, they will repent.’ If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “But the rich man told Abraham, addressing him respectfully as his ancestor, that his brothers would not repent based on the teaching of the Scriptures, but that if someone came to them from the dead, then they would repent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 16 30 m097 figs-explicit οὐχί 1 No The rich man uses this word to indicate that what Abraham has just said is not true. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain the meaning more fully. Alternate translation: “No, my brothers would not repent based on the teaching of the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 16 30 d84a figs-hypo ἐάν τις ἀπὸ νεκρῶν πορευθῇ πρὸς αὐτοὺς, μετανοήσουσιν 1 if someone would go to them from the dead, they will repent The rich man is describing a hypothetical situation that he would like to happen. Alternate translation: “suppose someone who had died went and warned them. Then they would repent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
LUK 16 30 m098 figs-nominaladj ἀπὸ νεκρῶν 1 from the dead The rich man is using the adjective **dead** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “from among the people who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 16 30 m098 figs-nominaladj ἀπὸ νεκρῶν 1 from the dead The rich man is using the adjective **dead** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “from among the people who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 16 31 abcl figs-quotesinquotes εἶπεν δὲ αὐτῷ, εἰ Μωϋσέως καὶ τῶν προφητῶν οὐκ ἀκούουσιν, οὐδ’ ἐάν τις ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀναστῇ, πεισθήσονται 1 But he said to him, ‘If they do not hear Moses and the prophets, neither will they be persuaded if someone would rise from the dead’ If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “But Abraham told the rich man that if his brothers would not obey the teaching of Moses and the prophets, then they would not change their ways even if someone who had died came back to life and warned them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 16 31 n9s4 grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ Μωϋσέως καὶ τῶν προφητῶν οὐκ ἀκούουσιν, οὐδ’ ἐάν τις ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀναστῇ, πεισθήσονται 1 If they do not listen to Moses and the prophets, neither will they be persuaded if someone should rise from the dead Abraham is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Abraham is saying is not actually the case, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since they will not obey the teaching of Moses and the prophets, a dead person who came back to life would not be able to convince them either” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
|
||||
LUK 16 31 m099 figs-idiom εἰ Μωϋσέως καὶ τῶν προφητῶν οὐκ ἀκούουσιν 1 If they do not listen to Moses and the prophets The term **listen to** is an idiom that means “obey.” See how you translated this idiom in [16:29](../16/29.md). Alternate translation: “If they will not obey what Moses and the prophets have written” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 16 31 xkr7 figs-metonymy Μωϋσέως καὶ τῶν προφητῶν 1 Moses and the prophets Abraham is using the names of the authors of the biblical books to refer figuratively to their writings. Alternate translation: “what Moses and the prophets have written” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 16 31 m100 figs-merism Μωϋσέως καὶ τῶν προφητῶν 1 Moses and the prophets Abraham is referring figuratively to all of God’s Word that had been written up to that time. He is using two of its major collections of writings to do so. Alternate translation: “the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
LUK 16 31 m101 figs-activepassive οὐδ’ ἐάν τις ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀναστῇ, πεισθήσονται 1 neither will they be persuaded if someone should rise from the dead If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “a dead person who came back to life would not be able to convince them either” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 16 31 gf1b figs-nominaladj ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 from the dead Abraham is using the adjective **dead** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “from among the people who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 16 31 gf1b figs-nominaladj ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 from the dead Abraham is using the adjective **dead** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “from among the people who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 17 intro c4am 0 # Luke 17 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Jesus teaches about forgiveness, faith, and service (17:1-10)<br>2. Jesus heals ten lepers (17:11-19)<br>3. Jesus teaches about the kingdom of God coming (17:20-37)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Old Testament Examples<br><br>Jesus uses Noah and Lot’s wife as examples to teach his followers. Noah was ready for the flood when it came, and followers of Jesus need to be ready for him to return, because he will not warn them when he is about to come. Lot’s wife loved the evil city she had been living in so much that God also punished her when he destroyed it. Followers of Jesus need to love him more than anything else. You may need to provide some background information that Jesus assumed his listeners would know so that people who read your translation today can understand what Jesus is teaching here.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical Questions<br><br>Jesus asks his disciples three questions in (17:7-9) to teach them that even those who serve him well are righteous only because of his grace. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/grace]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Paradox<br><br>A paradox is a statement that describes two things that seem as if they cannot both be true at the same time, but which actually are both true. Jesus speaks a paradox in this chapter: “Whoever seeks to gain his life will lose it, but whoever loses his life will save it” (17:33).<br><br>## Important textual issues in this chapter<br><br>### “In his day”<br><br>At the end of 17:24, some ancient manuscripts of the Bible have the phrase “in his day,” but the manuscripts considered to be the most accurate do not. ULT does not have the phrase in its text, but it does have it in a footnote.<br><br>### “There will be two in the field”<br><br>Some ancient manuscripts of the Bible include the verse 17:36, but the manuscripts considered to be the most accurate do not. ULT does not have this verse in its text, but it does have it in a footnote.<br><br>In both of these cases, if a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to include the verse if it does, but leave it out if it does not include it. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to follow the example of ULT. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
|
||||
LUK 17 1 ej1e figs-doublenegatives ἀνένδεκτόν ἐστιν τοῦ τὰ σκάνδαλα μὴ ἐλθεῖν 1 It is impossible for traps not to come If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this double negative as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “Traps will certainly come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
LUK 17 1 m102 translate-unknown τὰ σκάνδαλα 1 traps The term **traps** refers to a device that a person or animal would unknowingly activate and that would then confine them in a net, cage, or pit. Your language may have a term for a similar device, and you could use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -3024,7 +3024,7 @@ LUK 17 28 m173 figs-synecdoche ἤσθιον, ἔπινον, ἠγόραζον,
|
|||
LUK 17 28 u93v writing-pronouns ἤσθιον 1 they were eating The implication from [17:29](../17/29.md) is that the pronoun **they** refers to the people of Sodom. Alternate translation: “the people of Sodom were eating” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
LUK 17 29 m174 figs-idiom ᾗ δὲ ἡμέρᾳ 1 but in the day While Lot did leave Sodom on a specific **day**, Jesus is likely using the word **day** figuratively to mean a specific time. Alternate translation: “But at the moment when” or “But as soon as” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 17 29 m175 translate-names Σοδόμων 1 Sodom **Sodom** is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 17 29 gp77 figs-simile ἔβρεξεν πῦρ καὶ θεῖον ἀπ’ οὐρανοῦ 1 it rained fire and sulfur from heaven In some languages, **rained** can mean “fell in large quantities.” If the verb for water falling from the sky does not have that extended meaning in your language, you can translate this as a simile. Alternate translation: “fire and burning sulfur fell from the sky like rain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
LUK 17 29 gp77 figs-simile ἔβρεξεν πῦρ καὶ θεῖον ἀπ’ οὐρανοῦ 1 it rained fire and sulfur from heaven In some languages, **rained** can mean “fell in large quantities.” If the verb for water falling from the sky does not have that extended meaning in your language, you could translate this as a simile. Alternate translation: “fire and burning sulfur fell from the sky like rain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
LUK 17 29 skp4 figs-hyperbole πάντας 1 them all Here, **them all** does not include Lot and his family. Alternate translation: “all those who stayed in the city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
LUK 17 30 m176 κατὰ ταὐτὰ ἔσται 1 It will be according to these things Alternate translation: “It will be just like that”
|
||||
LUK 17 30 w3uh figs-explicit κατὰ ταὐτὰ ἔσται 1 It will be according to these things The implication is that people will be occupied with ordinary activities and not expecting anything out of the ordinary to happen. Alternate translation: “In the same way, people will not be ready” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -3075,7 +3075,7 @@ LUK 18 3 jhk6 figs-explicit χήρα 1 a widow A widow is a woman whose husband
|
|||
LUK 18 3 xfg3 ἤρχετο πρὸς αὐτὸν 1 she was coming to him Here the Greek verb indicates repeated or continual action. Alternate translation: “she kept coming to the judge”
|
||||
LUK 18 3 m131 figs-quotesinquotes λέγουσα, ἐκδίκησόν με ἀπὸ τοῦ ἀντιδίκου μου 1 saying, ‘Vindicate me against my opponent’ If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “and asking him to make a fair ruling in her case against her opponent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 18 3 kj2l figs-imperative ἐκδίκησόν με ἀπὸ τοῦ ἀντιδίκου μου 1 Vindicate me against my opponent This is an imperative, but since the woman is not in a position to make a demand, it should be translated as a polite request rather than as a command. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “Please give me a fair ruling in my case against my opponent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
|
||||
LUK 18 3 xc7k translate-unknown τοῦ ἀντιδίκου μου 1 my opponent The term **opponent** refers specifically to the opposing party in a lawsuit. It is not clear whether the widow is suing the man to protect her interests, or the man is suing the widow to try to take things from her unfairly. If your language has a specific term for a legal adversary, you can use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
LUK 18 3 xc7k translate-unknown τοῦ ἀντιδίκου μου 1 my opponent The term **opponent** refers specifically to the opposing party in a lawsuit. It is not clear whether the widow is suing the man to protect her interests, or the man is suing the widow to try to take things from her unfairly. If your language has a specific term for a legal adversary, you could use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
LUK 18 4 m197 μετὰ ταῦτα 1 after these things Alternate translation: “later on” or “eventually”
|
||||
LUK 18 4 m198 figs-quotesinquotes εἶπεν ἐν ἑαυτῷ, εἰ καὶ τὸν Θεὸν οὐ φοβοῦμαι οὐδὲ ἄνθρωπον ἐντρέπομαι 1 he said to himself, ‘Even if I do not fear God or respect man’ If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “he decided that even though he did not make his decisions based on what God wanted or on what other people thought” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 18 4 m199 grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ καὶ τὸν Θεὸν οὐ φοβοῦμαι οὐδὲ ἄνθρωπον ἐντρέπομαι 1 Even if I do not fear God or respect man The judge speaks as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what the judge is saying is not actually the case, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Even though I do not make my decisions based on what God wants or on what other people think” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -3110,7 +3110,7 @@ LUK 18 11 mi9g figs-quotesinquotes ταῦτα πρὸς ἑαυτὸν προσ
|
|||
LUK 18 11 m211 figs-youformal εὐχαριστῶ σοι 1 I thank you Here, the pronoun **you** is singular because the Pharisee is addressing God. If your language has a formal form of **you** that it uses to address a superior respectfully, you may wish to use that form here. Alternatively, it might be effective to show this man addressing God using a familiar form, as if he could presume on God’s friendship and approval. Use your best judgment about what form to use. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youformal]])
|
||||
LUK 18 11 m212 figs-gendernotations οἱ λοιποὶ τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 the rest of men The Pharisee is using the term **men** in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “other people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
LUK 18 11 lud3 translate-unknown ἅρπαγες 1 robbers The word **robbers** describes people who steal from other people by forcing them to give things to them. Your language may have a specific term for this kind of person. Alternate translation: “bandits” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
LUK 18 11 m213 figs-nominaladj ἄδικοι 1 unrighteous The Pharisee is using the adjective **unrighteous** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “evildoers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 18 11 m213 figs-nominaladj ἄδικοι 1 unrighteous The Pharisee is using the adjective **unrighteous** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “evildoers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 18 11 z78w figs-explicit ἢ καὶ ὡς οὗτος ὁ τελώνης 1 or even like this tax collector The Pharisees believed that any **tax collector** would be dishonest and cheat others, and so as a group they were as sinful as robbers, unrighteous people, and adulterers. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly, as UST does. Alternate translation: “and I am certainly not like this sinful tax collector who cheats people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 18 12 m214 figs-quotesinquotes νηστεύω δὶς τοῦ σαββάτου; ἀποδεκατεύω πάντα, ὅσα κτῶμαι 1 I fast twice a week. I tithe all that I acquire If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “He boasted that he fasted twice a week and that he gave ten percent of all his income to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 18 12 ru63 figs-idiom ἀποδεκατεύω πάντα, ὅσα κτῶμαι 1 I tithe all that I acquire To **tithe** means to give ten percent of one’s income to God, as required in the law of Moses. Alternate translation: “I give you ten percent of all my income” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -3152,7 +3152,7 @@ LUK 18 21 m5qf figs-abstractnouns ταῦτα πάντα ἐφύλαξα ἐκ
|
|||
LUK 18 22 e8il ἀκούσας δὲ, ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν αὐτῷ 1 But Jesus, hearing, said to him Alternate translation: “When Jesus heard the ruler say that, he responded”
|
||||
LUK 18 22 t2cw ἔτι ἕν σοι λείπει 1 One thing is still lacking to you Alternate translation: “You still need to do one more thing” or “There is one thing that you have not yet done”
|
||||
LUK 18 22 d3ar πάντα ὅσα ἔχεις, πώλησον 1 Sell all that you have Alternate translation: “Sell all your possessions” or “Sell everything that you own”
|
||||
LUK 18 22 c4s5 figs-nominaladj πτωχοῖς 1 distribute to the poor Jesus is using the adjective **poor** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are poor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 18 22 c4s5 figs-nominaladj πτωχοῖς 1 distribute to the poor Jesus is using the adjective **poor** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are poor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 18 22 hy6a figs-metaphor δεῦρο, ἀκολούθει μοι 1 come, follow me As in [5:27](../05/27.md), to **follow** Jesus means to be one of his disciples. Alternate translation: “come with me as my disciple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 18 23 m228 writing-pronouns ὁ δὲ ἀκούσας ταῦτα…ἐγενήθη 1 But he, hearing these things, became Alternate translation: “But when the ruler heard what Jesus said, he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
LUK 18 24 m229 translate-textvariants ἰδὼν δὲ αὐτὸν ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 Then Jesus, looking at him Many manuscripts have two additional Greek words here, so that this says, “Then Jesus, seeing him having become sad.” See the discussion of textual issues at the end of the General Notes to this chapter to decide whether to represent those words in your translation. Alternate translation (if you choose to represent them): “Then Jesus, noticing how sad the ruler had become” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -3160,12 +3160,12 @@ LUK 18 24 qcm7 figs-exclamations πῶς δυσκόλως οἱ τὰ χρήμα
|
|||
LUK 18 24 m230 figs-abstractnouns πῶς δυσκόλως οἱ τὰ χρήματα ἔχοντες, εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ εἰσπορεύονται 1 How difficultly those who have riches are entering into the kingdom of God See how you decided to translate the phrase **the kingdom of God** in [4:43](../04/43.md). If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **kingdom**, you could express the idea behind it with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “It is so very difficult for those who are rich to allow God to rule their lives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
LUK 18 25 hdz1 figs-hyperbole εὐκοπώτερον γάρ ἐστιν κάμηλον διὰ τρήματος βελόνης εἰσελθεῖν, ἢ 1 it is easier for a camel to go through the eye of a needle than for It is impossible for **a camel** to fit through **the eye of a needle** Jesus is using an exaggeration to express how difficult it is for a rich person to enter God’s kingdom. Alternate translation: “It is extremely difficult” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
LUK 18 25 m231 translate-unknown κάμηλον 1 camel A **camel** is a large animal that was used in this culture to transport people and goods. If your readers would not know what a **camel** is, you could use the name of a similar animal that they would recognize, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “a huge beast of burden” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
LUK 18 25 j7x3 translate-unknown τρήματος βελόνης 1 the eye of a needle The **eye of a needle** is the hole in a sewing needle through which the thread is passed. If your language has an expression of its own that describes this hole, you can use it in your translation. Otherwise, you can use a general expression. Alternate translation: “the tiny hole for thread in a needle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
LUK 18 25 j7x3 translate-unknown τρήματος βελόνης 1 the eye of a needle The **eye of a needle** is the hole in a sewing needle through which the thread is passed. If your language has an expression of its own that describes this hole, you could use it in your translation. Otherwise, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “the tiny hole for thread in a needle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
LUK 18 25 m232 figs-abstractnouns εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ εἰσελθεῖν 1 to enter into the kingdom of God See how you translated this phrase in [18:24](../18/24.md). Alternate translation: “to allow God to rule his life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
LUK 18 26 ycm3 οἱ ἀκούσαντες 1 the ones who heard Alternate translation: “the people who were listening to Jesus”
|
||||
LUK 18 26 vu3z figs-rquestion καὶ τίς δύναται σωθῆναι? 1 And who is able to be saved? It is possible that these people were asking for an answer. But it is more likely that they were using the question form to emphasize their surprise at what Jesus said. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “Then no one can be saved!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 18 26 m233 figs-activepassive καὶ τίς δύναται σωθῆναι? 1 And who is able to be saved? If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could specify the agent. Alternate translation: “Then God is not going to save anyone!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 18 27 ms9b figs-nominaladj τὰ ἀδύνατα παρὰ ἀνθρώποις, δυνατὰ παρὰ τῷ Θεῷ ἐστιν 1 The impossible with men is possible with God Jesus is using the adjectives **impossible** and **possible** as nouns to describe types of things. The terms are plural. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate these terms with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “The things that are impossible for people to do are possible for God to do” or “God is able to do the things that people are not able to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 18 27 ms9b figs-nominaladj τὰ ἀδύνατα παρὰ ἀνθρώποις, δυνατὰ παρὰ τῷ Θεῷ ἐστιν 1 The impossible with men is possible with God Jesus is using the adjectives **impossible** and **possible** as nouns to describe types of things. The terms are plural. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these terms with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “The things that are impossible for people to do are possible for God to do” or “God is able to do the things that people are not able to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 18 28 m235 figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 Behold Peter uses the term **Behold** to get Jesus to focus his attention on what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “Listen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 18 28 znu6 figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς ἀφήκαμεν…ἠκολουθήσαμέν 1 we have left … we have followed Peter is referring to himself and his fellow disciples, but not to Jesus, so if your language distinguishes between exclusive and inclusive **we**, use the exclusive form in both of these cases. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
LUK 18 28 yk9b πάντα 1 everything This is not hyperbole. Peter and the others did leave behind **everything** they had in order to become Jesus’ disciples. Alternate translation: “all our possessions”
|
||||
|
|
@ -3174,12 +3174,12 @@ LUK 18 28 m262 figs-metaphor καὶ ἠκολουθήσαμέν σοι 1 and we
|
|||
LUK 18 29 vz2w ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you Jesus says this to emphasize the importance of what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “I can assure you”
|
||||
LUK 18 29 sk6z figs-doublenegatives οὐδείς ἐστιν ὃς ἀφῆκεν 1 there is no one who has left A double negative statement begins in this verse and concludes in the next verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate the entire double negative statement as a positive statement. Alternate translation, beginning here: “anyone who has left” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
LUK 18 29 m237 figs-abstractnouns εἵνεκεν τῆς Βασιλείας τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 for the sake of the kingdom of God See how you decided to translate the phrase **the kingdom of God** in [4:43](../04/43.md). If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **kingdom**, you could express the idea behind it with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “in order to allow God to rule over his life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
LUK 18 30 s6rp figs-doublenegatives ὃς οὐχὶ μὴ ἀπολάβῃ 1 who will by no means not receive This is the conclusion of the double negative statement that began in the previous verse with “there is no one who has left.” If you started to translate it there as a positive statement, you can finish that translation here. Alternate translation: “will certainly receive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
LUK 18 30 s6rp figs-doublenegatives ὃς οὐχὶ μὴ ἀπολάβῃ 1 who will by no means not receive This is the conclusion of the double negative statement that began in the previous verse with “there is no one who has left.” If you started to translate it there as a positive statement, you could finish that translation here. Alternate translation: “will certainly receive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
LUK 18 30 m238 figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ καιρῷ τούτῳ…ἐν τῷ αἰῶνι τῷ ἐρχομένῳ 1 in this time … in the age that is coming Jesus is using the word **time** in the same figurative sense as the word **age** in [16:8](../16/08.md), to mean the long period of time defined by the duration of the created world; by association, it means the world itself. Here, Jesus is using the word **age** similarly to mean the new world that God will introduce after the end of this present world. Alternate translation: “in this present world … in the world to come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 18 30 d3xa figs-ellipsis καὶ ἐν τῷ αἰῶνι τῷ ἐρχομένῳ, ζωὴν αἰώνιον 1 and in the age that is coming, eternal life Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. you could supply these words from what he says earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “and they will also receive eternal life in the world to come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
LUK 18 31 pwk9 παραλαβὼν…τοὺς δώδεκα 1 he took the Twelve aside Alternate translation: “Jesus took the Twelve to a place away from other people where they would be alone”
|
||||
LUK 18 31 m239 figs-nominaladj τοὺς δώδεκα 1 the Twelve See how you translated this in [8:1](../08/01.md). You may have decided to translate the nominal adjective **Twelve** with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “his 12 apostles” or “the 12 men he had appointed to be apostles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 18 31 m240 translate-names τοὺς δώδεκα 1 the Twelve You may have decided instead in [8:1](../08/01.md) to translate this as a title, even if your language does not ordinarily use adjectives as nouns. If so, you can do the same thing here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 18 31 m240 translate-names τοὺς δώδεκα 1 the Twelve You may have decided instead in [8:1](../08/01.md) to translate this as a title, even if your language does not ordinarily use adjectives as nouns. If so, you could do the same thing here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 18 31 g4yx figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 Behold Jesus uses the term **behold** to get his disciples to focus their attention on what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “Indeed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 18 31 m241 figs-idiom ἀναβαίνομεν εἰς Ἰερουσαλήμ 1 we are going up to Jerusalem When Jesus says that they are **going up** to Jerusalem, he means that they are traveling there. That was the customary way of speaking about going to Jerusalem, since the city was up on a mountain. Alternate translation: “we are traveling to Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 18 31 pg4k figs-activepassive πάντα τὰ γεγραμμένα διὰ τῶν προφητῶν 1 all the things that have been written by the prophets If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “all the things that the prophets have written” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -3195,7 +3195,7 @@ LUK 18 32 m244 figs-123person ἐμπαιχθήσεται, καὶ ὑβρισθ
|
|||
LUK 18 33 u86r figs-123person καὶ μαστιγώσαντες, ἀποκτενοῦσιν αὐτόν; καὶ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ τρίτῃ, ἀναστήσεται 1 And having whipped him, they will kill him. And on the third day he will rise up If you decided in [18:31](../18/31.md) to use the second person for what Jesus is telling his disciples, use it here as well. Alternate translation: “And after they have whipped me, they will kill me. But two days later I will come back to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
LUK 18 33 fie4 figs-explicit καὶ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ τρίτῃ, ἀναστήσεται 1 And on the third day he will rise up See how you translated this in [9:22](../09/22.md). In the idiom of this culture, today was the “first day,” tomorrow was the “second day,” and the day after tomorrow was the **third day**. To make sure that this is clear to your readers, you may wish to use a different expression than “the third day,” especially if, in your culture, this would mean one day longer than Jesus intends. Otherwise, your readers may be confused when they read later in the book that Jesus died on a Friday and came back to life on a Sunday, if that would be “the second day” according to the way your culture reckons time. Alternate translation: “and he will spend the next full day in the grave, but on the day after that, he will come back to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 18 33 m245 grammar-connect-logic-contrast καὶ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ τρίτῃ 1 And on the third day Jesus uses the word **and** to introduce a contrast between the belief of the authorities that they could kill him and the fact that he would come back to life. Alternate translation: “but on the third day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||||
LUK 18 33 m246 translate-ordinal τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ τρίτῃ 1 on the third day If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “on day three” or, depending on how your culture reckons time, “on day two” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
LUK 18 33 m246 translate-ordinal τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ τρίτῃ 1 on the third day If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “on day three” or, depending on how your culture reckons time, “on day two” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
LUK 18 33 m247 figs-metonymy ἀναστήσεται 1 he will rise up Jesus speaks figuratively of his coming back to life as if he will **rise up**, since he will come **up** out of the grave. Alternate translation: “he will come back to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 18 34 bm7h αὐτοὶ οὐδὲν τούτων συνῆκαν 1 they understood none of these things If your readers would misunderstand this, you could make the verb negative and the object positive here. Alternate translation: “they did not understand any of these things”
|
||||
LUK 18 34 b29z figs-explicit οὐδὲν τούτων 1 none of these things Implicitly, **these things** refers to Jesus’ description of how he would suffer and die in Jerusalem and then rise from the dead. Alternate translation: “none of what Jesus had told them about what was going to happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -3231,7 +3231,7 @@ LUK 19 intro zn2b 0 # Luke 19 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formattin
|
|||
LUK 19 1 j35m grammar-connect-time-background καὶ 1 And Luke uses this word to begin relating a new event by introducing background information that will help readers understand what happens. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
|
||||
LUK 19 1 m259 translate-names Ἰερειχώ 1 Jericho **Jericho** is the name of a city. See how you translated it in [18:35](../18/35.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 19 2 m263 figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 behold Luke uses the term **behold** to calls the reader’s attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 19 2 y5i5 writing-participants ἀνὴρ 1 a man Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new character into the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you can use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “there was a man who lived there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
LUK 19 2 y5i5 writing-participants ἀνὴρ 1 a man Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new character into the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you could use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “there was a man who lived there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
LUK 19 2 m264 figs-idiom ὀνόματι καλούμενος Ζακχαῖος 1 called Zacchaeus by name This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “whose name was Zacchaeus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 19 2 m265 translate-names Ζακχαῖος 1 Zacchaeus **Zacchaeus** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 19 2 z91v writing-background καὶ αὐτὸς ἦν ἀρχιτελώνης, καὶ αὐτὸς πλούσιος 1 and he was a chief tax collector, and he was rich Luke provides this background information about Zacchaeus to help readers understand what happens in this episode. Alternate translation: “who had become wealthy through his work as a chief tax collector” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -3286,8 +3286,8 @@ LUK 19 15 s2x2 figs-activepassive εἶπεν φωνηθῆναι αὐτῷ 1 h
|
|||
LUK 19 15 m285 figs-metonymy τὸ ἀργύριον 1 the silver Jesus is speaking figuratively of the money by reference to the precious metal, **silver**, that gives it its value. Alternate translation: “the money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 19 15 xc6s τί διεπραγματεύσαντο 1 what they had gained by doing business Alternate translation: “how much money they had earned with the money he had given them”
|
||||
LUK 19 16 iy7i figs-quotesinquotes παρεγένετο…ὁ πρῶτος λέγων, Κύριε, ἡ μνᾶ σου, δέκα προσηργάσατο μνᾶς 1 the first came and said, ‘Master, your mina has earned ten minas’ If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “the first servant came and told him that he had used his mina to earn ten more minas” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 19 16 m286 figs-nominaladj ὁ πρῶτος 1 the first Jesus is using the adjective **first** as a noun in order to indicate a particular person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can specify the person. Alternate translation: “the first servant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 19 16 mf96 translate-ordinal ὁ πρῶτος 1 the first If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “servant number one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
LUK 19 16 m286 figs-nominaladj ὁ πρῶτος 1 the first Jesus is using the adjective **first** as a noun in order to indicate a particular person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could specify the person. Alternate translation: “the first servant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 19 16 mf96 translate-ordinal ὁ πρῶτος 1 the first If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “servant number one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
LUK 19 16 ejx9 figs-personification ἡ μνᾶ σου, δέκα προσηργάσατο μνᾶς 1 your mina has earned ten minas The servant is speaking figuratively of the **mina** as if it had earned the money. Alternate translation: “I used the mina you gave me to earn ten more minas” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
LUK 19 16 j7ag translate-bweight μνᾶ 1 mina See how you translated **mina** in [19:13](../19/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
|
||||
LUK 19 17 abcq figs-quotesinquotes καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῷ, εὖ ἀγαθὲ δοῦλε! ὅτι ἐν ἐλαχίστῳ, πιστὸς ἐγένου, ἴσθι ἐξουσίαν ἔχων ἐπάνω δέκα πόλεων 1 And he said to him, ‘Well done, good servant. Because you were faithful in very little, be having authority over ten cities’ If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “So the king told this first servant that he had done a good job, and that because he had shown in a small task that he was faithful, he was making him the ruler of ten cities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -3296,8 +3296,8 @@ LUK 19 17 n5at figs-exclamations εὖ ἀγαθὲ δοῦλε! 1 Well done, go
|
|||
LUK 19 17 t6zk ἐν ἐλαχίστῳ 1 in very little This could mean: (1) “in a small responsibility.” (2) “with a little bit of money.”
|
||||
LUK 19 17 m288 figs-imperative ἴσθι ἐξουσίαν ἔχων ἐπάνω δέκα πόλεων 1 be having authority over ten cities The new king speaks this as a command, but it is not one that the servant is capable of obeying on his own. Rather, the king is using the command form to appoint the servant to a position of authority. Alternate translation: “I am making you the ruler of ten cities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
|
||||
LUK 19 18 zsr1 figs-quotesinquotes ἦλθεν ὁ δεύτερος λέγων, ἡ μνᾶ σου, Κύριε, ἐποίησεν πέντε μνᾶς 1 the second came and said, ‘Your mina, master, has made five minas’ If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “the second servant came and told him that he had used his mina to make five more minas” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 19 18 m289 figs-nominaladj ὁ δεύτερος 1 the second Jesus is using the adjective **second** as a noun in order to indicate a particular person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can specify the person. Alternate translation: “the second servant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 19 18 ic7p translate-ordinal ὁ δεύτερος 1 the second If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “servant number two” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
LUK 19 18 m289 figs-nominaladj ὁ δεύτερος 1 the second Jesus is using the adjective **second** as a noun in order to indicate a particular person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could specify the person. Alternate translation: “the second servant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 19 18 ic7p translate-ordinal ὁ δεύτερος 1 the second If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “servant number two” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
LUK 19 18 irh6 figs-personification ἡ μνᾶ σου…ἐποίησεν πέντε μνᾶς 1 Your mina … has made five minas The servant is speaking figuratively of the mina as if it had earned the money. Alternate translation: “I used the mina you gave me … to earn five more minas” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
LUK 19 18 d811 translate-bweight μνᾶ 1 mina See how you translated **mina** in [19:13](../19/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
|
||||
LUK 19 19 abcr figs-quotesinquotes εἶπεν δὲ καὶ τούτῳ, καὶ σὺ ἐπάνω γίνου πέντε πόλεων 1 So he also said to this one, ‘And you will be over five cities’ If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “So the king similarly told this second servant that he was making him the ruler of five cities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -3396,21 +3396,21 @@ LUK 19 41 v3pq figs-explicit ὡς ἤγγισεν, ἰδὼν τὴν πόλι
|
|||
LUK 19 41 k4l2 figs-metonymy ἔκλαυσεν ἐπ’ αὐτήν 1 he wept over it Luke is using the city of Jerusalem figuratively to mean the people who lived in it. Alternate translation: “he wept over the people who lived there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 19 42 g1ee figs-apostrophe εἰ ἔγνως 1 If you had known Starting here and through [19:44](../19/44.md), Jesus is figuratively addressing something that he knows cannot hear him, the city of Jerusalem. He is doing this to show his listeners in a strong way how he feels about the people who live there. Alternate translation: “I wish that you people of Jerusalem knew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
|
||||
LUK 19 42 m334 figs-idiom εἰ ἔγνως 1 If you had known Jesus is idiomatically using what sounds like a conditional statement to express a wish. Alternate translation: “I wish that you knew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 19 42 q8fm figs-you ἔγνως…καὶ σὺ…σου 1 you had known … even you … your The words **you** and **your** are singular because Jesus is speaking to the city. But if you decided to say “you people” in your translation, you can use plural forms of **you** and **your**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
LUK 19 42 q8fm figs-you ἔγνως…καὶ σὺ…σου 1 you had known … even you … your The words **you** and **your** are singular because Jesus is speaking to the city. But if you decided to say “you people” in your translation, you could use plural forms of **you** and **your**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
LUK 19 42 m335 figs-idiom ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ταύτῃ 1 in this day Jesus is using the term **day** figuratively to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “at this time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 19 42 m336 figs-explicit τὰ πρὸς εἰρήνην 1 the things towards peace The implication is that Jesus is speaking about people being at **peace** with God. Alternate translation: “the things that enable people to be at peace with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 19 42 tgs6 figs-metonymy ἐκρύβη ἀπὸ ὀφθαλμῶν σου 1 they have been hidden from your eyes The term **eyes** figuratively means the ability to see. Alternate translation: “you are not able to see them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 19 42 m337 figs-activepassive ἐκρύβη ἀπὸ ὀφθαλμῶν σου 1 they have been hidden from your eyes If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “you are not able to see them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 19 43 y3g2 grammar-connect-logic-result ὅτι 1 For Jesus uses this word to introduce the reason why he wishes the people of Jerusalem had known “the things toward peace,” as he said in the previous verse. Because they have not known them, their city will be surrounded by armies and destroyed. Alternate translation: “I wish you had known those things because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
LUK 19 43 tib4 figs-idiom ἥξουσιν ἡμέραι ἐπὶ σὲ 1 the days will come upon you This is an idiom that indicates that the people of Jerusalem will experience difficult times. If your language do not say that a particular time will **come**, you can use an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “you are going to experience difficult times” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 19 43 tib4 figs-idiom ἥξουσιν ἡμέραι ἐπὶ σὲ 1 the days will come upon you This is an idiom that indicates that the people of Jerusalem will experience difficult times. If your language do not say that a particular time will **come**, you could use an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “you are going to experience difficult times” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 19 43 m338 figs-idiom ἡμέραι 1 days Jesus is using the term **days** figuratively to refer to specific times. Alternate translation: “times” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 19 43 n88i figs-you σὲ…σου…σοι…σε…σε 1 you … your … you … you … you The words **you** and **your** are singular because Jesus is speaking to the city. But if you decided to say “you people” in [19:42](../19/42.md), you can use the plural forms of **you** and **your**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
LUK 19 43 n88i figs-you σὲ…σου…σοι…σε…σε 1 you … your … you … you … you The words **you** and **your** are singular because Jesus is speaking to the city. But if you decided to say “you people” in [19:42](../19/42.md), you could use the plural forms of **you** and **your**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
LUK 19 43 e7xp translate-unknown χάρακά 1 a barricade The term **barricade** refers to a wooden wall with pointed stakes at the top that the enemies would make to keep people from getting out of the city. Your language may have a term for an enclosure like this. If not, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “a palisade” or “a fence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
LUK 19 44 m339 figs-metaphor ἐδαφιοῦσίν σε 1 they will dash you to the ground Jesus is speaking figuratively. To **dash** something **to the ground** means to pick it up and throw it forcefully aganist the ground in order to destroy it. But the enemies of Jerusalem are not going to do this literally to the city. So Jesus means that they will destroy it completely. Alternate translation: “they will completely destroy you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 19 44 p7qg figs-apostrophe ἐδαφιοῦσίν σε 1 they will dash you to the ground As the first note to [19:42](../19/42.md) explains, Jesus is figuratively addressing the city of Jerusalem. If it would be unusual in your language for someone to speak to a city that could not hear or understand him, you could explain the meaning of what Jesus is saying. Alternate translation: “the enemies of Jerusalem will completely destroy that city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
|
||||
LUK 19 44 m340 figs-idiom καὶ τὰ τέκνα σου ἐν σοί 1 and your children within you To **dash** people **to the ground** figuratively means to kill them. Alternate translation: “and they will kill your children within you” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom)
|
||||
LUK 19 44 m341 figs-metaphor τὰ τέκνα σου ἐν σοί 1 your children within you Jesus speaks figuratively of the people who live in Jerusalem as if the city were their mother and they were her **children**. Here as well you could explain the meaning of what Jesus is saying, if someone in your language would not speak directly to a city. Alternate translation: “the people who live there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 19 44 m342 figs-you σε…σου…σοί…σοί…ἔγνως…σου 1 you … your … you … you … you did not know … your The words **you** and **your** are singular because Jesus is speaking to the city. But if you decided to say “you people” in [19:42](../19/42.md), you can use the plural forms of **you** and **your**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
LUK 19 44 m342 figs-you σε…σου…σοί…σοί…ἔγνως…σου 1 you … your … you … you … you did not know … your The words **you** and **your** are singular because Jesus is speaking to the city. But if you decided to say “you people” in [19:42](../19/42.md), you could use the plural forms of **you** and **your**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
LUK 19 44 f51h figs-hyperbole οὐκ ἀφήσουσιν λίθον ἐπὶ λίθον ἐν σοί 1 they will not leave stone upon stone in you This is a figurative overstatement to emphasize how completely the enemies will destroy the city. Alternate translation: “they will destroy the walls and buildings you have built of stone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
LUK 19 44 xv9n figs-idiom οὐκ ἔγνως τὸν καιρὸν τῆς ἐπισκοπῆς σου 1 you did not know the time of your visitation Here, **visitation** is idiomatic, with the same meaning as the word “visit” in [1:68](../01/68.md), [1:78](../01/78.md), and [7:16](../07/16.md). Alternate translation: “you did not recognize that God had sent me to help you, his people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 19 45 xq47 grammar-connect-time-sequential καὶ 1 And Luke uses this word to indicate that this event came after the event he has just described. Alternate translation: “Then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -3424,7 +3424,7 @@ LUK 19 46 wac1 figs-metaphor οἶκος προσευχῆς 1 a house of prayer
|
|||
LUK 19 46 ba8w figs-metaphor σπήλαιον λῃστῶν 1 a den of robbers God, speaking through the prophet Jeremiah, refers figuratively to a place where thieves would gather to hide and plot their crimes as if it were a wild animal’s **den** or lair. Alternate translation: “a place where thieves gather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 19 47 m344 figs-synecdoche ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ 1 in the temple Only priests were allowed to enter the **temple** building, so Luke means that Jesus was teaching in the temple courtyard. Luke is using the word for the entire building to refer to one part of it. Alternate translation: “in the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
LUK 19 47 mn6e writing-background δὲ 1 And Luke uses this word to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next in the story. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
LUK 19 47 m345 figs-nominaladj οἱ πρῶτοι τοῦ λαοῦ 1 the first of the people Luke is using the adjective **first** as a noun in order to indicate a type of person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. The term is plural. Alternate translation: “the leaders of the people” or “many prominent people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 19 47 m345 figs-nominaladj οἱ πρῶτοι τοῦ λαοῦ 1 the first of the people Luke is using the adjective **first** as a noun in order to indicate a type of person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent expression. The term is plural. Alternate translation: “the leaders of the people” or “many prominent people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 19 47 m346 figs-metaphor οἱ πρῶτοι τοῦ λαοῦ 1 the first of the people The term **first** figuratively represents being significant or important. Alternate translation: “the leaders of the people” or “many prominent people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 19 48 m347 grammar-connect-logic-contrast καὶ 1 And Luke uses this word to introduce a contrast between what the Jewish leaders were trying to do and what they were able to do. Alternate translation: “But” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||||
LUK 19 48 m348 οὐχ εὕρισκον τὸ τί ποιήσωσιν 1 they were not finding that which they might do Alternate translation: “they were not able to find a way to kill Jesus”
|
||||
|
|
@ -3433,7 +3433,7 @@ LUK 19 48 pnf9 figs-metaphor ἐξεκρέμετο αὐτοῦ ἀκούων 1
|
|||
LUK 20 intro h6in 0 # Luke 20 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Jesus answers a question about his authority (20:1-8)<br>2. Jesus tells a parable about a man who rented a vineyard to farmers (20:9-19)<br>3. Jesus answers a question about paying taxes to Caesar (20:20-26)<br>4. Jesus answers a question about marriage and the resurrection (20:27-40)<br>5. Jesus asks a challenging question about the Messiah (20:41-44)<br>6. Jesus warns about the scribes (20:45-47)<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. ULT does this with the poetry in [20:17](../20/17.md) and [20:42-43](../20/42.md), which is quoted from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Questions that seem to have no good answer<br><br>In [20:4](../20/04.md), Jesus asks the Pharisees a question that seems to have no good answer. His goal is to show them that they should have recognized John the Baptist as someone who came with God’s authority. So he asks them who gave John the authority to baptize. They could not answer, because any answer they gave would show that they should have respected John [20:5-6](../20/05.md).<br><br>In [20:22](../20/22.md), the Pharisees ask Jesus a question that seems to have no good answer. They thought that they would get Jesus in trouble either with the Roman government or the Jewish people when they asked him if people should pay taxes to Caesar. If he said “yes,” then the Jewish people would be angry with him for telling them to pay taxes to a foreign government. If he said “no,” then the religious leaders could tell the Romans that Jesus was teaching the people to break the Roman laws. But Jesus gave them an answer they had not anticipated, and instead everyone respected the wisdom of Jesus even more.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Paradox<br><br>A paradox is a statement that describes two things that seem as if they cannot both be true at the same time, but which actually are both true. In this chapter, Jesus quotes a psalm that records David calling his son “lord,” that is, “master.” However, to the Jews, ancestors were greater than their descendants, so a father would not call his son “master.” In this passage, [Luke 20:41-44](../20/41.md), Jesus is trying to lead his hearers to the true understanding that the Messiah will be divine, and that he himself is the Messiah. So David is speaking to his son, that is, his descendant, as the Messiah, and it is appropriate for him to address him as his “Lord.”
|
||||
LUK 20 1 h8gv writing-newevent καὶ ἐγένετο 1 And it happened that Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
LUK 20 1 vtg4 figs-synecdoche ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ 1 in the temple Only priests were allowed to enter the **temple** building, so Luke means that Jesus was teaching in the temple courtyard. Luke is using the word for the entire building to refer to one part of it. Alternate translation: “in the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
LUK 20 1 m350 writing-participants ἐπέστησαν οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς καὶ οἱ γραμματεῖς σὺν τοῖς πρεσβυτέροις 1 the chief priests and the scribes approached with the elders Luke uses this statement to reintroduce these characters into the story. He mentioned their activity in opposition to Jesus as background information in [19:47-48](../19/47.md), but here he brings them back into the main action of the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you can use it here in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
LUK 20 1 m350 writing-participants ἐπέστησαν οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς καὶ οἱ γραμματεῖς σὺν τοῖς πρεσβυτέροις 1 the chief priests and the scribes approached with the elders Luke uses this statement to reintroduce these characters into the story. He mentioned their activity in opposition to Jesus as background information in [19:47-48](../19/47.md), but here he brings them back into the main action of the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you could use it here in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
LUK 20 2 m351 figs-imperative εἰπὸν ἡμῖν ἐν ποίᾳ ἐξουσίᾳ ταῦτα ποιεῖς, ἢ τίς ἐστιν ὁ δούς σοι τὴν ἐξουσίαν ταύτην 1 Tell us by what authority you are doing these things, or who the one is who gave you this authority The Jewish leaders are using an imperative to ask a question, so you could translate this as a question. It may be helpful to make it two sentences. Alternate translation: “Tell us, by what authority are you doing these things? Or who is the one who gave you this authority?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
|
||||
LUK 20 3 qn89 figs-hendiadys ἀποκριθεὶς…εἶπεν 1 answering he said Together the words **answering** and **said** mean that Jesus said what follows in response to the question from the Jewish leaders. Alternate translation: “he responded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
LUK 20 3 ku6a ἐρωτήσω ὑμᾶς κἀγὼ λόγον καὶ εἴπατέ μοι 1 I also will ask you a word, and you say to me Jesus begins his response with a statement, but then he gives a command, **you say to me**. It might be helpful to make the statement one sentence and the command another sentence, leading into the next verse. Alternate translation: “I will also ask you a question. Now you tell me”
|
||||
|
|
@ -3467,13 +3467,13 @@ LUK 20 10 m362 figs-explicit οἱ…γεωργοὶ ἐξαπέστειλαν
|
|||
LUK 20 10 isk1 figs-metaphor ἐξαπέστειλαν αὐτὸν…κενόν 1 sent him away empty Jesus speaks figuratively of this servant as if he were a container with nothing in it. Alternate translation: “sent him away without giving him anything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 20 11 r72a ἀτιμάσαντες 1 treated him shamefully Alternate translation: “humiliated him”
|
||||
LUK 20 11 vxh2 figs-metaphor ἐξαπέστειλαν κενόν 1 sent him away empty See how you translated this in [20:10](../20/10.md). Alternate translation: “sent him away without giving him anything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 20 12 m363 figs-nominaladj τρίτον 1 a third Jesus is using the adjective **third** as a noun in order to indicate a particular person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can specify the person. Alternate translation: “a third servant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 20 12 lr3h translate-ordinal τρίτον 1 a third If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “servant number three” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
LUK 20 12 m363 figs-nominaladj τρίτον 1 a third Jesus is using the adjective **third** as a noun in order to indicate a particular person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could specify the person. Alternate translation: “a third servant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 20 12 lr3h translate-ordinal τρίτον 1 a third If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “servant number three” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
LUK 20 12 ub4g οἱ…καὶ τοῦτον τραυματίσαντες 1 they also wounded that one Alternate translation: “they injured that servant as well”
|
||||
LUK 20 12 h32a figs-metaphor ἐξέβαλον 1 threw him out Jesus is likely speaking figuratively when he says that the farmers **threw** this servant out of the vineyard. It is unlikely that they actually picked him up and heaved him through the air. Alternate translation: “chased him off the property” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 20 13 m364 ὁ κύριος τοῦ ἀμπελῶνος 1 the lord of the vineyard Alternate translation: “the owner of the vineyard” or “the man who had planted the vineyard”
|
||||
LUK 20 13 kt8i figs-quotesinquotes εἶπεν…τί ποιήσω? πέμψω τὸν υἱόν μου τὸν ἀγαπητόν; ἴσως τοῦτον ἐντραπήσονται 1 said, ‘What should I do? I will send my beloved son. Perhaps they will respect him.’ If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “asked himself what he should do. He decided to send his beloved son, hoping that the farmers would respect him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 20 13 m365 ἴσως τοῦτον ἐντραπήσονται 1 Perhaps they will respect him In this context, the term that ULT translates as **perhaps** indicates something that is not certain but should be expected. If your language has a word or phrase that indicates the same thing, you can use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “They ought to respect him”
|
||||
LUK 20 13 m365 ἴσως τοῦτον ἐντραπήσονται 1 Perhaps they will respect him In this context, the term that ULT translates as **perhaps** indicates something that is not certain but should be expected. If your language has a word or phrase that indicates the same thing, you could use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “They ought to respect him”
|
||||
LUK 20 14 ib2b figs-explicit ἰδόντες δὲ αὐτὸν, οἱ γεωργοὶ 1 But when the farmers saw him It may be helpful to state explicitly that this happened after the owner sent his son and he arrived. Alternate translation: “So the owner sent his son. But when he arrived and the farmers saw him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 20 14 m366 οἱ γεωργοὶ 1 the farmers See how you translated **farmers** in [20:9](../20/09.md). Alternate translation: “the vine growers” or “the grape farmers”
|
||||
LUK 20 14 rvi4 figs-quotesinquotes λέγοντες, οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ κληρονόμος; ἀποκτείνωμεν αὐτόν, ἵνα ἡμῶν γένηται ἡ κληρονομία 1 saying, ‘This is the heir. Let us kill him so that the inheritance may become ours’ If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “saying that the son was the owner’s heir, and that they should kill him in order to get for themselves the vineyard he would have inherited” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -3537,38 +3537,38 @@ LUK 20 28 pn1c figs-metaphor ἐξαναστήσῃ σπέρμα τῷ ἀδελ
|
|||
LUK 20 28 m388 figs-metaphor σπέρμα 1 seed See how you translated this figurative sense of the word **seed** in [1:55](../01/55.md). Alternate translation: “descendants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 20 29 c2jr grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical οὖν 1 Therefore The Sadducees are not saying this to draw a logical inference, but to lead into a question about a hypothetical possibility. Alternate translation (as a separate sentence): “We would like to ask you how this law would be applied in a possible situation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
|
||||
LUK 20 29 ax5n figs-hypo ἑπτὰ οὖν ἀδελφοὶ ἦσαν; καὶ ὁ πρῶτος, λαβὼν γυναῖκα, ἀπέθανεν ἄτεκνος 1 there were seven brothers, and the first, having taken a wife, died childless While the Sadducees describe this as if it happened, they are actually asking about a hypothetical possibility in order to test Jesus. Alternate translation: “Suppose there were seven brothers, and the oldest brother got married, but he died before he had any children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
LUK 20 29 si57 figs-nominaladj ὁ πρῶτος 1 the first Jesus is using the adjective **first** as a noun in order to indicate a particular person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can specify the person. Alternate translation: “the first brother” or “the oldest brother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 20 29 m389 translate-ordinal ὁ πρῶτος 1 the first If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “brother number one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
LUK 20 29 si57 figs-nominaladj ὁ πρῶτος 1 the first Jesus is using the adjective **first** as a noun in order to indicate a particular person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could specify the person. Alternate translation: “the first brother” or “the oldest brother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 20 29 m389 translate-ordinal ὁ πρῶτος 1 the first If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “brother number one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
LUK 20 30 m390 figs-hypo καὶ 1 and The Sadducees are continuing to describe a hypothetical situation. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “And suppose that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
LUK 20 30 p5mw figs-ellipsis καὶ ὁ δεύτερος 1 and the second The division at the end of this verse separates this subject from its verb, effectively creating an ellipsis that is not in the original Greek. The verb, “took her,” must now be supplied from the next verse. Alternate translation: “the second brother then married her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
LUK 20 30 m391 figs-explicit καὶ ὁ δεύτερος 1 and the second The implication, as the next verse says specifically, is that after this second brother married the first brother’s widow, he too died before they had any children. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and the second brother then married her, but he also died before they had any children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 20 30 m392 figs-nominaladj ὁ δεύτερος 1 the second Jesus is using the adjective **second** as a noun in order to indicate a particular person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can specify the person. Alternate translation: “the second brother” or “the next oldest brother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 20 30 r4xe translate-ordinal ὁ δεύτερος 1 the second If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “brother number two” or “the next oldest brother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
LUK 20 30 m392 figs-nominaladj ὁ δεύτερος 1 the second Jesus is using the adjective **second** as a noun in order to indicate a particular person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could specify the person. Alternate translation: “the second brother” or “the next oldest brother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 20 30 r4xe translate-ordinal ὁ δεύτερος 1 the second If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “brother number two” or “the next oldest brother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
LUK 20 31 m393 figs-hypo καὶ 1 and The Sadducees are continuing to describe a hypothetical situation. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “And suppose that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
LUK 20 31 d5tq figs-explicit ὁ τρίτος ἔλαβεν αὐτήν 1 the third took her The implication, as the end of the verse says specifically, is that after this third brother married the widow, he too died before they had any children. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “The third brother then married her, but he also died before they had any children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 20 31 m394 figs-nominaladj ὁ τρίτος 1 the third Jesus is using the adjective **third** as a noun in order to indicate a particular person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can specify the person. Alternate translation: “the third brother” or “the next oldest brother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 20 31 ky9p translate-ordinal ὁ τρίτος 1 the third If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “brother number three” or “the next oldest brother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
LUK 20 31 m394 figs-nominaladj ὁ τρίτος 1 the third Jesus is using the adjective **third** as a noun in order to indicate a particular person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could specify the person. Alternate translation: “the third brother” or “the next oldest brother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 20 31 ky9p translate-ordinal ὁ τρίτος 1 the third If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “brother number three” or “the next oldest brother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
LUK 20 31 f1fj figs-explicit ὡσαύτως δὲ καὶ οἱ ἑπτὰ, οὐ κατέλιπον τέκνα, καὶ ἀπέθανον 1 and likewise the seven also left no children, and died The Sadducees are speaking in a compact way in order to keep the story short. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could supply the information they leave out from the context. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “In the same way, the rest of the seven brothers married this widow, but they all died before they had any children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 20 33 avu1 ἐν τῇ…ἀναστάσει 1 in the resurrection The Sadducees did not actually believe that there would be a resurrection. Your language may have a way of showing this. Alternate translation: “in the supposed resurrection” or “when people supposedly rise from the dead”
|
||||
LUK 20 33 m395 figs-hypo οὖν 1 Therefore This introduces the question that the Sadducees had planned all along to ask Jesus about the hypothetical situation they were describing. If you said “Suppose” in the previous three verses, you could begin this sentence with “Then.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
LUK 20 33 m396 οἱ…ἑπτὰ ἔσχον αὐτὴν γυναῖκα 1 the seven had her as wife Alternate translation: “each of the seven were married to her”
|
||||
LUK 20 34 nlu3 figs-idiom οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου γαμοῦσιν καὶ γαμίσκονται 1 The sons of this age marry and are given in marriage In this culture, the idiom was to say that men married their wives and that women were given in marriage to their husbands by their parents. If your culture does not use different expressions like that, you can use a single term here. Alternate translation: “The people of this present world get married” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 20 34 m397 figs-activepassive οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου γαμοῦσιν καὶ γαμίσκονται 1 The sons of this age marry and are given in marriage If your language does not use passive verbal forms, but your culture does use different expressions for men and women when they marry, you can use two different active verbal forms here, and you can state who does the action in the second case. Alternate translation: “In this present world, men marry wives and parents give their daughters in marriage to husbands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 20 34 nlu3 figs-idiom οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου γαμοῦσιν καὶ γαμίσκονται 1 The sons of this age marry and are given in marriage In this culture, the idiom was to say that men married their wives and that women were given in marriage to their husbands by their parents. If your culture does not use different expressions like that, you could use a single term here. Alternate translation: “The people of this present world get married” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 20 34 m397 figs-activepassive οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου γαμοῦσιν καὶ γαμίσκονται 1 The sons of this age marry and are given in marriage If your language does not use passive verbal forms, but your culture does use different expressions for men and women when they marry, you could use two different active verbal forms here, and you can state who does the action in the second case. Alternate translation: “In this present world, men marry wives and parents give their daughters in marriage to husbands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 20 34 n91c figs-idiom οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου 1 the sons of this age The term **sons of** is an idiom that means the people in view share the qualities of something. In this case, Jesus is describing people who share the quality of living in the present world. Alternate translation: “The people of this present world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 20 34 m398 figs-gendernotations οἱ υἱοὶ 1 the sons Jesus is using the word **sons** in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “The people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
LUK 20 34 m399 figs-metonymy τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου 1 this age As in [16:8](../16/08.md), here the term **age** means specifically the long period of time defined by the duration of the world; by association, it means the world itself. Alternate translation: “this present world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 20 35 m8m9 figs-activepassive οἱ…καταξιωθέντες…οὔτε γαμοῦσιν οὔτε γαμίζονται 1 those who are considered worthy … neither marry nor are given in marriage As in [20:34](../20/34.md), if your language does not use passive verbal forms, but your culture does use different expressions for men and women when they marry, you can use two different active verbal forms here, and you can specify the agent in the second case. Alternate translation: “among the people whom God considers worthy … the men will not marry wives and parents will not give their daughters in marriage to husbands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 20 35 m8m9 figs-activepassive οἱ…καταξιωθέντες…οὔτε γαμοῦσιν οὔτε γαμίζονται 1 those who are considered worthy … neither marry nor are given in marriage As in [20:34](../20/34.md), if your language does not use passive verbal forms, but your culture does use different expressions for men and women when they marry, you could use two different active verbal forms here, and you can specify the agent in the second case. Alternate translation: “among the people whom God considers worthy … the men will not marry wives and parents will not give their daughters in marriage to husbands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 20 35 m400 figs-activepassive οἱ…καταξιωθέντες 1 those who are considered worthy If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who does the action. Alternate translation: “the people whom God considers worthy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 20 35 m401 figs-metonymy τοῦ αἰῶνος ἐκείνου, τυχεῖν καὶ τῆς ἀναστάσεως τῆς ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 to obtain that age and resurrection that is from the dead Jesus is using the word **age** in the same figurative sense as in [18:30](../18/30.md), to mean the new world that God will introduce after the end of this present world. See how you translated the expression there. Alternate translation: “to live in his new world when he brings back to life the people who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 20 35 ct9h figs-abstractnouns τυχεῖν…τῆς ἀναστάσεως τῆς ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 to obtain … the resurrection that is from the dead If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **resurrection**, you could express the idea behind it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “when he brings back to life the people who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
LUK 20 35 m3gm figs-nominaladj νεκρῶν 1 the dead Jesus is using the adjective **dead** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the people who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 20 35 rh62 figs-idiom οὔτε γαμοῦσιν οὔτε γαμίζονται 1 neither marry nor are given in marriage If your culture does not use different expressions for men and women when they marry, you may have you translated this with a single term in [20:34](../20/34.md). If so, you can do the same thing here. Alternate translation: “will not get married” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 20 35 m3gm figs-nominaladj νεκρῶν 1 the dead Jesus is using the adjective **dead** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the people who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 20 35 rh62 figs-idiom οὔτε γαμοῦσιν οὔτε γαμίζονται 1 neither marry nor are given in marriage If your culture does not use different expressions for men and women when they marry, you may have you translated this with a single term in [20:34](../20/34.md). If so, you could do the same thing here. Alternate translation: “will not get married” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 20 36 lk28 figs-explicit οὐδὲ…ἀποθανεῖν ἔτι δύνανται 1 neither are they able to die anymore The implication is that these people will not need to get married and have children anymore in order to carry on the human race, because they will not die. Alternate translation: “they will not need to have children anymore, since they will not die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 20 36 m402 figs-explicit ἰσάγγελοι γάρ εἰσιν 1 for they are like the angels Jesus assumes that his listeners will know that angels do not die. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “because they will be like the angels, who do not die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 20 36 m403 figs-gendernotations υἱοί εἰσιν Θεοῦ 1 they are sons of God Here Jesus is using the term **sons** in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “they are God’s own children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
LUK 20 36 btb3 figs-idiom τῆς ἀναστάσεως υἱοὶ ὄντες 1 being sons of the resurrection Jesus is using the term **sons** in this second case idiomatically to mean people who share the qualities of something. In this case, Jesus is describing people who share the quality of God bringing them back to life after they have died. Alternate translation: “since God has brought them back to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 20 37 j8z5 figs-activepassive ἐγείρονται οἱ νεκροὶ 1 the dead are raised If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who does the action. Alternate translation: “God brings back to life people who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 20 37 m404 figs-nominaladj οἱ νεκροὶ 1 the dead Jesus is using the adjective **dead** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “people who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 20 37 m404 figs-nominaladj οἱ νεκροὶ 1 the dead Jesus is using the adjective **dead** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “people who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 20 37 g3xg καὶ Μωϋσῆς 1 even Moses Jesus is using the word **even** for emphasis. He is stressing the authority of Moses as someone to whom God gave an extensive revelation of his character and actions. Alternate translation: “Moses himself”
|
||||
LUK 20 37 m405 translate-names Μωϋσῆς 1 Moses **Moses** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 20 37 n82t figs-explicit ἐπὶ τῆς βάτου 1 at the bush Jesus assumes that his listeners will know that he means the bush in the desert that was burning without being consumed, at which Moses encountered God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “at the burning bush” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -3577,9 +3577,9 @@ LUK 20 37 nx7f figs-verbs λέγει 1 he calls In many languages, it is convent
|
|||
LUK 20 37 pqm8 figs-explicit τὸν Θεὸν Ἀβραὰμ, καὶ Θεὸν Ἰσαὰκ, καὶ Θεὸν Ἰακώβ 1 the God of Abraham, and the God of Isaac, and the God of Jacob The implication is that God would not have identified himself as the God of these men if they were not alive. This must mean that God brought them back to life after they died. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly, as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 20 37 m407 translate-names Ἀβραὰμ…Ἰσαὰκ…Ἰακώβ 1 Abraham … Isaac … Jacob translate-names
|
||||
LUK 20 38 tdq7 grammar-connect-time-background δὲ 1 And Jesus uses this word to introduce a teaching about God that will help the Sadducees understand how God’s description of himself at the burning bush proves that God raises people from the dead. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
|
||||
LUK 20 38 u1y5 figs-parallelism οὐκ…νεκρῶν, ἀλλὰ ζώντων 1 not … of the dead, but of the living These two phrases mean the same thing. Jesus is using repetition for emphasis. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you can express this idea with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “of living people only” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
LUK 20 38 m408 figs-nominaladj νεκρῶν 1 the dead Jesus is using the adjective **dead** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “people who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 20 38 dxi9 figs-nominaladj ζώντων 1 the living Jesus is using the adjective **living** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “people who are alive” or “people whom he has brought back to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 20 38 u1y5 figs-parallelism οὐκ…νεκρῶν, ἀλλὰ ζώντων 1 not … of the dead, but of the living These two phrases mean the same thing. Jesus is using repetition for emphasis. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could express this idea with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “of living people only” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
LUK 20 38 m408 figs-nominaladj νεκρῶν 1 the dead Jesus is using the adjective **dead** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “people who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 20 38 dxi9 figs-nominaladj ζώντων 1 the living Jesus is using the adjective **living** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “people who are alive” or “people whom he has brought back to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 20 38 i6am figs-explicit πάντες γὰρ αὐτῷ ζῶσιν 1 for all are alive to him Interpreters understand this statement in various ways. One likely possibility is that Jesus is saying implicitly that after people die, while they are **dead** as far as other people are concerned, they are **alive** as far as God is concerned. That is because their spirits live on after death, and God is still able to relate to their spirits. Alternate translation: “because even after people die, God is still able to relate to them as living spirits” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 20 39 n5nq writing-participants ἀποκριθέντες δέ τινες τῶν γραμματέων εἶπαν 1 Then answering some of the scribes said Luke uses this statement to reintroduce these characters into the story. Alternate translation: “There were some scribes listening to what Jesus was saying, and they responded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
LUK 20 39 m409 figs-hendiadys ἀποκριθέντες…εἶπαν 1 answering … said Together the two words **answering** and **said** mean that these scribes responded to the teaching that Jesus gave in answer to the question that the Sadducees asked. Alternate translation: “responded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -3599,7 +3599,7 @@ LUK 20 42 h2al figs-quotesinquotes λέγει ἐν βίβλῳ Ψαλμῶν,
|
|||
LUK 20 42 e1i2 figs-euphemism εἶπεν ὁ Κύριος τῷ Κυρίῳ μου 1 The Lord said to my Lord Here, the term **Lord** does not refer to the same person in both instances. The first instance is representing the name Yahweh, which David actually uses in this psalm. In order to honor the commandment not to misuse God’s name, Jewish people often avoided saying that name and said **Lord** instead. The second instance is the regular term for “lord” or “master.” ULT and UST capitalize the word because it refers to the Messiah. Alternate translation: “The Lord God said to my Lord” or “God said to my Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
LUK 20 42 m415 figs-nominaladj κάθου ἐκ δεξιῶν μου 1 Sit at my right In this quotation, Yahweh is using the adjective **right** as a noun in order to indicate his right side. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could state that specifically. Alternate translation: “Sit at my right side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 20 42 pse3 translate-symaction κάθου ἐκ δεξιῶν μου 1 Sit at my right The seat at the right side of a ruler was a position of great honor and authority. By telling the Messiah to sit there, God was symbolically conferring honor and authority on him. Alternate translation: “Sit in the place of honor beside me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
LUK 20 43 m416 figs-quotesinquotes ἕως ἂν θῶ τοὺς ἐχθρούς σου ὑποπόδιον τῶν ποδῶν σου 1 until I make your enemies a footstool for your feet This is the continuation of a quotation within a quotation within a quotation. If you decided in [20:42](../20/42.md) to have only one level of quotation, you can make the same adjustment here. Alternate translation: “until he made his enemies a footstool for his feet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 20 43 m416 figs-quotesinquotes ἕως ἂν θῶ τοὺς ἐχθρούς σου ὑποπόδιον τῶν ποδῶν σου 1 until I make your enemies a footstool for your feet This is the continuation of a quotation within a quotation within a quotation. If you decided in [20:42](../20/42.md) to have only one level of quotation, you could make the same adjustment here. Alternate translation: “until he made his enemies a footstool for his feet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 20 43 fl1h figs-metaphor ἕως ἂν θῶ τοὺς ἐχθρούς σου ὑποπόδιον τῶν ποδῶν σου 1 until I make your enemies a footstool for your feet The psalm speaks figuratively of the Messiah using his enemies as a **footstool** to mean that Yahweh would make those enemies stop resisting the Messiah and submit to him. Alternate translation: “until I conquer your enemies for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 20 43 m418 figs-metaphor ὑποπόδιον τῶν ποδῶν σου 1 a footstool for your feet If your readers would not know what a **footstool** is, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “something on which you could rest your feet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 20 44 m419 figs-quotesinquotes Δαυεὶδ οὖν, Κύριον, αὐτὸν καλεῖ 1 David therefore calls him ‘Lord’ If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “David therefore calls the Messiah his Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -3621,10 +3621,10 @@ LUK 20 47 zpx5 figs-explicit οὗτοι λήμψονται περισσότερ
|
|||
LUK 21 intro ny7d 0 # Luke 21 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Jesus teaches about a widow who gave her little money to God (21:1-4)<br>2. Jesus tells his disciples what will happen before he returns (21:5-38)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “the times of the nations”<br><br>The Jews spoke of the time between when the Babylonians forced their ancestors to go to Babylon and the time when the Messiah would come as “the times of the nations.” In this expression, the term “nations” means people groups who are not Jews, that is, the Gentiles. So this expression meant the time when the Gentiles ruled over the Jews.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Paradox<br><br>A paradox is a statement that describes two things that seem as if they cannot both be true at the same time, but which actually are both true. There is a paradox in this chapter. Jesus tells his disciples in [21:16](../21/16.md), “they will put to death some of you,” but then, in [21:18](../21/18.md), he tells them, “not even a hair of your head will perish.” As a note to [21:18](../21/18.md) explains, Jesus means this second statement in a spiritual sense.
|
||||
LUK 21 1 k2zb writing-background δὲ 1 And Luke uses this word to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next in the story. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
LUK 21 1 m425 writing-newevent εἶδεν τοὺς βάλλοντας εἰς τὸ γαζοφυλάκιον τὰ δῶρα αὐτῶν πλουσίους 1 he saw the rich who were putting their gifts into the treasury This background information that Luke provides introduces a new event in the story. Alternate translation: “he noticed that there were some rich people who were placing gifts of money in the offering boxes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
LUK 21 1 m428 figs-nominaladj τοὺς…πλουσίους 1 the rich Jesus is using the adjective **rich** as a noun in order to indicate a type of person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “rich people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 21 1 m428 figs-nominaladj τοὺς…πλουσίους 1 the rich Jesus is using the adjective **rich** as a noun in order to indicate a type of person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “rich people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 21 1 nf4c figs-explicit τὰ δῶρα 1 gifts If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly what the **gifts** were. Alternate translation: “gifts of money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 21 1 unv2 figs-metonymy τὸ γαζοφυλάκιον 1 the treasury Luke is figuratively describing the boxes in the temple courtyard where people put money that they were giving to God by association with the name of the place where this money would be kept until it was needed, the **treasury**. Alternate translation: “the offering boxes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 21 2 xrk2 writing-participants εἶδεν δέ τινα χήραν πενιχρὰν 1 And he saw a certain poor widow Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new character into the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you can use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “There was also a poor widow there, and Jesus saw her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
LUK 21 2 xrk2 writing-participants εἶδεν δέ τινα χήραν πενιχρὰν 1 And he saw a certain poor widow Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new character into the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you could use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “There was also a poor widow there, and Jesus saw her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
LUK 21 2 vzu8 translate-bmoney λεπτὰ δύο 1 two lepta The word **lepta** is the plural of “lepton.” A lepton was a small bronze or copper coin equivalent to a few minutes’ wages. It was the least valuable coin that people used in this culture. You could try to express this amount in terms of current monetary values, but that might cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. So instead you might use the name of the least valuable coin in your culture, or a general expression. Alternate translation: “two pennies” or “two small coins of little value” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
|
||||
LUK 21 3 i8gf figs-explicit εἶπεν 1 he said Jesus is still speaking to his disciples, as in [20:45](../20/45.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he said to his disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 21 3 t97j ἀληθῶς λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you Jesus says this to emphasize the importance of what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “I can assure you”
|
||||
|
|
@ -3805,7 +3805,7 @@ LUK 22 3 r65v εἰσῆλθεν…εἰς 1 entered into This was probably ver
|
|||
LUK 22 3 m499 translate-names Ἰούδαν…Ἰσκαριώτην 1 Judas Iscariot **Judas** is the name of a man, and **Iscariot** is a distinguishing surname. See how you translated these words in [6:16](../06/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 22 3 m500 figs-activepassive τὸν καλούμενον Ἰσκαριώτην 1 the one called Iscariot If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “whom people called Iscariot” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 22 3 m501 figs-nominaladj ὄντα ἐκ τοῦ ἀριθμοῦ τῶν δώδεκα 1 who was from the number of the Twelve See how you translated this in [8:1](../08/01.md). You may have decided to translate the nominal adjective **Twelve** with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “who was one of the 12 disciples whom Jesus had appointed to be apostles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 22 3 m502 translate-names τῶν δώδεκα 1 the Twelve You may have decided instead in [8:1](../08/01.md) to translate this as a title, even if your language does not ordinarily use adjectives as nouns. If so, you can do the same thing here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 22 3 m502 translate-names τῶν δώδεκα 1 the Twelve You may have decided instead in [8:1](../08/01.md) to translate this as a title, even if your language does not ordinarily use adjectives as nouns. If so, you could do the same thing here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 22 4 qpi4 figs-explicit στρατηγοῖς 1 captains The temple had its own guards, and these were their commanding officers. Alternate translation: “captains of the temple guard” or “temple military officers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 22 4 s7qx writing-pronouns πῶς αὐτοῖς παραδῷ αὐτόν 1 how he might deliver him to them The pronoun **him** refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “how he could help them arrest Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
LUK 22 5 ir4p ἐχάρησαν 1 they rejoiced Alternate translation: “this made the chief priests and captains very glad”
|
||||
|
|
@ -3830,14 +3830,14 @@ LUK 22 11 khy9 figs-quotesinquotes ἐρεῖτε τῷ οἰκοδεσπότῃ
|
|||
LUK 22 11 iv6f ὁ διδάσκαλος 1 the Teacher **Teacher** is a respectful title for Jesus. You could translate it with an equivalent term that your language and culture would use.
|
||||
LUK 22 11 pq8q figs-metonymy τὸ Πάσχα 1 the Passover Jesus is telling Peter and John to use the name of this part of the festival, **Passover**, to refer figuratively to the meal that people shared on that occasion. Alternate translation: “the Passover meal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 22 12 lpw6 κἀκεῖνος 1 and that one Alternate translation: “And the owner of the house”
|
||||
LUK 22 12 lg2z translate-unknown ἀνάγαιον 1 upper room In this culture, in some houses, rooms were built above other rooms. If your community does not have houses like that, you can use another expression to describe a large indoor space that people could use for a celebration meal. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
LUK 22 12 m506 figs-activepassive ἐστρωμένον 1 furnished This is a passive verbal form. If your language does not use such forms, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “that has carpets, dining couches, and a dining table” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 22 12 lg2z translate-unknown ἀνάγαιον 1 upper room In this culture, in some houses, rooms were built above other rooms. If your community does not have houses like that, you could use another expression to describe a large indoor space that people could use for a celebration meal. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
LUK 22 12 m506 figs-activepassive ἐστρωμένον 1 furnished This is a passive verbal form. If your language does not use such forms, you could translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “that has carpets, dining couches, and a dining table” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 22 13 m507 grammar-connect-logic-result δὲ 1 And Luke uses this word to introduce the results of what the previous sentences described. Because Jesus told Peter and John to do this, they did it. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
LUK 22 13 g9ty figs-explicit ἀπελθόντες 1 they went The implication is that these two disciples went into the city of Jerusalem, as Jesus had told them to do. Alternate translation: “Peter and John went into the city of Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 22 13 m508 figs-metonymy τὸ Πάσχα 1 the Passover Luke is using the name of this part of the festival, **Passover**, to refer figuratively to the meal that people shared on that occasion. Alternate translation: “the Passover meal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 22 14 j1dn figs-idiom ὅτε ἐγένετο ἡ ὥρα 1 when the hour came Luke is using the term **hour** figuratively to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “when it was time for the meal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 22 14 lnc6 translate-unknown ἀνέπεσεν 1 he reclined to eat See how you translated this in [5:29](../05/29.md). It was the custom in this culture for dinner guests to eat while lying comfortably around the table on banqueting couches. Alternate translation: “Jesus took his place at the table” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
LUK 22 15 hue3 figs-explicitinfo ἐπιθυμίᾳ ἐπεθύμησα 1 With desire I have desired Jesus is using a characteristic Hebrew construction, a cognate noun with a verb, to express intensity. If your language has this same construction, you can use it here. But if this construction would seem to express unnecessary extra information in your language, you could show the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “I have wanted very much” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]])
|
||||
LUK 22 15 hue3 figs-explicitinfo ἐπιθυμίᾳ ἐπεθύμησα 1 With desire I have desired Jesus is using a characteristic Hebrew construction, a cognate noun with a verb, to express intensity. If your language has this same construction, you could use it here. But if this construction would seem to express unnecessary extra information in your language, you could show the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “I have wanted very much” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]])
|
||||
LUK 22 15 m509 figs-metonymy τοῦτο τὸ Πάσχα 1 this Passover Jesus is using the name of this part of the festival, **Passover**, to refer figuratively to the meal that people shared on that occasion. Alternate translation: “this Passover meal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 22 15 s1sj figs-metonymy πρὸ τοῦ με παθεῖν 1 before I suffer Jesus is referring figuratively to his death by association with the way that he will **suffer** much pain and shame as he is dying. Alternate translation: “before I experience a painful death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 22 16 m510 translate-versebridge γὰρ 1 For Jesus is giving the reason why he has been so eager to share this Passover meal with his disciples, as he said in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could put this reason before the result by creating a verse bridge. You could combine [22:15](../22/15.md) and [22:16](../22/16.md), putting all of [22:16](../22/16.md) first, followed by all of [22:15](../22/15.md). This would require saying “this Passover meal” in [22:16](../22/16.md) and **it** in [22:15](../22/15.md). You could have no introductory word for [22:16](../22/16.md) and begin [22:15](../22/15.md) with “And so.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -3880,10 +3880,10 @@ LUK 22 25 m522 figs-explicit οἱ βασιλεῖς τῶν ἐθνῶν 1 the
|
|||
LUK 22 25 zjf5 κυριεύουσιν αὐτῶν 1 lord it over them Alternate translation: “order them around” or “are arrogant and domineering”
|
||||
LUK 22 25 tw4y figs-irony εὐεργέται, καλοῦνται 1 are called Benefactors The subjects of these rulers did not call them this spontaneously and gratefully. Rather, the rulers gave themselves this title, even though they were not really ruling in a way that was good for their subjects, as Jesus says in the first part of this sentence. Jesus is mentioning the title to emphasize how undeserved it is. Alternate translation: “nevertheless give themselves the title of Benefactor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||||
LUK 22 25 m523 figs-activepassive καλοῦνται 1 are called If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who is doing the action. Alternate translation: “call themselves” or “give themselves the title” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 22 25 m524 translate-names εὐεργέται 1 Benefactors This is a title that several rulers of this time had given themselves. Your language may have an equivalent title. If not, you can express the meaning with an equivalent expression, as UST does. Alternate translation: “the Good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 22 25 m524 translate-names εὐεργέται 1 Benefactors This is a title that several rulers of this time had given themselves. Your language may have an equivalent title. If not, you could express the meaning with an equivalent expression, as UST does. Alternate translation: “the Good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 22 26 ne9r ὑμεῖς δὲ οὐχ οὕτως 1 But you be not thus Alternate translation: “But you should not act like that”
|
||||
LUK 22 26 m525 ὁ μείζων ἐν ὑμῖν, γενέσθω ὡς ὁ νεώτερος 1 let the greater among you become like the younger As the last note to [22:24](../22/24.md) discusses, your language might naturally use the superlative form of these adjectives rather than the comparative form. Alternate translation: “let the greatest one among you become like the youngest one”
|
||||
LUK 22 26 m526 figs-nominaladj ὁ μείζων…ὁ νεώτερος 1 the greater … the younger Jesus is using the adjectives **greater** and **younger** as nouns to describe types of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate these with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “the greatest one … the youngest one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 22 26 m526 figs-nominaladj ὁ μείζων…ὁ νεώτερος 1 the greater … the younger Jesus is using the adjectives **greater** and **younger** as nouns to describe types of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “the greatest one … the youngest one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 22 26 cdq7 figs-metonymy ὁ νεώτερος 1 the younger This culture respected older people and followed them as leaders. Jesus is referring figuratively to a person who was less important and influential by association with the fact that this would be the case if they were younger. Alternate translation: “the least important one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 22 26 y4n1 ὁ διακονῶν 1 the one who serves Alternate translation: “a servant”
|
||||
LUK 22 27 mw2l grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 For Jesus uses this word to introduce a reason why his disciples should do what he told them in the previous verse. The reason is that he is already setting a personal example of this himself. Alternate translation: “After all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -3937,7 +3937,7 @@ LUK 22 37 g4l7 figs-activepassive τοῦτο τὸ γεγραμμένον 1 thi
|
|||
LUK 22 37 m548 figs-explicit τοῦτο τὸ γεγραμμένον 1 this that is written Jesus may be assuming that his disciples know the source and subject of this passage. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could identify it more specifically. Alternate translation: “what Isaiah wrote about the Messiah in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 22 37 u9jx figs-activepassive δεῖ τελεσθῆναι 1 must be accomplished in me If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. The meaning of **accomplished** is the same as for the word “fulfilled” in [1:1](../01/01.md), [1:20](../01/20.md), and many other places in the book, even though the Greek verb is different. Alternate translation: “must happen to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 22 37 m549 figs-quotesinquotes τό καὶ μετὰ ἀνόμων ἐλογίσθη 1 And he was reckoned with the lawless If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. It may be more natural in your language to use a singular form here. Alternate translation: “that people would consider me to be a criminal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 22 37 jz9d figs-nominaladj μετὰ ἀνόμων ἐλογίσθη 1 he was reckoned with the lawless Jesus is using the adjective **lawless** as a noun in order to indicate a type of person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “he was considered a criminal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 22 37 jz9d figs-nominaladj μετὰ ἀνόμων ἐλογίσθη 1 he was reckoned with the lawless Jesus is using the adjective **lawless** as a noun in order to indicate a type of person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “he was considered a criminal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 22 37 jf1f figs-activepassive μετὰ ἀνόμων ἐλογίσθη 1 he was reckoned with the lawless If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “people considered him to be a criminal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 22 37 se1d figs-explicit καὶ γὰρ τὸ περὶ ἐμοῦ τέλος ἔχει 1 For indeed the thing concerning me has an accomplishment Here Jesus is speaking implicitly about what the Scriptures say about him. Alternate translation: “Yes, what the Scriptures say about me must certainly happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 22 38 kbt8 figs-explicit ἱκανόν ἐστιν 1 It is enough This could mean: (1) Jesus is indicating that when he told his disciples to buy swords, he meant for their own defense, not to attack their enemies, and that they have enough swords for that purpose. Alternate translation: “That will be enough for us to defend ourselves” (2) Jesus wants them to stop talking about having swords. The implication would be that when he said they should buy swords, he was mainly warning them that they were going to face dangers, and he did not really want them to buy swords and fight. Alternate translation: “That is enough talk about swords, I do not really want you to buy them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -3965,11 +3965,11 @@ LUK 22 46 in7g figs-rquestion τί καθεύδετε? 1 Why are you sleeping? J
|
|||
LUK 22 46 nl7w figs-abstractnouns ἵνα μὴ εἰσέλθητε εἰς πειρασμόν 1 so that you may not enter into temptation If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **temptation**, you could express the idea behind it with a verb such as “tempt.” See how you translated the similar phrase in [22:40](../22/40.md). Alternate translation: “so that nothing tempts you to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
LUK 22 46 m563 figs-explicit ἵνα μὴ εἰσέλθητε εἰς πειρασμόν 1 so that you may not enter into temptation As in [22:40](../22/40.md), the implications are that the disciples will soon face the **temptation** to abandon Jesus in order to save themselves. If you indicated that explicitly in your translation there, you could state something similar here. Alternate translation: “so that when the Jewish leaders arrest me and you are tempted to abandon me to save yourselves, you will not sin by doing that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 22 47 m564 figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 behold Luke uses the term **behold** to calls the reader’s attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 22 47 kt25 writing-participants ὄχλος 1 a crowd Luke is introducing new characters into the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you can use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “there was a crowd that arrived” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
LUK 22 47 kt25 writing-participants ὄχλος 1 a crowd Luke is introducing new characters into the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you could use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “there was a crowd that arrived” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
LUK 22 47 m565 figs-activepassive ὁ λεγόμενος Ἰούδας 1 the one called Judas If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the man whose name was Judas” or “the man that people called Judas” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 22 47 m56x translate-names Ἰούδας 1 Judas **Judas** is the name of a man. See how you translated it in [22:3](../22/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 22 47 m567 figs-nominaladj εἷς τῶν δώδεκα 1 one of the Twelve See how you translated this in [8:1](../08/01.md). You may have decided to translate the nominal adjective **Twelve** with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “who was one of the 12 men Jesus had appointed to be apostles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 22 47 m568 translate-names τῶν δώδεκα 1 the Twelve You may have decided instead in [8:1](../08/01.md) to translate **Twelve** as a title, even if your language does not ordinarily use adjectives as nouns. If so, you can do the same thing here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 22 47 m568 translate-names τῶν δώδεκα 1 the Twelve You may have decided instead in [8:1](../08/01.md) to translate **Twelve** as a title, even if your language does not ordinarily use adjectives as nouns. If so, you could do the same thing here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 22 47 mva7 figs-explicit προήρχετο αὐτούς 1 was leading them Judas was showing the people where Jesus was. He was not the person in charge of the whole group. Alternate translation: “leading them to where Jesus was” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 22 47 c2l7 translate-symaction φιλῆσαι αὐτόν 1 to kiss him In this culture, when men greeted other men who were family or friends, they would kiss them on one cheek or on both cheeks. If your readers would find it embarrassing if you said that one man would kiss another man, you could explain the purpose of the gesture, or you could translate the expression in a more general way. Alternate translation: “to greet him by kissing him on the cheek” or “to give him a friendly greeting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
LUK 22 48 e2n9 figs-rquestion φιλήματι τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδως? 1 are you betraying the Son of Man with a kiss? Jesus is using the question form to rebuke Judas. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You should not be using a kiss to betray the Son of Man!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -4111,11 +4111,11 @@ LUK 23 16 m606 figs-synecdoche παιδεύσας…αὐτὸν 1 having punish
|
|||
LUK 23 17 m607 translate-textvariants Ἀνάγκην δὲ εἶχεν ἀπολύειν αὐτοῖς κατὰ ἑορτὴν ἕνα 1 And he had obligation to release one to them at every feast See the discussion of textual issues at the end of the General Notes to this chapter to decide whether to include this verse in your translation. The notes below discuss translation issues in the verse, for those who decide to include it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
|
||||
LUK 23 17 m608 grammar-connect-time-background δὲ 1 And This verse uses this word to introduce background information that will help readers understand what is happening. In the previous verse, Pilate was saying that Jesus would be the prisoner he was obligated to release. But in the next verse, the crowd shouts for him to release a different man instead. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
|
||||
LUK 23 17 m609 writing-pronouns Ἀνάγκην…εἶχεν 1 he had obligation The pronoun **he** refers to Pilate. Alternate translation: “Pilate was obligated” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
LUK 23 17 m610 figs-nominaladj ἕνα 1 one This verse is using the adjective **one** as a noun. In context, the term clearly means **one** prisoner. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can supply the noun for clarity, as ULT does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 23 17 m610 figs-nominaladj ἕνα 1 one This verse is using the adjective **one** as a noun. In context, the term clearly means **one** prisoner. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could supply the noun for clarity, as ULT does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 23 17 m611 figs-synecdoche κατὰ ἑορτὴν 1 at every feast This verse uses the general term **feast** to mean one feast in particular, Passover. Alternate translation: “during each Passover celebration” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
LUK 23 18 v7pf writing-pronouns ἀνέκραγον…πανπληθεὶ 1 they cried out all together The pronoun **they** refers to the people in the crowd. Alternate translation: “the people in the crowd shouted together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
LUK 23 18 ib9q figs-imperative αἶρε τοῦτον 1 Take away this one This is an imperative, but since the crowd cannot command Pilate to do this, you can translate it as an expression of what they want. Alternate translation: “We want you to execute this man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
|
||||
LUK 23 18 m612 figs-imperative ἀπόλυσον δὲ ἡμῖν τὸν Βαραββᾶν 1 but release to us Barabbas This is another imperative, and since the crowd cannot command Pilate to do this either, you can also translate it as an expression of what they want. Alternate translation: “and we want you to set Barabbas free instead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
|
||||
LUK 23 18 ib9q figs-imperative αἶρε τοῦτον 1 Take away this one This is an imperative, but since the crowd cannot command Pilate to do this, you could translate it as an expression of what they want. Alternate translation: “We want you to execute this man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
|
||||
LUK 23 18 m612 figs-imperative ἀπόλυσον δὲ ἡμῖν τὸν Βαραββᾶν 1 but release to us Barabbas This is another imperative, and since the crowd cannot command Pilate to do this either, you could also translate it as an expression of what they want. Alternate translation: “and we want you to set Barabbas free instead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
|
||||
LUK 23 18 i6pj figs-exclusive ἀπόλυσον…ἡμῖν 1 release to us When the people in the crowd say **us**, they are referring to themselves only, not to Pilate and his soldiers as well. So if your language distinguishes between exclusive and inclusive **us,** you would use the exclusive form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
LUK 23 18 m613 translate-names Βαραββᾶν 1 Barabbas **Barabbas** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 23 19 vd6b writing-background ὅστις ἦν διὰ στάσιν τινὰ γενομένην ἐν τῇ πόλει καὶ φόνον, βληθεὶς ἐν τῇ φυλακῇ 1 He had been put in prison for a certain rebellion that happened in the city, and for murder Luke provides this background information to explain to his readers who Barabbas was. Alternate translation: “Now Barabbas was a man whom the Romans had put in prison because he had led a rebellion in Jerusalem and he had killed people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -4124,8 +4124,8 @@ LUK 23 19 zl1f figs-explicit διὰ στάσιν τινὰ γενομένην
|
|||
LUK 23 20 vbp4 writing-pronouns πάλιν…προσεφώνησεν αὐτοῖς 1 again addressed them The pronoun **them** refers to the religious leaders who had accused Jesus and the crowd that was shouting for him to be executed. Alternate translation: “spoke again to the religious leaders and to the people in the crowd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
LUK 23 20 t1i2 grammar-connect-logic-result θέλων ἀπολῦσαι τὸν Ἰησοῦν 1 desiring to release Jesus If your readers would misunderstand this, you could put this phrase before the previous one, as UST does, since it gives the reason why Pilate spoke to the leaders and the crowd again. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
LUK 23 21 m614 translate-unknown σταύρου, σταύρου αὐτόν 1 Crucify, crucify him As a note to [14:27](../14/27.md) explains, the Romans executed some criminals by nailing them to a wooden beam with crossbar and setting the beam upright so that the criminals would slowly suffocate. That was what it meant to **crucify** someone. Alternate translation: “Nail him to a cross! Execute him!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
LUK 23 21 m615 figs-imperative σταύρου, σταύρου αὐτόν 1 Crucify, crucify him This is an imperative, but since the crowd cannot command Pilate to do this, you can translate it as an expression of what they want. Alternate translation: “We want you to nail him to a cross to execute him!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
|
||||
LUK 23 22 iz5v translate-ordinal ὁ…τρίτον εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς 1 he spoke to them a third time If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “Pilate spoke to the crowd again, for time number three” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
LUK 23 21 m615 figs-imperative σταύρου, σταύρου αὐτόν 1 Crucify, crucify him This is an imperative, but since the crowd cannot command Pilate to do this, you could translate it as an expression of what they want. Alternate translation: “We want you to nail him to a cross to execute him!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
|
||||
LUK 23 22 iz5v translate-ordinal ὁ…τρίτον εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς 1 he spoke to them a third time If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “Pilate spoke to the crowd again, for time number three” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
LUK 23 22 ck75 figs-rquestion τί γὰρ κακὸν ἐποίησεν οὗτος? 1 For what evil has this one done? Pilate does not expect the crowd to tell him what Jesus has done wrong. Rather, he is using the question form to emphasize to the crowd that Jesus is innocent. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “There is no reason to execute this man, because he has not done anything wrong!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 23 22 de5a οὐδὲν αἴτιον θανάτου εὗρον ἐν αὐτῷ 1 No cause for death have I found in him Alternate translation: “I have not found any grounds to convict him of a crime for which he should be executed”
|
||||
LUK 23 22 mij1 figs-explicit παιδεύσας οὖν αὐτὸν, ἀπολύσω 1 Therefore, having punished him, I will release him See the note to this same sentence in [23:16](../23/16.md). Pilate should have released Jesus without punishment, because he was innocent. It seems that Pilate decided to punish Jesus anyway to try to satisfy the Jewish leaders. However, since Luke does not provide this explanation in his book, you probably should not add it to your translation. But you could make explicit that Pilate is saying he is not going to execute Jesus. Alternate translation: “So I will not execute him, but whip him, and then let him go” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -4174,7 +4174,7 @@ LUK 23 31 m630 figs-idiom ἐν τῷ ὑγρῷ ξύλῳ 1 in the moist tree T
|
|||
LUK 23 31 m631 figs-metonymy ξύλῳ 1 tree Jesus is using the term **tree** figuratively to refer to wood that comes from a **tree**. Alternate translation: “wood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 23 31 m632 translate-unknown ξύλῳ 1 tree A **tree** is a large plant with a hard exterior that people use for fuel and as building material. If your readers would not know what a **tree** is, or if people do not use wood from a **tree** as fuel in your area, you could use the name of something else that they use for fuel, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “burning material” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
LUK 23 31 zt5s figs-idiom ἐν τῷ ξηρῷ 1 in the dry This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “when the wood is dry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 23 31 m633 figs-nominaladj ἐν τῷ ξηρῷ 1 in the dry Jesus is using the adjective **dry** as a noun. In context, the term means **dry** wood. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can supply the noun for clarity. Alternate translation: “with dry wood” or “when the wood is dry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 23 31 m633 figs-nominaladj ἐν τῷ ξηρῷ 1 in the dry Jesus is using the adjective **dry** as a noun. In context, the term means **dry** wood. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could supply the noun for clarity. Alternate translation: “with dry wood” or “when the wood is dry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 23 32 m634 writing-background δὲ 1 And Luke uses this word to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
LUK 23 32 w8yj figs-activepassive ἤγοντο…καὶ ἕτεροι κακοῦργοι δύο σὺν αὐτῷ 1 others, two criminals, were also being led away with him If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who was doing the action. Alternate translation: “with him the soldiers were also leading away two other men, who were criminals,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 23 32 m635 figs-verbs ἤγοντο…καὶ ἕτεροι κακοῦργοι δύο 1 others, two criminals, were also being led away If your language does use passive verb forms, and if it also uses a dual form, this verb should be in the dual form if it is passive, since the two criminals would be the subject. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -4186,7 +4186,7 @@ LUK 23 33 m638 figs-activepassive τὸν καλούμενον 1 that is called
|
|||
LUK 23 33 m639 translate-names Κρανίον 1 The Skull **The Skull** is the name of a place. Even though it consists of an article and a common noun, translate it following the conventions of your language for names. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 23 33 i3vx writing-pronouns ἐσταύρωσαν αὐτὸν 1 they crucified him In this case the pronoun **they** refers to the Roman soldiers. Alternate translation: “the Roman soldiers crucified Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
LUK 23 33 m640 translate-unknown ἐσταύρωσαν αὐτὸν 1 they crucified him See how you translated the term “crucify” in [23:21](../23/21.md). Alternate translation: “the Roman soldiers nailed Jesus to a cross to execute him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
LUK 23 33 bjr2 figs-nominaladj ὃν μὲν ἐκ δεξιῶν, ὃν δὲ ἐξ ἀριστερῶν 1 one at the right and one at the left Luke is using the adjectives **right** and **left** as nouns to indicate locations. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can supply a noun such as “side” for clarity. Alternate translation: “they crucified one criminal at Jesus’ right side and the other criminal at Jesus’ left side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 23 33 bjr2 figs-nominaladj ὃν μὲν ἐκ δεξιῶν, ὃν δὲ ἐξ ἀριστερῶν 1 one at the right and one at the left Luke is using the adjectives **right** and **left** as nouns to indicate locations. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could supply a noun such as “side” for clarity. Alternate translation: “they crucified one criminal at Jesus’ right side and the other criminal at Jesus’ left side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 23 34 m641 translate-textvariants 0 But Jesus said, “Father, forgive them, for they do not know what they are doing” See the discussion of textual issues at the end of the General Notes to this chapter to decide whether to include this sentence in your translation. The next four notes below discuss translation issues in the sentence, for those who decide to include it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
|
||||
LUK 23 34 m642 grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 But Luke uses this word to introduce a contrast between what the Roman soldiers were doing to Jesus and the way in which Jesus responded. It would appropriate to indicate a strong contrast here. Alternate translation: “Nevertheless” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||||
LUK 23 34 m643 grammar-connect-logic-result 0 Father, forgive them, for they do not know what they are doing If your readers would misunderstand this, you could reverse the order of the phrases in Jesus’ prayer, since the first phrase gives the reason for the result that Jesus is requesting in the second phrase. Alternate translation: “Father, they do not know what they are doing, so please forgive them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -4200,7 +4200,7 @@ LUK 23 35 t7mb figs-irony ἄλλους ἔσωσεν 1 He saved others Here the
|
|||
LUK 23 35 m647 figs-explicit ἄλλους ἔσωσεν 1 He saved others In context, the Jewish leaders are implicitly referring to how Jesus **saved** others by doing miracles on their behalf. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “He supposedly saved other people by doing miracles for them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 23 35 m648 figs-hypo ἄλλους ἔσωσεν, σωσάτω ἑαυτόν, εἰ οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ Χριστὸς, τοῦ Θεοῦ, ὁ ἐκλεκτός 1 He saved others, let him save himself, if he is the Christ of God, the Chosen One The Jewish leaders are mockingly suggesting a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “Suppose he really is the Messiah whom God has sent. Then he ought to be able to save himself; after all, he supposedly saved others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
LUK 23 35 m3f6 figs-explicit σωσάτω ἑαυτόν 1 let him save himself The implication is that Jesus ought to be able to save himself from dying on the cross, if he is the Messiah and can do miracles. Alternate translation: “let him do a miracle to save himself from dying on the cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 23 35 a963 figs-nominaladj ὁ ἐκλεκτός 1 the Chosen One The leaders are using the adjective **Chosen** as a noun. ULT adds the term **One** to show this. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate the term with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the One whom God has chosen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 23 35 a963 figs-nominaladj ὁ ἐκλεκτός 1 the Chosen One The leaders are using the adjective **Chosen** as a noun. ULT adds the term **One** to show this. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate the term with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the One whom God has chosen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 23 35 m649 translate-names ὁ ἐκλεκτός 1 the Chosen One This is a title, not a description, so translate it following the conventions in your language for titles, for example, by capitalizing the main words. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 23 36 b3jz figs-explicit ἐνέπαιξαν δὲ αὐτῷ καὶ οἱ στρατιῶται, προσερχόμενοι ὄξος προσφέροντες αὐτῷ 1 Then the soldiers also mocked him, coming up and offering him vinegar Luke does not say specifically in what way the soliders **mocked** Jesus by offering him **vinegar**, that is, the sour wine that was their common drink. This could mean: (1) since Luke records in the next verse that the soldiers spoke of Jesus being the “king of the Jews,” the common drink may have been intended to show that they did not really believe he was a king, since a king would have drunk fine wine. Alternate translation: “Then the soldiers also mocked him by coming and offering him cheap sour wine, which was not what a real king would drink” (2) the soldiers may have **mocked** Jesus just by **offering** him something to drink, but then not giving it to him, even though he would have been very thirsty. Alternate translation: “Then the soldiers also mocked him by coming and offering him some of their sour wine but then not giving him any to drink” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 23 37 x5wr figs-hypo εἰ σὺ εἶ ὁ Βασιλεὺς τῶν Ἰουδαίων, σῶσον σεαυτόν 1 If you are the King of the Jews, save yourself The soldiers are mockingly suggesting a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “Suppose you really are the King of the Jews. Then save yourself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -4213,7 +4213,7 @@ LUK 23 39 tmy7 figs-rquestion οὐχὶ σὺ εἶ ὁ Χριστός? 1 Are y
|
|||
LUK 23 39 g6uk figs-irony σῶσον σεαυτὸν καὶ ἡμᾶς 1 Save yourself and us The criminal did not really think that Jesus could rescue himself and the two criminals from dying by crucifixion. Instead, he is telling Jesus to do this in order to suggest that Jesus actually cannot do it. So he is saying the opposite of what he actually believes. Alternate translation: “But it looks like you can’t save yourself or us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||||
LUK 23 39 m652 figs-exclusive ἡμᾶς 1 us Since this criminal is using the term **us** to mean himself and the other criminal, but not Jesus, the term **us** would be exclusive here, if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
LUK 23 40 lb4e figs-hendiadys ἀποκριθεὶς δὲ ὁ ἕτερος ἐπιτιμῶν αὐτῷ ἔφη 1 But answering, the other, rebuking him, said Together the two words **answering** and **said** mean that the second criminal rebuked the first one in response to what he said to Jesus. You could combine these words into a single expression. Alternate translation: “But the other criminal responded, rebuking him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
LUK 23 40 m653 figs-nominaladj ὁ ἕτερος 1 the other Luke is using the adjective **other** as a noun in order to indicate a particular person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can supply the noun “criminal” for clarity. Alternate translation: “the other criminal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 23 40 m653 figs-nominaladj ὁ ἕτερος 1 the other Luke is using the adjective **other** as a noun in order to indicate a particular person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could supply the noun “criminal” for clarity. Alternate translation: “the other criminal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 23 40 nk1r figs-rquestion οὐδὲ φοβῇ σὺ τὸν Θεόν, ὅτι ἐν τῷ αὐτῷ κρίματι εἶ? 1 Do you not even fear God, since you are under the same judgment? The second criminal does not expect the first criminal to tell him whether he fears God. Rather, the second criminal is using the question form to rebuke the first criminal. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You ought to fear God, since you are dying on a cross just as he is!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 23 40 m654 figs-explicit οὐδὲ φοβῇ σὺ τὸν Θεόν, ὅτι ἐν τῷ αὐτῷ κρίματι εἶ? 1 Do you not even fear God, since you are under the same judgment? If it would be helpful to your readers, you could bring out the implications of this statement more explicitly. Alternate translation: “You ought to fear God and show more respect for this godly man, since you are dying on a cross just as he is, and you will soon have to face God and answer for your actions!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 23 40 m655 figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ αὐτῷ κρίματι εἶ 1 you are under the same judgment The second criminal is using the word **judgment** figuratively to mean the punishment to which the first criminal was sentenced when the Romans pronounced **judgment** on him. Alternate translation: “you are being executed on a cross just as he is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -4221,7 +4221,7 @@ LUK 23 41 qyp6 figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς…ἐπράξαμεν…ἀπολαμ
|
|||
LUK 23 41 m656 figs-verbs ἡμεῖς…ἐπράξαμεν…ἀπολαμβάνομεν 1 we … we are receiving … we did Since the term **we** refers to two people here, it would be in the dual form if your language uses that form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs]])
|
||||
LUK 23 41 i4gm figs-ellipsis ἡμεῖς…δικαίως 1 we justly The second criminal is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “we are receiving this punishment justly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
LUK 23 41 m657 figs-nominaladj ἄξια…ὧν ἐπράξαμεν 1 worthy of what we did The second criminal is using the adjective **worthy** as a noun. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “a just punishment for what we did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 23 41 nu35 figs-nominaladj οὗτος 1 this one The second criminal is using the adjective **this** as a noun in order to indicate a particular person, Jesus. ULT supplies the noun **one** to show this. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “this man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 23 41 nu35 figs-nominaladj οὗτος 1 this one The second criminal is using the adjective **this** as a noun in order to indicate a particular person, Jesus. ULT supplies the noun **one** to show this. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “this man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 23 42 mht9 writing-pronouns καὶ ἔλεγεν 1 And he said The pronoun **he** refers to the second criminal, who continues speaking, now to Jesus. Alternate translation: “The second criminal then said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
LUK 23 42 j9d9 figs-idiom μνήσθητί μου 1 remember me As in [1:72](../01/72.md), the word **remember** here figuratively describes Jesus thinking about this second criminal and considering what action he can take on his behalf. It does not suggest that Jesus would forget about him. Alternate translation: “do what you could to help me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 23 42 m658 figs-imperative μνήσθητί μου 1 remember me This is an imperative, but it should be translated as a polite request rather than as a command. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “please do what you can to help me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -4232,11 +4232,11 @@ LUK 23 43 m659 σήμερον μετ’ ἐμοῦ ἔσῃ ἐν τῷ Παρ
|
|||
LUK 23 43 f1fl τῷ Παραδείσῳ 1 in paradise See the discussion in the General Notes to this chapter of the term **paradise**. Alternate translation: “in the place where people whom God has accepted go when they die”
|
||||
LUK 23 44 m660 writing-background καὶ ἦν ἤδη 1 And it was already Luke uses this phrase to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. He explains that it was about noon so that readers will appreciate how extraordinary it was that the entire sky became dark. Alternate translation: “Now by this time it was” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
LUK 23 44 x7fl ὡσεὶ ὥρα ἕκτη 1 about the sixth hour In this culture, people began counting the hours each day beginning around daybreak at six o’clock in the morning. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this in the way the people of your culture reckon time. Alternate translation: “about noon”
|
||||
LUK 23 44 m661 translate-ordinal ὡσεὶ ὥρα ἕκτη 1 about the sixth hour If you decide to translate this in the way that the biblical culture reckoned time, but your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “around hour six” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
LUK 23 44 m661 translate-ordinal ὡσεὶ ὥρα ἕκτη 1 about the sixth hour If you decide to translate this in the way that the biblical culture reckoned time, but your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “around hour six” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
LUK 23 44 q4t3 σκότος ἐγένετο ἐφ’ ὅλην τὴν γῆν 1 darkness was over the whole land The term translated as **land** could refer to: (1) a particular area. Alternate translation, as in UST: “it became dark throughout that whole area” (2) the earth. Alternate translation: “darkness covered the entire earth”
|
||||
LUK 23 44 m662 figs-metonymy σκότος ἐγένετο ἐφ’ ὅλην τὴν γῆν 1 darkness was over the whole land This could also be a figurative reference to the sky, since it is **over** the **land**. Alternate translation: “the entire sky became dark” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 23 44 e8zn ἕως ὥρας ἐνάτης 1 until the ninth hour This phrase also expresses the way people in this culture began counting the hours each day beginning around daybreak at six o’clock in the morning. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this in the way the people of your culture reckon time. Alternate translation: “until three o’clock in the afternoon”
|
||||
LUK 23 44 m663 translate-ordinal ἕως ὥρας ἐνάτης 1 until the ninth hour If you decide to translate this in the way that the biblical culture reckoned time, but your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “until hour nine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
LUK 23 44 m663 translate-ordinal ἕως ὥρας ἐνάτης 1 until the ninth hour If you decide to translate this in the way that the biblical culture reckoned time, but your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “until hour nine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
LUK 23 45 hjt3 figs-personification τοῦ ἡλίου ἐκλειπόντος 1 The sun failed This means figuratively that **the sun**, as if it were an active agent, **failed** to give its light. Luke is speaking from an observational perspective. The sun was still shining above the darkness, but its light could not be seen through the darkness. Alternate translation: “It was too dark even to see the light of the sun” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
LUK 23 45 m664 translate-symaction ἐσχίσθη δὲ τὸ καταπέτασμα τοῦ ναοῦ μέσον 1 the curtain of the temple was torn in the middle See the General Notes to this chapter for an explanation of the symbolic significance of this action. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
LUK 23 45 ssh2 figs-explicit τὸ καταπέτασμα τοῦ ναοῦ 1 the curtain of the temple Luke assumes that his readers will know that he is referring to the curtain that separated the Most Holy Place from the rest of the temple. Alternate translation: “the curtain in front of the Most Holy Place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -4254,12 +4254,12 @@ LUK 23 47 c2ti ὁ ἄνθρωπος οὗτος δίκαιος ἦν 1 this ma
|
|||
LUK 23 48 gt8y figs-explicit συνπαραγενόμενοι…ἐπὶ τὴν θεωρίαν ταύτην 1 that had come together for this spectacle The term **spectacle** describes something that people would look at. It refers here to the crucifixion of Jesus and the two criminals. Alternate translation: “who had gathered to watch the crucifixions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 23 48 whs7 figs-explicit ὑπέστρεφον 1 returned The implication is that the people in the crowds **returned** to their homes. Alternate translation: “returned to their homes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 23 48 ft9q translate-symaction τύπτοντες τὰ στήθη 1 beating their breasts As in [18:13](../18/13.md), this was a physical expression of great sorrow. Alternate translation: “hitting their chests to express their great sorrow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
LUK 23 49 m669 figs-nominaladj πάντες οἱ γνωστοὶ αὐτῷ 1 all the ones acquainted with him Luke is using the adjective **acquainted** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. ULT adds the term **ones** to show this. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “all the people who knew Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 23 49 m669 figs-nominaladj πάντες οἱ γνωστοὶ αὐτῷ 1 all the ones acquainted with him Luke is using the adjective **acquainted** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. ULT adds the term **ones** to show this. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “all the people who knew Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 23 49 m670 figs-explicit πάντες οἱ γνωστοὶ αὐτῷ 1 all the ones acquainted with him These means implicitly all the people in the crowd that had come to watch the crucifixion who knew Jesus. It does not mean the disciples, since they had fled and were hiding. Rather, it means other people in Jerusalem who knew Jesus personally, which could include people such as the ones who lent him the colt in [19:30-33](../19/30.md) and the one who provided the room for the Passover meal in [22:11-13](../22/11.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “all the people in the crowd who knew Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 23 49 xzh8 figs-explicit γυναῖκες αἱ συνακολουθοῦσαι αὐτῷ ἀπὸ τῆς Γαλιλαίας 1 the women who followed him from Galilee Here, **followed** does not have the figurative meaning of “became a disciple.” Rather, the implication is that the women whom Luke describes in [8:2-3](../08/02.md), who accompanied Jesus and his disciples and provided for them out of their own means, had traveled with the group here to Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “the women who helped Jesus and his disciples, who had traveled with him from Galilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 23 49 s74u ταῦτα 1 these things Alternate translation: “what happened”
|
||||
LUK 23 50 cbj7 figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 behold Luke uses the term **behold** to call the reader’s attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 23 50 ud7p writing-participants ἀνὴρ ὀνόματι Ἰωσὴφ, βουλευτὴς ὑπάρχων, ἀνὴρ ἀγαθὸς καὶ δίκαιος 1 a man named Joseph was a council member, a good and righteous man Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new character into the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you can use it here in your translation. It may be helpful to make this more than one sentence. Alternate translation: “there was a man named Joseph who was a member of the Sanhedrin. He was a good and righteous man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
LUK 23 50 ud7p writing-participants ἀνὴρ ὀνόματι Ἰωσὴφ, βουλευτὴς ὑπάρχων, ἀνὴρ ἀγαθὸς καὶ δίκαιος 1 a man named Joseph was a council member, a good and righteous man Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new character into the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you could use it here in your translation. It may be helpful to make this more than one sentence. Alternate translation: “there was a man named Joseph who was a member of the Sanhedrin. He was a good and righteous man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
LUK 23 50 m671 translate-names Ἰωσὴφ 1 Joseph **Joseph** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 23 50 wx2z figs-explicit βουλευτὴς 1 a council member The term **council** refers implicitly to the Sanhedrin, the Jewish ruling council whose name Luke provides in [22:66](../22/66.md). You could use that name here. If so, see how you translated it there. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 23 50 m672 figs-doublet ἀνὴρ ἀγαθὸς καὶ δίκαιος 1 a good and righteous man The terms **good** and **righteous** mean similar things. Luke may be using repetition for emphasis. Alternate translation: “a very upright man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -4290,7 +4290,7 @@ LUK 23 56 uzk9 ἡσύχασαν 1 they rested Alternate translation: “the wo
|
|||
LUK 23 56 tk6s κατὰ τὴν ἐντολήν 1 according to the commandment Alternate translation: “as Moses had commanded in the law”
|
||||
LUK 24 intro r5qx 0 # Luke 24 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. The women go to Jesus’ tomb and find it empty (24:1-12)<br>2. Two disciples meet Jesus on a journey to Emmaus (24:13-35)<br>3. Jesus, risen from the dead, appears to his disciples (24:36-53)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The loyalty of the women<br><br>Many of Luke’s original readers would have thought that women were less important than men. But Luke carefully demonstrates that some women who loved Jesus very much showed him greater loyalty than the twelve disciples did. While the disciples ran away and hid, the women lovingly cared for Jesus’ body, and as a result, they were the first to learn that he had risen from the dead.<br><br>### Resurrection<br><br>Luke wants his readers to understand that Jesus came alive again in a physical body ([Luke 24:38-43](../24/38.md)).<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “the third day”<br><br>This expression occurs three times in this chapter, in [24:7](../24/07.md), [24:21](../24/21.md), and [24:46](../24/46.md). See the explanation of this expression in the note to Luke [18:33](../18/33.md). In the idiom of this culture, today was the “first day,” tomorrow was the “second day,” and the day after tomorrow was the “third day.” By that way of reckoning time, since Jesus died on a Friday, when he rose from the dead on a Sunday, that was the “third day.”<br><br>### Two men in bright shining robes<br><br>Matthew, Mark, Luke, and John all write about angels in white clothing speaking with the women at Jesus’ tomb. Matthew and John call them angels, while Mark and Luke call them men, but that is only because the angels appeared in human form. Luke and John write about both angels, while Matthew and Mark write about only one of them. It would be best to translate each of these passages as it appears in ULT without trying to make the passages all say exactly the same thing. (See: [Matthew 28:1-2](../mat/28/01.md) and [Mark 16:5](../mrk/16/05.md) and [Luke 24:4](../luk/24/04.md) and [John 20:12](../jhn/20/12.md))
|
||||
LUK 24 1 m682 figs-explicit τῇ…μιᾷ τῶν σαββάτων 1 on the first of the week This implicitly means the **first** day of the week. Alternate translation: “on the first day of the week” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 24 1 r62f translate-ordinal τῇ…μιᾷ τῶν σαββάτων 1 on the first of the week Here Luke is actually using a cardinal number, “one,” to mean **first**. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can also use a cardinal number here in your translation. Alternate translation: “on day one of the week” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
LUK 24 1 r62f translate-ordinal τῇ…μιᾷ τῶν σαββάτων 1 on the first of the week Here Luke is actually using a cardinal number, “one,” to mean **first**. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could also use a cardinal number here in your translation. Alternate translation: “on day one of the week” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
LUK 24 1 m683 figs-idiom ὄρθρου βαθέως 1 deeply at dawn This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “at the first light of dawn” or “as dawn was just beginning to break” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 24 1 qg7a writing-pronouns ἐπὶ τὸ μνῆμα ἦλθαν 1 they came to the tomb The pronoun **they** refers to the women whom Luke describes in [23:55-56](../23/55.md). Alternate translation: “these women returned to the tomb” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
LUK 24 2 jq9p εὗρον…τὸν λίθον ἀποκεκυλισμένον 1 they found the stone rolled away Alternate translation: “they saw that the stone had been rolled away”
|
||||
|
|
@ -4305,7 +4305,7 @@ LUK 24 5 c11i writing-pronouns ἐμφόβων…γενομένων αὐτῶν
|
|||
LUK 24 5 n5xf translate-symaction κλινουσῶν τὰ πρόσωπα εἰς τὴν γῆν 1 bowed their faces toward the ground Looking down at **the ground** was a gesture of respect towards these men. Alternate translation: “respectfully lowered their gaze” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
LUK 24 5 abcw figs-verbs εἶπαν πρὸς αὐτάς 1 they said to them If your language uses dual forms for verbs, use that form here, since two men are speaking. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs]])
|
||||
LUK 24 5 fs3y figs-rquestion τί ζητεῖτε τὸν ζῶντα μετὰ τῶν νεκρῶν? 1 Why are you seeking the living among the dead? The men do not expect the women to tell them why they are looking for a living person in a tomb. Rather, the men are using the question form to make an announcement. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate their words as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You should not be looking for Jesus here, because he is no longer dead, he is alive again!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 24 5 m687 figs-nominaladj τὸν ζῶντα μετὰ τῶν νεκρῶν 1 the living among the dead The men are using the adjectives **living** and **dead** as nouns to refer to groups of people. (The term **living** is actually a participle that functions here as an adjective.) Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate these with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “someone who is alive among the bodies of people who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 24 5 m687 figs-nominaladj τὸν ζῶντα μετὰ τῶν νεκρῶν 1 the living among the dead The men are using the adjectives **living** and **dead** as nouns to refer to groups of people. (The term **living** is actually a participle that functions here as an adjective.) Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “someone who is alive among the bodies of people who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 24 6 m688 figs-idiom ἠγέρθη 1 has been raised The term **raised** is an idiom that means “brought back to life.” Alternate translation: “has been brought back to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 24 6 awf1 figs-activepassive ἠγέρθη 1 has been raised If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who has done the action. Alternate translation: “God has made him alive again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 24 6 s8k5 μνήσθητε ὡς ἐλάλησεν ὑμῖν 1 Remember how he spoke to you Alternate translation: “Remember that he said to you”
|
||||
|
|
@ -4318,11 +4318,11 @@ LUK 24 7 m692 figs-explicit τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 the S
|
|||
LUK 24 7 e4ca figs-metaphor εἰς χεῖρας ἀνθρώπων ἁμαρτωλῶν 1 into the hands of sinful men As in [9:44](../09/44.md), **hands** here figuratively represent power and control. Alternate translation: “and give sinful men power over him” or, if you are translating as a direct quotation in the first person, “and give sinful men power over me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 24 7 m693 figs-activepassive καὶ σταυρωθῆναι 1 and to be crucified If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who would do the action. Alternate translation: “and for those sinful men to crucify him” or, if you are translating as a direct quotation in the first person, “and for those sinful men to crucify me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 24 7 m694 figs-explicit καὶ τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ ἀναστῆναι 1 and on the third day to rise up See how you translated this in [9:22](../09/22.md). Alternate translation: “and after spending the next full day in the grave, to come back to life on the day after that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 24 7 dta4 translate-ordinal τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ 1 on the third day If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “on day three” or, depending on how your culture reckons time, “on day two” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
LUK 24 7 dta4 translate-ordinal τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ 1 on the third day If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “on day three” or, depending on how your culture reckons time, “on day two” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
LUK 24 7 m695 figs-metonymy ἀναστῆναι 1 to rise up Jesus spoke figuratively of coming back to life in this way, since it involved coming **up** out of the grave. Alternate translation: “to come back to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 24 8 rew5 figs-metonymy ἐμνήσθησαν τῶν ῥημάτων αὐτοῦ 1 they remembered his words Luke is using the term **words** figuratively to describe the statement that Jesus made using words. Alternate translation: “the women remembered what Jesus had said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 24 9 iz68 figs-nominaladj τοῖς ἕνδεκα 1 the Eleven This expression is equivalent to “the Twelve,” which occurs in [8:1](../08/01.md) and several other places in the book. See how you translated it there. Luke now says **the Eleven** because Judas Iscariot was no longer part of the group. You may have decided to translate the nominal adjective “Twelve” with an equivalent phrase. If so, you could do the same thing here. Alternate translation: “the 11 men who remained of those whom Jesus had appointed to be apostles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 24 9 m696 translate-names τοῖς ἕνδεκα 1 the Eleven Alternatively, you may have decided in [8:1](../08/01.md) to translate “the Twelve” as a title, even if your language does not ordinarily use adjectives as nouns. If so, you can do the same thing with **the Eleven** here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 24 9 m696 translate-names τοῖς ἕνδεκα 1 the Eleven Alternatively, you may have decided in [8:1](../08/01.md) to translate “the Twelve” as a title, even if your language does not ordinarily use adjectives as nouns. If so, you could do the same thing with **the Eleven** here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 24 9 fnh6 figs-explicit καὶ πᾶσιν τοῖς λοιποῖς 1 and to all the rest Implicitly this means all the other disciples of Jesus who were together with the 11 apostles at that time. Alternate translation: “and to all the rest of the disciples who were with them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 24 10 h1ml writing-background δὲ 1 And Luke uses this phrase to introduce some background information, specifically, the names of some of the women who came from the tomb and told the apostles what had happened there. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
LUK 24 10 m697 translate-names Μαγδαληνὴ Μαρία 1 Mary Magdalene **Mary** is the name of a woman, and **Magdalene** is a distinguishing term that most likely means that she came from the town of Magdala. See how you translated this in [8:2](../08/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -4339,7 +4339,7 @@ LUK 24 12 m704 βλέπει 1 he sees To call attention to a development in the
|
|||
LUK 24 12 n1tg figs-explicit τὰ ὀθόνια μόνα 1 only the linen cloths The phrase **the linen cloths** refers to the cloths that Joseph of Arimathea used to wrap Jesus’ body when he was buried, as described in [23:53](../23/53.md). The implication is that the body of Jesus was no longer in the tomb. Alternate translation: “the linen cloths in which Jesus’ body had been wrapped, but the body was not there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 24 12 d6i2 translate-unknown τὰ ὀθόνια 1 The term **linen cloths** refers to a high quality clothe made from the fibers of the flax plant. If you do not have **linen** in your region and/or your readers would be unfamiliar with this term, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “the fine cloths” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
LUK 24 12 m705 ἀπῆλθεν πρὸς ἑαυτὸν, θαυμάζων τὸ γεγονός 1 he went away, wondering to himself what had happened This phrase can be understood in two different ways, depending on how the words in it are grouped together. Different versions of the Bible interpret this differently. If there is already a version of the Bible in your area, see how it translates this. You may wish to translate it in the same way. Otherwise, we recommend that you follow the reading of ULT. (1) If the grouping is “he went away, to himself wondering,” then the meaning is as in ULT and UST. (2) If the grouping is “he went away to himself, wondering,” then the meaning is that Peter went back to his own home. Alternate translation: “he went away to his home, wondering what had happened”
|
||||
LUK 24 13 emc5 writing-newevent ἰδοὺ 1 behold Luke uses the word **behold** to introduce a new event in the story. If your language has a similar expression that it uses for this same purpose, you can use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
LUK 24 13 emc5 writing-newevent ἰδοὺ 1 behold Luke uses the word **behold** to introduce a new event in the story. If your language has a similar expression that it uses for this same purpose, you could use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
LUK 24 13 m706 writing-background δύο ἐξ αὐτῶν ἐν αὐτῇ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ, ἦσαν πορευόμενοι εἰς κώμην ἀπέχουσαν 1 on that same day, two of them were going to a distant village Luke provides this background information to help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “there were two disciples who were going to a distant village on that same day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
LUK 24 13 e8gx writing-pronouns δύο ἐξ αὐτῶν 1 two of them The word **them** refers to Jesus’ disciples, but not specifically to the apostles, since at the end of this episode, these two men return to Jerusalem and report to the apostles. Alternate translation: “two of Jesus’ disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
LUK 24 13 s5n1 figs-explicit ἐν αὐτῇ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ 1 on that same day Alternate translation: “on the same day when the women found that the tomb was empty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -4376,16 +4376,16 @@ LUK 24 21 ljb1 figs-metaphor ὁ μέλλων λυτροῦσθαι τὸν Ἰ
|
|||
LUK 24 21 m726 figs-personification τὸν Ἰσραήλ 1 Israel The men are speaking of all the Israelites as if they were a single person, their ancestor, **Israel**. Alternate translation: “the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
LUK 24 21 d52i figs-idiom ἀλλά γε καὶ σὺν πᾶσιν τούτοις 1 But indeed also with all these things The men are speaking in an idiomatic way for emphasis. Alternate translation: “And besides all this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 24 21 sg3g figs-explicit τρίτην ταύτην ἡμέραν ἄγει, ἀφ’ οὗ ταῦτα ἐγένετο 1 he is spending this third day since these things happened By saying **he is spending this third day**, the men are referring to Jesus as if he were alive. However, they are actually saying how long he has been dead. They are going to tell how the women reported that his grave was empty, and they find it unbelievable that anyone who had been dead that long would have gotten up out of the grave. See how you translated the expression **the third day** in 9:22, and express this in the way that your culture reckons time. Alternate translation: “the Romans put him to death on the day before yesterday” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 24 21 xqc3 translate-ordinal τρίτην ταύτην ἡμέραν ἄγει, ἀφ’ οὗ ταῦτα ἐγένετο 1 he is spending this third day since these things happened If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “this is day three since these things happened to him” or, depending on how your culture reckons time, “this is day two since these things happened to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
LUK 24 21 xqc3 translate-ordinal τρίτην ταύτην ἡμέραν ἄγει, ἀφ’ οὗ ταῦτα ἐγένετο 1 he is spending this third day since these things happened If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “this is day three since these things happened to him” or, depending on how your culture reckons time, “this is day two since these things happened to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
LUK 24 22 a3j9 γυναῖκές τινες ἐξ ἡμῶν 1 some women among us Alternate translation: “some women in our group”
|
||||
LUK 24 22 m727 figs-exclusive ἡμῶν…ἡμᾶς 1 us … us The men are speaking of themselves and their fellow disciples, but not of Jesus, so **us** would be exclusive in both instances here, if your language marks that form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
LUK 24 22 du1v γενόμεναι ὀρθριναὶ ἐπὶ τὸ μνημεῖον 1 having been at the tomb early The men are using this expression to refer to the **women**, not to themselves. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here and continue it into the next verse. Alternate translation: “They went to his tomb early this morning”
|
||||
LUK 24 23 m728 καὶ μὴ εὑροῦσαι τὸ σῶμα αὐτοῦ, ἦλθαν 1 and not finding his body, they came If you began a new sentence at the end of the previous verse, you can continue it here. Alternate translation: “but they did not find his body, so they came to us”
|
||||
LUK 24 23 m728 καὶ μὴ εὑροῦσαι τὸ σῶμα αὐτοῦ, ἦλθαν 1 and not finding his body, they came If you began a new sentence at the end of the previous verse, you could continue it here. Alternate translation: “but they did not find his body, so they came to us”
|
||||
LUK 24 24 m729 τινες τῶν σὺν ἡμῖν 1 some of those with us Alternate translation: “some of the men in our group”
|
||||
LUK 24 24 m730 figs-exclusive ἡμῖν 1 us The men are speaking of themselves and their fellow disciples, but not of Jesus, so **us** would be exclusive here, if your language marks that form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
LUK 24 24 m731 figs-explicit εὗρον οὕτως, καθὼς καὶ αἱ γυναῖκες εἶπον 1 they found it thus, just as the women had indeed said If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate the implications of this statement explicitly. Alternate translation: “they found that the body of Jesus was not in the tomb, just as the women had said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 24 24 fkw9 writing-pronouns αὐτὸν δὲ οὐκ εἶδον 1 they did not see him The pronoun **him** refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “they did not see Jesus himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
LUK 24 25 m732 figs-nominaladj ἀνόητοι 1 foolish ones Jesus is using the adjective **foolish** as a noun. ULT adds the term **ones** to show this. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate the term with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “you foolish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 24 25 m732 figs-nominaladj ἀνόητοι 1 foolish ones Jesus is using the adjective **foolish** as a noun. ULT adds the term **ones** to show this. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate the term with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “you foolish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 24 25 m733 figs-youdual ἀνόητοι 1 foolish ones Jesus is speaking to two men, so the word “you” would be in the dual form if your language marks that form, if you choose to use that word in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
|
||||
LUK 24 25 vg3z figs-metaphor καὶ βραδεῖς τῇ καρδίᾳ, τοῦ πιστεύειν 1 and slow in heart to believe The term **heart** figuratively represents the mind. Alternate translation: “who have such difficulty believing with your minds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 24 25 m734 figs-metonymy καὶ βραδεῖς τῇ καρδίᾳ, τοῦ πιστεύειν 1 and slow in heart to believe The word **slow** figuratively represents difficulty, since someone who has difficulty doing something will do it slowly. Alternate translation: “who have such difficulty believing with your minds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -4474,9 +4474,9 @@ LUK 24 45 m779 αὐτῶν τὸν νοῦν 1 their mind If it would be unusu
|
|||
LUK 24 46 cwr5 figs-activepassive οὕτως γέγραπται 1 Thus it has been written If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “This is what the Scriptures say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 24 46 m780 figs-synecdoche παθεῖν τὸν Χριστὸν 1 the Christ would suffer Jesus uses the word **suffer** to represent all of the things that the Scriptures said the Messiah would experience, including also betrayal and death. Alternate translation: “Someone would betray the Messiah, and he would suffer and die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
LUK 24 46 e75f figs-metonymy ἀναστῆναι 1 rise up Jesus speaks figuratively in this way of coming back to life, since it involves coming **up** out of the grave. Alternate translation: “come back to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 24 46 m781 figs-nominaladj ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 from the dead Jesus is using the adjective **dead** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “from among the people who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 24 46 m781 figs-nominaladj ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 from the dead Jesus is using the adjective **dead** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “from among the people who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 24 46 m782 figs-explicit τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ 1 on the third day See how you translated this in [9:22](../09/22.md). Express this in the way that your language and culture reckon time. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 24 46 r2zy translate-ordinal τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ 1 on the third day If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “on day three” or, depending on how your culture reckons time, “on day two” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
LUK 24 46 r2zy translate-ordinal τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ 1 on the third day If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “on day three” or, depending on how your culture reckons time, “on day two” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
LUK 24 47 m783 figs-abstractnouns κηρυχθῆναι ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματι αὐτοῦ μετάνοιαν εἰς ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν εἰς πάντα τὰ ἔθνη, ἀρξάμενοι ἀπὸ Ἰερουσαλήμ 1 repentance for forgiveness of sins would be proclaimed in his name to all the nations, beginning from Jerusalem If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the idea behind the abstract nouns **repentance** and **forgiveness** with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “it would be proclaimed in his name to all the nations, beginning from Jerusalem, that God will forgive those who stop sinning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
LUK 24 47 w5j5 figs-activepassive κηρυχθῆναι ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματι αὐτοῦ μετάνοιαν εἰς ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν εἰς πάντα τὰ ἔθνη, ἀρξάμενοι ἀπὸ Ἰερουσαλήμ 1 repentance for forgiveness of sins would be proclaimed in his name to all the nations, beginning from Jerusalem If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who would do the action. Alternate translation: “people would go and preach in his name to all the nations, beginning from Jerusalem, that God will forgive those who stop sinning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 24 47 lty6 figs-metonymy ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματι αὐτοῦ 1 in his name Here the **name** of the Messiah figuratively represents his authority. Alternate translation: “on his authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
Can't render this file because it is too large.
|
File diff suppressed because one or more lines are too long
156
en_tn_48-2CO.tsv
156
en_tn_48-2CO.tsv
|
|
@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CO 1 1 f59u Τιμόθεος ὁ ἀδελφὸς 1 Timothy our brother The word **our** indicates that both Paul and the Corinthians knew **Timothy** and considered him to be their spiritual **brother**.
|
||||
2CO 1 1 mhg5 translate-names Ἀχαΐᾳ 1 Achaia **Achaia** is the name of a Roman province in the southern part of modern-day Greece. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2CO 1 2 f6k1 χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη 1 May grace be to you and peace This is a common greeting that Paul uses in his letters.
|
||||
2CO 1 3 px2q figs-activepassive εὐλογητὸς ὁ Θεὸς καὶ Πατὴρ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 May the God and Father of our Lord Jesus Christ be praised If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “May we always praise the God and Father of our Lord Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 1 3 px2q figs-activepassive εὐλογητὸς ὁ Θεὸς καὶ Πατὴρ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 May the God and Father of our Lord Jesus Christ be praised If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “May we always praise the God and Father of our Lord Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 1 3 k7dl ὁ Θεὸς καὶ Πατὴρ 1 the God and Father Alternate translation: “God, who is the Father”
|
||||
2CO 1 3 pg4a figs-parallelism ὁ Πατὴρ τῶν οἰκτιρμῶν καὶ Θεὸς πάσης παρακλήσεως 1 the Father of mercies and the God of all comfort These two phrases express the same idea in two different ways. Both phrases refer to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
2CO 1 3 blv4 ὁ Πατὴρ τῶν οἰκτιρμῶν καὶ Θεὸς πάσης παρακλήσεως 1 the Father of mercies and the God of all comfort This could mean: (1) the words **mercies** and **all comfort** describe the character of **Father** and **God**. (2) the words **Father** and **God** refer to one who is the source of **mercies** and **all comfort**.
|
||||
|
|
@ -15,19 +15,19 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CO 1 5 i254 τὰ παθήματα τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 the sufferings of Christ This could refer to: (1) the **sufferings** that Paul and Timothy experience because they preach the message about Christ. (2) the **sufferings** that Christ experienced on their behalf.
|
||||
2CO 1 5 tg9w figs-metaphor περισσεύει…ἡ παράκλησις ἡμῶν 2 our comfort abounds Paul speaks of **comfort** as if it were an object that could increase in size. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 1 6 y9bi figs-exclusive εἴτε δὲ θλιβόμεθα 1 But if we are afflicted Here the word **we** refers to Paul and Timothy, but not to the Corinthians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
2CO 1 6 ylw2 figs-activepassive εἴτε δὲ θλιβόμεθα 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “But if people afflict us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 1 6 wyj4 figs-activepassive εἴτε παρακαλούμεθα 1 if we are comforted If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “if God comforts us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 1 6 ylw2 figs-activepassive εἴτε δὲ θλιβόμεθα 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “But if people afflict us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 1 6 wyj4 figs-activepassive εἴτε παρακαλούμεθα 1 if we are comforted If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “if God comforts us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 1 6 cfq7 τῆς ὑμῶν παρακλήσεως, τῆς ἐνεργουμένης 1 your comfort that results Alternate translation: “you experience effective comfort”
|
||||
2CO 1 8 jqn8 figs-doublenegatives οὐ…θέλομεν ὑμᾶς ἀγνοεῖν 1 we do not want you to be uninformed If your readers would misunderstand the double-negative **not … uninformed**, you could express it in positive form. Alternate translation: “we want you to know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
2CO 1 8 pr8a figs-metaphor ὅτι καθ’ ὑπερβολὴν ὑπὲρ δύναμιν ἐβαρήθημεν 1 We were so completely crushed beyond our strength Paul and Timothy refer to their emotions of despair being like a heavy weight they have to carry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 1 8 gu5b figs-activepassive ὑπερβολὴν…ἐβαρήθημεν 1 We were so completely crushed The word **burdened** refers to the feeling of despair. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “We were in complete despair” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 1 8 gu5b figs-activepassive ὑπερβολὴν…ἐβαρήθημεν 1 We were so completely crushed The word **burdened** refers to the feeling of despair. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “We were in complete despair” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 1 9 lks3 figs-metaphor αὐτοὶ ἐν ἑαυτοῖς τὸ ἀπόκριμα τοῦ θανάτου ἐσχήκαμεν 1 we had the sentence of death on us Paul and Timothy are comparing their feeling of despair to that of someone condemned to die. Alternate translation: “we were in despair like someone who is condemned to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 1 9 i7up figs-ellipsis ἀλλ’ ἐπὶ τῷ Θεῷ 1 but in God The words “be putting our trust” are left out of this phrase. Alternate translation: “but instead, be putting our trust in God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
2CO 1 9 bu2y figs-idiom τῷ ἐγείροντι τοὺς νεκρούς 1 who raises the dead Here to raise is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. Alternate translation: “who causes the dead to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
2CO 1 10 x4kh figs-metaphor θανάτου 1 a deadly peril Paul compares his feeling of despair as a result of the troubles that they experienced to a **deadly peril** or terrible danger. Alternate translation: “despair” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 1 10 mwn9 καὶ ἔτι ῥύσεται 1 he will continue to deliver us Alternate translation: “he also will continue to rescue us”
|
||||
2CO 1 11 q17d συνυπουργούντων καὶ ὑμῶν ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν τῇ δεήσει 1 as you also join together … on our behalf Alternate translation: “God will rescue us from danger as you, the people of the church of Corinth, also help us by praying with us”
|
||||
2CO 1 11 k1fl figs-activepassive τὸ εἰς ἡμᾶς χάρισμα 1 the gracious favor given to us If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the gracious favor which God has given to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 1 11 k1fl figs-activepassive τὸ εἰς ἡμᾶς χάρισμα 1 the gracious favor given to us If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the gracious favor which God has given to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 1 12 kqv3 figs-exclusive ἡμῶν…ἡμῶν…ἀνεστράφημεν 1 General Information: In these verses Paul uses the words **our**, **we**, and **ourselves** to refer to himself and Timothy and possibly others who served with them. These words do not include the people he was writing to. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
2CO 1 12 r9p8 ἡ γὰρ καύχησις ἡμῶν αὕτη ἐστίν 1 For our proud confidence is this The word **boasting** here is used in the positive sense of feeling great satisfaction and joy in something.
|
||||
2CO 1 12 c7mu figs-personification τὸ μαρτύριον τῆς συνειδήσεως ἡμῶν 1 the testimony of our conscience Paul speaks of not being guilty as if his **conscience** were a person that could testify. Alternate translation: “we know by our conscience” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -59,17 +59,17 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CO 2 1 wh9c 0 Connecting Statement: Because of his great love for them, Paul makes it clear that his rebuke in his first letter to them (the rebuke of their acceptance of the sin of immorality) caused him pain as well as pain to the church people in Corinth and the immoral man.
|
||||
2CO 2 1 ij73 ἐν λύπῃ 1 in sorrow Alternate translation: “in circumstances that would cause you pain”
|
||||
2CO 2 2 nb6x figs-rquestion εἰ γὰρ ἐγὼ λυπῶ ὑμᾶς, καὶ τίς ὁ εὐφραίνων με, εἰ μὴ ὁ λυπούμενος ἐξ ἐμοῦ? 1 If I caused you pain, who could cheer me up but the very one who was hurt by me? Paul uses this rhetorical question to emphasize that neither he nor they would benefit if his coming to them would cause them pain. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “If I caused you pain, the only ones who could cheer me up would be the very ones whom I had hurt.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2CO 2 2 x2vr figs-activepassive ὁ λυπούμενος ἐξ ἐμοῦ 1 the very one who was hurt by me If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the very one whom I had hurt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 2 2 x2vr figs-activepassive ὁ λυπούμενος ἐξ ἐμοῦ 1 the very one who was hurt by me If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the very one whom I had hurt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 2 3 kxu2 figs-explicit ἔγραψα τοῦτο αὐτὸ 1 I wrote this same thing Paul is referring to another letter that he had written to the Corinthian Christians, but which no longer exists. Alternate translation: “I wrote as I did in my previous letter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2CO 2 3 v87i figs-activepassive μὴ…λύπην σχῶ ἀφ’ ὧν ἔδει με χαίρειν 1 I might not be hurt by those who should have made me rejoice Paul is speaking about the behavior of certain Corinthian believers who caused him emotional pain. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “those who should have made me rejoice might not hurt me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 2 3 v87i figs-activepassive μὴ…λύπην σχῶ ἀφ’ ὧν ἔδει με χαίρειν 1 I might not be hurt by those who should have made me rejoice Paul is speaking about the behavior of certain Corinthian believers who caused him emotional pain. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “those who should have made me rejoice might not hurt me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 2 3 i5r6 ἡ ἐμὴ χαρὰ πάντων ὑμῶν ἐστιν 1 my joy is the same joy you all have Alternate translation: “what gives me joy is what gives you joy, too”
|
||||
2CO 2 4 uch7 ἐκ γὰρ πολλῆς θλίψεως 1 from great affliction Here the word **affliction** refers to emotional pain.
|
||||
2CO 2 4 vs7m figs-metonymy συνοχῆς καρδίας 1 with anguish of heart Here the word **heart** refers to the location of the emotions. Alternate translation: “with extreme sorrow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CO 2 4 d5vf διὰ πολλῶν δακρύων 1 with many tears Alternate translation: “with much crying”
|
||||
2CO 2 6 iy4r figs-activepassive ἱκανὸν τῷ τοιούτῳ ἡ ἐπιτιμία αὕτη, ἡ ὑπὸ τῶν πλειόνων 1 This punishment of that person by the majority is enough If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The punishment that the majority gave that person is sufficient” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 2 6 iy4r figs-activepassive ἱκανὸν τῷ τοιούτῳ ἡ ἐπιτιμία αὕτη, ἡ ὑπὸ τῶν πλειόνων 1 This punishment of that person by the majority is enough If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The punishment that the majority gave that person is sufficient” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 2 6 wr3k figs-abstractnouns ἱκανὸν τῷ τοιούτῳ ἡ ἐπιτιμία αὕτη, ἡ ὑπὸ τῶν πλειόνων 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word ** punishment**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “The way that the majority has punished that person is enough” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2CO 2 6 a7c4 ἱκανὸν 1 is enough Alternate translation: “is sufficient”
|
||||
2CO 2 7 vpx1 figs-activepassive μή πως τῇ περισσοτέρᾳ λύπῃ, καταποθῇ ὁ τοιοῦτος 1 he is not overwhelmed by too much sorrow This means to have a strong emotional response of too much sorrow. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “We do not want too much sorrow to overwhelm him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 2 7 vpx1 figs-activepassive μή πως τῇ περισσοτέρᾳ λύπῃ, καταποθῇ ὁ τοιοῦτος 1 he is not overwhelmed by too much sorrow This means to have a strong emotional response of too much sorrow. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “We do not want too much sorrow to overwhelm him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 2 8 r916 0 Connecting Statement: Paul encourages the church in Corinth to show love and to forgive the person they have punished. He writes that he, also, has forgiven him.
|
||||
2CO 2 8 yi2z κυρῶσαι εἰς αὐτὸν ἀγάπην 1 publicly affirm your love for him This means that they are to confirm their **love** for this man in the presence of all of the believers.
|
||||
2CO 2 9 xw5t figs-explicit εἰς πάντα ὑπήκοοί ἐστε 1 you are obedient in everything This could mean: (1) the Corinthians **are obedient** to God **in everything**. (2) the Corinthians **are obedient** **in everything** that Paul has taught them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CO 2 11 m46t figs-doublenegatives οὐ γὰρ αὐτοῦ τὰ νοήματα ἀγνοοῦμεν 1 For we are not ignorant of his plans If your readers would misunderstand the double-negative **not ignorant**, you could express it in positive form. Alternate translation: “For we know his plans well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
2CO 2 12 l6vd 0 Connecting Statement: Paul encourages the believers in Corinth by telling them of the opportunities he has had to preach the gospel in Troas and Macedonia.
|
||||
2CO 2 12 a1ti figs-metaphor εἰς τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τοῦ Χριστοῦ, καὶ θύρας μοι ἀνεῳγμένης ἐν Κυρίῳ 1 a door for the gospel of Christ was opened to me in the Lord Paul speaks of his opportunity to preach the **gospel** as if it were a **door** through which he was allowed to walk. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 2 12 n9cr figs-activepassive εἰς τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τοῦ Χριστοῦ, καὶ θύρας μοι ἀνεῳγμένης ἐν Κυρίῳ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The Lord indeed opened a door to me to preach the gospel of Christ” or “The Lord gave me the opportunity to preach the gospel of Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 2 12 n9cr figs-activepassive εἰς τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τοῦ Χριστοῦ, καὶ θύρας μοι ἀνεῳγμένης ἐν Κυρίῳ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The Lord indeed opened a door to me to preach the gospel of Christ” or “The Lord gave me the opportunity to preach the gospel of Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 2 13 rjy9 οὐκ ἔσχηκα ἄνεσιν τῷ πνεύματί μου 1 I had no relief in my spirit Alternate translation: “My mind was troubled” or “I was worried”
|
||||
2CO 2 13 xd5h Τίτον τὸν ἀδελφόν μου 1 my brother Titus Paul speaks of **Titus** as his spiritual **brother**.
|
||||
2CO 2 13 wq6j ἀλλὰ ἀποταξάμενος αὐτοῖς 1 So I left them Alternate translation: “So I left the people of Troas”
|
||||
|
|
@ -86,10 +86,10 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CO 2 14 eq21 φανεροῦντι…ἐν παντὶ τόπῳ 1 he spreads … everywhere Alternate translation: “he spreads … everywhere we go”
|
||||
2CO 2 15 x6nn figs-metaphor Χριστοῦ εὐωδία ἐσμὲν τῷ Θεῷ 1 we are to God the sweet aroma of Christ Paul speaks of his ministry as if it were the pleasing smell of a burnt offering that someone offers to **God**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 2 15 b1k1 Χριστοῦ εὐωδία ἐσμὲν τῷ Θεῷ 1 the sweet aroma of Christ This could refer to: (1) the sweet aroma which is the knowledge of **Christ**. (2) the sweet aroma that **Christ** offers.
|
||||
2CO 2 15 itc8 figs-activepassive τοῖς σῳζομένοις 1 those who are saved If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “those whom God is saving” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 2 15 itc8 figs-activepassive τοῖς σῳζομένοις 1 those who are saved If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “those whom God is saving” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 2 16 dwk6 figs-metaphor ὀσμὴ 1 an aroma This refers back to [2 Corinthians 2:14](../02/14.md), where Paul speaks of the knowledge of Christ as if it were incense that has a pleasing smell. Alternate translation: “the knowledge of Christ is an aroma” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 2 16 ud2u figs-doublet ὀσμὴ ἐκ θανάτου εἰς θάνατον 1 an aroma from death to death This could mean: (1) the word **death** is repeated for emphasis and the phrase means “an aroma that causes death.” (2) this refers to an **aroma** of **death** that causes people to die. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
2CO 2 16 v2n3 figs-activepassive οἷς 1 to the other If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “to the ones whom God is saving” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 2 16 v2n3 figs-activepassive οἷς 1 to the other If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “to the ones whom God is saving” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 2 16 cdr3 figs-doublet ὀσμὴ ἐκ ζωῆς εἰς ζωήν 1 a fragrance from life to life This could mean: (1) the word **life** is repeated for emphasis and the phrase means “an aroma that gives life.” (2) this refers to an **aroma** of life that gives people **life**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
2CO 2 16 be6x figs-rquestion πρὸς ταῦτα τίς ἱκανός? 1 who is worthy of these things? Paul uses this question to emphasize that no one is worthy to do the ministry that God has called them to do. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “No one is worthy of these things!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2CO 2 17 a5sa figs-metonymy καπηλεύοντες τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 who sell the word of God Here, **word** is a metonym for “message.” Alternate translation: “who sell God’s message to make money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -102,15 +102,15 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CO 3 1 ad1u συστατικῶν ἐπιστολῶν 1 letters of recommendation This refers to **letters** that people write to introduce and give their approval of someone else.
|
||||
2CO 3 2 ty59 figs-metaphor ἡ ἐπιστολὴ ἡμῶν ὑμεῖς ἐστε 1 You yourselves are our letter of recommendation Paul speaks of the Corinthians as if they are a **letter** of recommendation. That they have become believers serves to validate Paul’s ministry to others. Alternate translation: “You yourselves are like our letter of recommendation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 3 2 v2e7 figs-metonymy ἐνγεγραμμένη ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ἡμῶν 1 written on our hearts Here the word **hearts** refers to their thoughts and emotions. This could mean: (1) Paul and his coworkers are sure about the Corinthians being their letter of recommendation. (2) Paul and his coworkers care very deeply for the Corinthians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CO 3 2 bu1u figs-activepassive ἐνγεγραμμένη ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ἡμῶν 1 written on our hearts If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form with “Christ” as the implied subject, or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “which Christ has written on our hearts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 3 2 dr5k figs-activepassive γινωσκομένη καὶ ἀναγινωσκομένη ὑπὸ πάντων ἀνθρώπων 1 known and read by all people If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that all people can know and read” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 3 2 bu1u figs-activepassive ἐνγεγραμμένη ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ἡμῶν 1 written on our hearts If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form with “Christ” as the implied subject, or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “which Christ has written on our hearts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 3 2 dr5k figs-activepassive γινωσκομένη καὶ ἀναγινωσκομένη ὑπὸ πάντων ἀνθρώπων 1 known and read by all people If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that all people can know and read” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 3 3 s717 figs-explicit ἐστὲ ἐπιστολὴ Χριστοῦ 1 you are a letter from Christ Paul clarifies that Christ is the one who has written the **letter**. Alternate translation: “you are a letter that Christ has written” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2CO 3 3 wrk4 διακονηθεῖσα ὑφ’ ἡμῶν 1 cared for by us Alternate translation: “brought by us”
|
||||
2CO 3 3 q96q ἐνγεγραμμένη οὐ μέλανι, ἀλλὰ Πνεύματι Θεοῦ ζῶντος, οὐκ ἐν πλαξὶν λιθίναις, ἀλλ’ ἐν πλαξὶν καρδίαις σαρκίναις 1 It was written not with ink … on tablets of human hearts Paul clarifies that the Corinthians are like a spiritual letter, not like a letter that humans write with physical objects.
|
||||
2CO 3 3 vyuh figs-ellipsis ἐνγεγραμμένη οὐ μέλανι, ἀλλὰ Πνεύματι Θεοῦ ζῶντος 1 The verb “written” is implied in the second phrase. Alternate translation: “not written with ink, but written with the Spirit of the living God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
2CO 3 3 qt5g figs-activepassive ἐνγεγραμμένη οὐ μέλανι, ἀλλὰ Πνεύματι Θεοῦ ζῶντος 1 It was written not with ink but by the Spirit of the living God If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “not a letter that people wrote with ink but a letter that the Spirit of the living God wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 3 3 qt5g figs-activepassive ἐνγεγραμμένη οὐ μέλανι, ἀλλὰ Πνεύματι Θεοῦ ζῶντος 1 It was written not with ink but by the Spirit of the living God If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “not a letter that people wrote with ink but a letter that the Spirit of the living God wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 3 3 t5ah figs-ellipsis οὐκ ἐν πλαξὶν λιθίναις, ἀλλ’ ἐν πλαξὶν καρδίαις σαρκίναις 1 not on tablets of stone, but on tablets of human hearts The verb “written” is implied from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “not a letter that was written on stone tablets, but a letter that was written on tablets of human hearts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
2CO 3 3 ih89 figs-activepassive οὐκ ἐν πλαξὶν λιθίναις, ἀλλ’ ἐν πλαξὶν καρδίαις σαρκίναις 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “not a letter that people engraved on stone tablets but a letter that the Spirit of the living God wrote on tablets of human hearts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 3 3 ih89 figs-activepassive οὐκ ἐν πλαξὶν λιθίναις, ἀλλ’ ἐν πλαξὶν καρδίαις σαρκίναις 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “not a letter that people engraved on stone tablets but a letter that the Spirit of the living God wrote on tablets of human hearts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 3 3 u959 figs-metaphor πλαξὶν καρδίαις σαρκίναις 1 tablets of human hearts Paul speaks of their **hearts** as if they are flat pieces of stone or clay upon which people engraved letters. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 3 4 z7qx πεποίθησιν δὲ τοιαύτην ἔχομεν 1 such confidence This refers to what Paul has just said. His **confidence** comes from knowing that the Corinthians are the validation of his ministry before God.
|
||||
2CO 3 5 qye9 ἀφ’ ἑαυτῶν ἱκανοί 1 competent in ourselves Alternate translation: “qualified in ourselves” or “sufficient in ourselves”
|
||||
|
|
@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CO 3 7 lyf7 0 Connecting Statement: Paul contrasts the fading glory of the old covenant with the superiority and freedom of the new covenant. He contrasts the veil of Moses with the clarity of present revelation. The time of Moses was a less clear picture of what is now revealed.
|
||||
2CO 3 7 ut6r figs-irony εἰ δὲ ἡ διακονία τοῦ θανάτου…ἐγενήθη ἐν δόξῃ, ὥστε 1 Now if the ministry that produced death … came in such glory Paul emphasizes that although the law leads to **death**, it was still very glorious. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||||
2CO 3 7 du65 figs-explicit ἡ διακονία τοῦ θανάτου 1 the ministry that produced death Here, **the ministry of death** refers to the Old Testament law that God gave through Moses. Alternate translation: “the ministry that causes death because it is based on the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2CO 3 7 j1hp figs-activepassive ἐν γράμμασιν ἐντετυπωμένη λίθοις 1 engraved in letters on stones If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that God carved into stone with letters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 3 7 j1hp figs-activepassive ἐν γράμμασιν ἐντετυπωμένη λίθοις 1 engraved in letters on stones If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that God carved into stone with letters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 3 7 r5p5 ἐν δόξῃ, ὥστε 1 in such glory Alternate translation: “in so much glory that”
|
||||
2CO 3 8 xxn6 figs-rquestion πῶς οὐχὶ μᾶλλον ἡ διακονία τοῦ Πνεύματος ἔσται ἐν δόξῃ? 1 Will the ministry of the Spirit not be with much more glory? Paul uses this question to emphasize that the **ministry of the Spirit** does must be more glorious than “the ministry of death” because it leads to life. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “So the service that the Spirit does must be even more glorious!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2CO 3 8 wq1v figs-explicit ἡ διακονία τοῦ Πνεύματος 1 the ministry of the Spirit Here, **the ministry of the Spirit** refers to the new covenant, of which Paul is a minister. Alternate translation: “the ministry that gives life because it is based on the Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -133,7 +133,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CO 3 9 e5zz figs-metaphor πολλῷ μᾶλλον περισσεύει ἡ διακονία τῆς δικαιοσύνης δόξῃ. 1 the ministry of righteousness abound in glory Paul speaks of **the ministry of righteousness** as if it were an object that could produce or multiply another object. He means that this ministry is far more glorious than the law, which also had **glory**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 3 9 ufq6 figs-explicit ἡ διακονία τῆς δικαιοσύνης 1 the ministry of righteousness Here, **the ministry of righteousness** refers to the new covenant, of which Paul is a minister. Alternate translation: “the ministry that makes people righteous because it is based on the Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2CO 3 10 n4pe καὶ γὰρ οὐ δεδόξασται, τὸ δεδοξασμένον…εἵνεκεν τῆς ὑπερβαλλούσης δόξης 1 that which was once made glorious is no longer glorious … because of the glory that exceeds it The Old Testament law no longer appears **glorious** when compared with the new covenant, which is much more glorious.
|
||||
2CO 3 10 t2dq figs-activepassive τὸ δεδοξασμένον 1 that which was once made glorious If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the law which God once made glorious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 3 10 t2dq figs-activepassive τὸ δεδοξασμένον 1 that which was once made glorious If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the law which God once made glorious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 3 10 d7k5 ἐν τούτῳ τῷ μέρει 1 in this respect Alternate translation: “in this way”
|
||||
2CO 3 11 zwb2 figs-metaphor τὸ καταργούμενον 1 that which was fading away This refers to “the ministry of condemnation,” which Paul speaks of as if it were an object capable of disappearing. Alternate translation: “that which was becoming useless” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 3 12 tnc1 ἔχοντες οὖν τοιαύτην ἐλπίδα 1 Since we have such a hope The word **Therefore** refers to what Paul has just said. His **hope** comes from knowing that the new covenant has an eternal glory.
|
||||
|
|
@ -143,17 +143,17 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CO 3 14 zm7j ἄχρι γὰρ τῆς σήμερον ἡμέρας 1 For until this present day Here, **the present day** refers to the time at which Paul was writing to the Corinthians.
|
||||
2CO 3 14 w68p figs-metaphor τὸ αὐτὸ κάλυμμα ἐπὶ τῇ ἀναγνώσει τῆς παλαιᾶς διαθήκης μένει 1 when they read the old covenant, that same veil remains Just as the Israelites could not see the glory on Moses’ face because he covered his face with a **veil**, there is a spiritual veil that prevents people from understanding when they read the **old covenant**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 3 14 gg2d ἐπὶ τῇ ἀναγνώσει τῆς παλαιᾶς διαθήκης 1 when they read the old covenant Alternate translation: “when they hear someone read the old covenant”
|
||||
2CO 3 14 gl8l figs-activepassive μὴ ἀνακαλυπτόμενον, ὅτι ἐν Χριστῷ καταργεῖται 1 It has not been removed, because only in Christ is it taken away Here, **it** refers to “the same veil.” If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “no one removes the veil, because only in Christ does God remove it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 3 14 gl8l figs-activepassive μὴ ἀνακαλυπτόμενον, ὅτι ἐν Χριστῷ καταργεῖται 1 It has not been removed, because only in Christ is it taken away Here, **it** refers to “the same veil.” If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “no one removes the veil, because only in Christ does God remove it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 3 15 rjh5 ἀλλ’ ἕως σήμερον 1 But even today Here the word **today** refers to the time at which Paul was writing to the Corinthians.
|
||||
2CO 3 15 t3dl figs-metonymy ἡνίκα ἂν ἀναγινώσκηται Μωϋσῆς 1 whenever Moses is read Here the word **Moses** refers to the Old Testament law that Moses wrote down. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CO 3 15 ip29 figs-activepassive ἡνίκα ἂν ἀναγινώσκηται Μωϋσῆς 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whenever someone reads the Mosaic law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 3 15 ip29 figs-activepassive ἡνίκα ἂν ἀναγινώσκηται Μωϋσῆς 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whenever someone reads the Mosaic law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 3 15 gwp9 figs-metonymy κάλυμμα ἐπὶ τὴν καρδίαν αὐτῶν κεῖται 1 a veil lies over their heart Here the word **heart** represents what people think. Alternate translation: “a veil prevents them from understanding” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CO 3 15 bb5u figs-metaphor κάλυμμα ἐπὶ τὴν καρδίαν αὐτῶν κεῖται 1 Here the people being unable to understand the old covenant is spoken of as if they have **a veil** that covers **their heart** the way a physical veil would cover their eyes. Alternate translation: “they are unable to understand what they are hearing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 3 16 k2dr figs-metaphor ἡνίκα…ἐὰν ἐπιστρέψῃ πρὸς Κύριον 1 whenever a person turns to the Lord Here, **turn to** is a metaphor that means to become loyal to someone. Alternate translation: “when a person starts to worship the Lord” or “when a person starts to trust in the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 3 16 w1y2 figs-activepassive περιαιρεῖται τὸ κάλυμμα 1 the veil is taken away God gives them the ability to understand. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God lifts the veil away” or “God gives them the ability to understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 3 16 w1y2 figs-activepassive περιαιρεῖται τὸ κάλυμμα 1 the veil is taken away God gives them the ability to understand. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God lifts the veil away” or “God gives them the ability to understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 3 18 r6rx figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς δὲ πάντες 1 Now we all Here the word **we** refers to all believers, including Paul and the Corinthians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
2CO 3 18 l3xw figs-metaphor ἀνακεκαλυμμένῳ προσώπῳ, τὴν δόξαν Κυρίου κατοπτριζόμενοι 1 with unveiled faces, see as a reflection the glory of the Lord Unlike the Israelites who could not see God’s glory reflected on Moses’ face because he had covered it with a veil, there is nothing to prevent believers from seeing and understanding God’s **glory**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 3 18 rc9x figs-activepassive τὴν αὐτὴν εἰκόνα μεταμορφούμεθα 1 are being transformed into the same image The Spirit is changing believers to be glorious like Jesus. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The Lord is transforming us into his same glorious likeness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 3 18 rc9x figs-activepassive τὴν αὐτὴν εἰκόνα μεταμορφούμεθα 1 are being transformed into the same image The Spirit is changing believers to be glorious like Jesus. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The Lord is transforming us into his same glorious likeness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 3 18 bx5b ἀπὸ δόξης εἰς δόξαν 1 from glory to glory This means that the Spirit is constantly increasing the **glory** of believers. Alternate translation: “from one amount of glory to another amount of glory”
|
||||
2CO 3 18 mw3v καθάπερ ἀπὸ Κυρίου 1 just as from the Lord Alternate translation: “just as this comes from the Lord”
|
||||
2CO 4 intro rx1c 0 # 2 Corinthians 4 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins with the word “therefore.” This connects it to what the previous chapter teaches. How these chapters are divided may be confusing to the reader.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Ministry<br><br>Paul ministers to people by telling them about Christ. He does not try to trick people into believing. If they do not understand the gospel, it is because the problem is ultimately spiritual. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Light and darkness<br><br>The Bible often speaks of unrighteous people, people who do not do what pleases God, as if they were walking around in darkness. It speaks of light as if it were what enables those sinful people to become righteous, to understand what they are doing wrong and begin to obey God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br><br>### Life and death<br><br>Paul does not refer here to physical life and death. Life represents the new life a Christian has in Jesus. Death represents the old way of living before believing in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/life]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/death]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Hope<br><br>Paul uses a repeated pattern in a purposeful way. He makes a statement. Then he denies a seemingly opposite or contradictory statement or gives an exception. Together these give the reader hope in difficult circumstances. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/hope]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -168,7 +168,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CO 4 2 aj24 συνιστάνοντες ἑαυτοὺς πρὸς πᾶσαν συνείδησιν ἀνθρώπων 1 commending ourselves to every person’s conscience This means that they provide enough evidence for each person who hears them to decide whether they are right or wrong.
|
||||
2CO 4 2 f6n1 figs-metaphor ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 before God Here, **before God** refers to God’s presence. God’s understanding and approval of Paul’s truthfulness is referred to as God being able to see them. Alternate translation: “with God as witness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 4 3 mti5 figs-metaphor εἰ δὲ καὶ ἔστιν κεκαλυμμένον τὸ εὐαγγέλιον ἡμῶν, ἐν τοῖς ἀπολλυμένοις ἐστὶν κεκαλυμμένον 1 But if our gospel is veiled, it is veiled only to those who are perishing This refers back to what Paul said starting in [2 Corinthians 3:14](../03/14.md). There Paul explained that there is a spiritual **veil** that prevents people from understanding when they read the old covenant. In the same way, people are not able to understand the **gospel**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 4 3 hz2f figs-activepassive εἰ…ἔστιν κεκαλυμμένον τὸ εὐαγγέλιον ἡμῶν…ἐστὶν κεκαλυμμένον 1 if our gospel is veiled, it is veiled If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “if a veil covers our gospel, that veil covers it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 4 3 hz2f figs-activepassive εἰ…ἔστιν κεκαλυμμένον τὸ εὐαγγέλιον ἡμῶν…ἐστὶν κεκαλυμμένον 1 if our gospel is veiled, it is veiled If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “if a veil covers our gospel, that veil covers it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 4 3 e5yu τὸ εὐαγγέλιον ἡμῶν 1 our gospel Alternate translation: “the gospel that we preach”
|
||||
2CO 4 4 r6pz figs-metaphor ὁ θεὸς τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου ἐτύφλωσεν τὰ νοήματα τῶν ἀπίστων 1 the god of this age has blinded the minds of the unbelieving Paul speaks of the **minds** of unbelievers as if they had eyes, and their inability to understand as their minds being unable to see. Alternate translation: “the god of this world has prevented unbelievers from understanding” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 4 4 tx9h ὁ θεὸς τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου 1 the god of this world This phrase refers to Satan. Alternate translation: “the god who rules this world”
|
||||
|
|
@ -184,50 +184,50 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CO 4 6 p736 figs-metaphor τῆς δόξης τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐν προσώπῳ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 the glory of God in the face of Jesus Christ Just as God’s **glory** shone upon Moses’ face ([2 Corinthians 3:7](../03/07.md)), it also shines upon **the face of Jesus**. This means that when Paul preaches the gospel, people are able to see and understand the message about God’s glory. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 4 7 xe5i figs-exclusive ἔχομεν δὲ 1 But we have Here the word **we** refers to Paul and his coworkers, but not to the Corinthians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
2CO 4 7 xx2c figs-metaphor ἔχομεν…τὸν θησαυρὸν τοῦτον ἐν ὀστρακίνοις σκεύεσιν 1 we have this treasure in jars of clay Paul speaks of the gospel as if it were a** treasure** and their bodies as if they were breakable **jars** made out of **clay**. This emphasizes that they are of little value compared to the worth of the gospel that they preach. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 4 8 ga9z figs-activepassive ἐν παντὶ θλιβόμενοι 1 We are afflicted in every way If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “People afflict us in every way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 4 9 bz8m figs-activepassive διωκόμενοι, ἀλλ’ οὐκ ἐνκαταλειπόμενοι 1 We are persecuted but not forsaken If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people persecute us but God does not forsake us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 4 9 uvq1 figs-activepassive καταβαλλόμενοι, ἀλλ’ οὐκ ἀπολλύμενοι 1 We are struck down but not destroyed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people strike us down but do not destroy us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 4 8 ga9z figs-activepassive ἐν παντὶ θλιβόμενοι 1 We are afflicted in every way If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “People afflict us in every way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 4 9 bz8m figs-activepassive διωκόμενοι, ἀλλ’ οὐκ ἐνκαταλειπόμενοι 1 We are persecuted but not forsaken If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people persecute us but God does not forsake us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 4 9 uvq1 figs-activepassive καταβαλλόμενοι, ἀλλ’ οὐκ ἀπολλύμενοι 1 We are struck down but not destroyed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people strike us down but do not destroy us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 4 10 zt4b figs-metaphor πάντοτε τὴν νέκρωσιν τοῦ Ἰησοῦ ἐν τῷ σώματι περιφέροντες 1 We always carry in our body the death of Jesus Paul speaks of his sufferings as if they are an experience of **the death of Jesus**. Alternate translation: “we are often in danger of dying, as Jesus died” or “we always suffer in such a way that we experience the death of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 4 10 l6f6 καὶ ἡ ζωὴ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ ἐν τῷ σώματι ἡμῶν φανερωθῇ 1 the life of Jesus also may be shown in our bodies This could mean: (1) our bodies will live again, because **Jesus** is alive. (2) the spiritual **life** that **Jesus** gives also may be shown in our bodies.
|
||||
2CO 4 10 w3jc figs-activepassive καὶ ἡ ζωὴ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ ἐν τῷ σώματι ἡμῶν φανερωθῇ 1 the life of Jesus also may be shown in our bodies If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “other people may also see the life of Jesus in our bodies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 4 10 w3jc figs-activepassive καὶ ἡ ζωὴ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ ἐν τῷ σώματι ἡμῶν φανερωθῇ 1 the life of Jesus also may be shown in our bodies If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “other people may also see the life of Jesus in our bodies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 4 11 ht74 figs-metaphor ἀεὶ γὰρ ἡμεῖς, οἱ ζῶντες, εἰς θάνατον παραδιδόμεθα διὰ Ἰησοῦν 1 For we who are alive are always being handed over to death for the sake of Jesus Here, **being handed over to death** represents being in danger of dying because of being loyal to Jesus. Alternate translation: “for those of us who are alive, God is always leading us to face death because we are joined to Jesus” or “for people are always causing us who are alive to be in danger of dying because we are joined to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 4 11 d1wm ἵνα καὶ ἡ ζωὴ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ φανερωθῇ ἐν τῇ θνητῇ σαρκὶ ἡμῶν 1 so that the life of Jesus may be shown in our mortal flesh God wants Jesus’ **life** to **be shown** in us. This could mean: (1) our bodies will live again, because Jesus is alive. (2) the spiritual life that Jesus gives also may be shown in our bodies. See how you translated this phrase in [2 Corinthians 4:10](../04/10.md).
|
||||
2CO 4 11 ww5r figs-activepassive ἵνα καὶ ἡ ζωὴ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ φανερωθῇ ἐν τῇ θνητῇ σαρκὶ ἡμῶν 1 so that the life of Jesus may be shown in our mortal flesh If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. See how you translated this phrase in [2 Corinthians 4:10](../04/10.md). Alternate translation: “so other people may see the life of Jesus in our body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 4 11 ww5r figs-activepassive ἵνα καὶ ἡ ζωὴ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ φανερωθῇ ἐν τῇ θνητῇ σαρκὶ ἡμῶν 1 so that the life of Jesus may be shown in our mortal flesh If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. See how you translated this phrase in [2 Corinthians 4:10](../04/10.md). Alternate translation: “so other people may see the life of Jesus in our body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 4 12 q3il figs-personification ὁ θάνατος ἐν ἡμῖν ἐνεργεῖται, ἡ δὲ ζωὴ ἐν ὑμῖν 1 death is at work in us, but life is at work in you Paul speaks of **death** and **life** as if they are persons who can **work**. This means that they are always in danger of physical death so that the Corinthians can have spiritual life. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
2CO 4 13 ret6 τὸ αὐτὸ πνεῦμα τῆς πίστεως 1 the same spirit of faith Here the word **spirit** refers a person’s attitude and temperament. Alternate translation: “the same attitude of faith”
|
||||
2CO 4 13 gzf4 figs-activepassive κατὰ τὸ γεγραμμένον 1 according to that which was written If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “as the one who wrote these words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 4 13 gzf4 figs-activepassive κατὰ τὸ γεγραμμένον 1 according to that which was written If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “as the one who wrote these words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 4 13 il5h ἐπίστευσα, διὸ ἐλάλησα 1 I believed, and so I spoke This is a quote from the Psalms.
|
||||
2CO 4 14 t2i8 figs-idiom ὁ ἐγείρας τὸν Ἰησοῦν, καὶ…ἐγερεῖ 1 that the one who raised the Lord Jesus will … raise Here to raise up is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. Alternate translation: “the one who caused the Lord Jesus to live again will also raise” or “God, who raised the Lord Jesus, will also raise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
2CO 4 15 v7sj τὰ γὰρ πάντα δι’ ὑμᾶς 1 For all these things are for your sake Here, **all these things** refers to all of the sufferings that Paul has described in previous verses.
|
||||
2CO 4 15 l1mu figs-activepassive ἡ χάρις πλεονάσασα διὰ τῶν πλειόνων 1 the grace that is abounding to more and more people If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “as God spreads his grace to many more people, it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 4 15 l1mu figs-activepassive ἡ χάρις πλεονάσασα διὰ τῶν πλειόνων 1 the grace that is abounding to more and more people If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “as God spreads his grace to many more people, it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 4 15 u8pp figs-metaphor τὴν εὐχαριστίαν περισσεύσῃ 1 thanksgiving may increase Paul speaks of **thanksgiving** as if it were an object that could become larger by itself. Alternate translation: “more and more people may give thanks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 4 16 u6e5 0 Connecting Statement: Paul writes that the Corinthian difficulties are minor and do not last long when compared to the unseen eternal things.
|
||||
2CO 4 16 cb92 figs-doublenegatives διὸ οὐκ ἐνκακοῦμεν 1 So we do not become discouraged If your readers would misunderstand the double-negative **not … discouraged**, you could express it in positive form. Alternate translation: “So we remain confident” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
2CO 4 16 hhv6 figs-explicit ὁ ἔξω ἡμῶν ἄνθρωπος διαφθείρεται 1 outwardly we are wasting away This refers to their physical bodies decaying and dying. Alternate translation: “our physical bodies are getting weak and dying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2CO 4 16 s9b2 figs-explicit ὁ ἔσω ἡμῶν ἀνακαινοῦται ἡμέρᾳ καὶ ἡμέρᾳ 1 inwardly we are being renewed day by day This refers to their inward, spiritual lives getting stronger. Alternate translation: “our spiritual beings are being strengthened day by day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2CO 4 16 zct5 figs-activepassive ὁ ἔσω ἡμῶν ἀνακαινοῦται ἡμέρᾳ καὶ ἡμέρᾳ 1 inwardly we are being renewed day by day If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God is renewing our inward being more each day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 4 16 zct5 figs-activepassive ὁ ἔσω ἡμῶν ἀνακαινοῦται ἡμέρᾳ καὶ ἡμέρᾳ 1 inwardly we are being renewed day by day If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God is renewing our inward being more each day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 4 17 pd63 figs-metaphor τὸ γὰρ παραυτίκα ἐλαφρὸν τῆς θλίψεως ἡμῶν…αἰώνιον βάρος δόξης, κατεργάζεται ἡμῖν 1 this momentary, light affliction is preparing us for an eternal weight of glory Paul speaks of his sufferings and the **glory** that God will give him as if they were objects that can be weighed. The glory far outweighs the suffering. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 4 17 na9y figs-metaphor καθ’ ὑπερβολὴν εἰς ὑπερβολὴν 1 that exceeds all measurement The glory that Paul will experience is so heavy that no one can measure it. Alternate translation: “that cannot be measured” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 4 17 d9re figs-activepassive καθ’ ὑπερβολὴν εἰς ὑπερβολὴν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that no one can measure” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 4 18 t2fp figs-activepassive τὰ βλεπόμενα, ἀλλὰ τὰ μὴ βλεπόμενα 1 things that are seen … things that are unseen If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “things that we can see, but not the things that we cannot see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 4 17 d9re figs-activepassive καθ’ ὑπερβολὴν εἰς ὑπερβολὴν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that no one can measure” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 4 18 t2fp figs-activepassive τὰ βλεπόμενα, ἀλλὰ τὰ μὴ βλεπόμενα 1 things that are seen … things that are unseen If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “things that we can see, but not the things that we cannot see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 4 18 f97x figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ τὰ μὴ βλεπόμενα 1 but for things that are unseen You can supply the verb for this phrase. Alternate translation: “but we are watching for things that are unseen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
2CO 5 intro s14p 0 # 2 Corinthians 5 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### New bodies in heaven<br><br>Paul knows that when he dies he will receive a much better body. Because of this, he is not afraid of being killed for preaching the gospel. So he tells others that they too can be reconciled to God. Christ will take away their sin and give them his righteousness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/goodnews]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reconcile]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br><br>### New creation<br><br>The old and new creation probably refers to how Paul illustrates the old and new self. These concepts are also the same as the old and new man. The term “old” probably does not refer to the sinful nature with which a person is born. It refers to the old way of living or the Christian formerly being bound to sin. The “new creation” is the new nature or new life that God gives a person after they come to believe in Christ. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Home<br><br>The Christian’s home is no longer in the world. A Christian’s real home is in heaven. By using this metaphor, Paul emphasizes that the Christian’s circumstances in this world are temporary. It gives hope to those who are suffering. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/hope]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “The message of reconciliation”<br><br>This refers to the gospel. Paul calls for people who are hostile to God to repent and be reconciled to him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reconcile]])
|
||||
2CO 5 1 p7b7 0 Connecting Statement: Paul contrasts believers’ earthly bodies to the heavenly ones God will give.
|
||||
2CO 5 1 z4vs figs-metaphor ἐὰν ἡ ἐπίγειος ἡμῶν οἰκία τοῦ σκήνους καταλυθῇ, οἰκοδομὴν ἐκ Θεοῦ ἔχομεν 1 if the earthly dwelling that we live in is destroyed, we have a building from God Here a temporary **earthly dwelling** is a metaphor for a person’s physical body. Here a permanent “building from God” is a metaphor for the new body that God will give believers after they die. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 5 1 zy2k figs-activepassive ἐὰν ἡ ἐπίγειος ἡμῶν οἰκία τοῦ σκήνους καταλυθῇ 1 if the earthly dwelling that we live in is destroyed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “if people destroy the earthly dwelling that we live in” or “if people kill our bodies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 5 1 zy2k figs-activepassive ἐὰν ἡ ἐπίγειος ἡμῶν οἰκία τοῦ σκήνους καταλυθῇ 1 if the earthly dwelling that we live in is destroyed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “if people destroy the earthly dwelling that we live in” or “if people kill our bodies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 5 1 bqi5 figs-synecdoche οἰκίαν ἀχειροποίητον αἰώνιον ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς 1 It is a house not made by human hands Here, **house** means the same thing as “building from God.” Here, **hands** is a synecdoche that represents the human as a whole. Alternate translation: “It is a house in heaven, not made by humans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
2CO 5 1 bbvr figs-activepassive οἰκίαν ἀχειροποίητον αἰώνιον ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “It is a house in heaven that humans did not make” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 5 1 bbvr figs-activepassive οἰκίαν ἀχειροποίητον αἰώνιον ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “It is a house in heaven that humans did not make” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 5 2 tc2j ἐν τούτῳ στενάζομεν 1 in this tent we groan Here, **this** means the same thing as “the earthly dwelling that we live in.” The word **groan** is a sound that a person makes when they eagerly desire to have something that is good.
|
||||
2CO 5 2 ss6g figs-metaphor τὸ οἰκητήριον ἡμῶν τὸ ἐξ οὐρανοῦ ἐπενδύσασθαι ἐπιποθοῦντες 1 longing to be clothed with our heavenly dwelling The words **our dwelling that is from heaven** means the same thing as “a building from God.” Paul speaks of the new body that believers receive after they die as if it were both a building and a piece of clothing that a person can put on. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 5 3 i4es ἐνδυσάμενοι 1 we have put it on Alternate translation: “by putting on our heavenly dwelling”
|
||||
2CO 5 3 ap7v figs-activepassive οὐ γυμνοὶ εὑρεθησόμεθα 1 we will not be found to be naked If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “we will not be naked” or “God will not find us naked” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 5 3 ap7v figs-activepassive οὐ γυμνοὶ εὑρεθησόμεθα 1 we will not be found to be naked If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “we will not be naked” or “God will not find us naked” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 5 4 bz6k figs-metaphor οἱ ὄντες ἐν τῷ σκήνει 1 while we are in this tent Paul speaks of the physical body as if it were a **tent**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 5 4 e34b ἐν τῷ σκήνει, στενάζομεν 1 in this tent, we groan The word **tent** refers to “the earthly dwelling that we live in.” The word **groan** is a sound that a person makes when they eagerly desire to have something that is good. See how you translated this in [2 Corinthians 5:2](../05/02.md).
|
||||
2CO 5 4 cjt4 figs-metaphor βαρούμενοι 1 being burdened Paul refers to the difficulties that the physical body experiences as if they were heavy objects that are difficult to carry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 5 4 f8rb figs-metaphor οὐ θέλομεν ἐκδύσασθαι…ἐπενδύσασθαι 1 We do not want to be unclothed … we want to be clothed Paul speaks of the body as if it were clothing for our spirit. Here, **to be unclothed** refers to the death of the physical body; “to be clothed” refers to having the resurrection body that God will give. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 5 4 n78p ἐκδύσασθαι 1 to be unclothed Alternate translation: “to be without clothes” or “to be naked”
|
||||
2CO 5 4 de2b figs-metaphor ἵνα καταποθῇ τὸ θνητὸν ὑπὸ τῆς ζωῆς 1 so that what is mortal may be swallowed up by life Paul speaks of **life** as if it were an animal that eats **the mortal**. The physical body that will die will be replaced by a resurrection body that will live forever. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 5 4 e5zi figs-activepassive ἵνα καταποθῇ τὸ θνητὸν ὑπὸ τῆς ζωῆς 1 so that what is mortal may be swallowed up by life If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that life may swallow up what is mortal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 5 4 e5zi figs-activepassive ἵνα καταποθῇ τὸ θνητὸν ὑπὸ τῆς ζωῆς 1 so that what is mortal may be swallowed up by life If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that life may swallow up what is mortal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 5 5 g7yj figs-metaphor ὁ δοὺς ἡμῖν τὸν ἀρραβῶνα τοῦ Πνεύματος 1 who gave us the Spirit as the down payment The **Spirit** is spoken of as if he were a partial **down payment** toward eternal life. See how you translated a similar phrase in [2 Corinthians 1:22](../01/22.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 5 6 clh5 0 Connecting Statement: Because believers will have a new body and have the Holy Spirit as a pledge, Paul reminds them to live by faith that they may please the Lord. He continues by reminding them to persuade others because: (1) believers will appear at the judgment seat of Christ. (2) Christ who died for believers in love.
|
||||
2CO 5 6 xv3m figs-metaphor ἐνδημοῦντες ἐν τῷ σώματι 1 being at home in the body Paul speaks of the physical **body** as if it were a place where a person dwells. Alternate translation: “while we are living in this earthly body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -239,11 +239,11 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CO 5 9 j1sl εὐάρεστοι αὐτῷ εἶναι 1 to be pleasing to him Alternate translation: “to please the Lord”
|
||||
2CO 5 10 kdf2 ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ βήματος τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 before the judgment seat of Christ Alternate translation: “before Christ to be judged”
|
||||
2CO 5 10 c499 κομίσηται ἕκαστος 1 each one may receive back the things done in Alternate translation: “each person may receive what he deserves for”
|
||||
2CO 5 10 v8sl figs-activepassive τὰ διὰ τοῦ σώματος 1 the things done in the body If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the things he has done in the physical body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 5 10 v8sl figs-activepassive τὰ διὰ τοῦ σώματος 1 the things done in the body If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the things he has done in the physical body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 5 10 lsh8 εἴτε ἀγαθὸν εἴτε κακὸν 1 whether for good or for bad Alternate translation: “whether those things were good or bad”
|
||||
2CO 5 11 dzh5 εἰδότες…τὸν φόβον τοῦ Κυρίου 1 knowing the fear of the Lord Alternate translation: “knowing what it means to fear the Lord”
|
||||
2CO 5 11 qm34 figs-explicit ἀνθρώπους πείθομεν 1 we persuade people This could mean: (1) **we persuade** people of the truth of the gospel. (2) **we persuade** people that we are legitimate apostles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2CO 5 11 v11v figs-activepassive Θεῷ…πεφανερώμεθα 1 What we are is clearly seen by God If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God clearly sees what kind of people we are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 5 11 v11v figs-activepassive Θεῷ…πεφανερώμεθα 1 What we are is clearly seen by God If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God clearly sees what kind of people we are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 5 11 y5l1 καὶ ἐν ταῖς συνειδήσεσιν ὑμῶν πεφανερῶσθαι 1 that it is also clear to your conscience Alternate translation: “that you are also convinced of it”
|
||||
2CO 5 12 mza1 ἵνα ἔχητε 1 so you may have an answer Alternate translation: “so you may have something to say to”
|
||||
2CO 5 12 it2r figs-metonymy τοὺς ἐν προσώπῳ καυχωμένους, καὶ μὴ ἐν καρδίᾳ 1 those who boast about appearances but not about what is in the heart Here the word **face** refers to outward expressions of things like ability and status. The word **heart** refers to the inward character of a person. Alternate translation: “those who praise their own actions, but do not care about what they really are in their inner being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -262,9 +262,9 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CO 5 19 w1d1 figs-metonymy ἦν ἐν Χριστῷ κόσμον καταλλάσσων ἑαυτῷ 1 in Christ God is reconciling the world to himself Here, **the world** refers to the people in the world. Alternate translation: “in Christ, God was reconciling mankind to himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CO 5 19 b62q θέμενος ἐν ἡμῖν τὸν λόγον τῆς καταλλαγῆς 1 He is entrusting to us the message of reconciliation God has given Paul the responsibility to spread the message that God is reconciling people to himself.
|
||||
2CO 5 19 ix97 τὸν λόγον τῆς καταλλαγῆς 1 the message of reconciliation Alternate translation: “the message about reconciliation”
|
||||
2CO 5 20 wg8f figs-activepassive ὑπὲρ Χριστοῦ οὖν πρεσβεύομεν 1 Therefore, we are ambassadors for Christ If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God has appointed us as Christ’s representatives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 5 20 wg8f figs-activepassive ὑπὲρ Χριστοῦ οὖν πρεσβεύομεν 1 Therefore, we are ambassadors for Christ If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God has appointed us as Christ’s representatives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 5 20 q9u9 ὑπὲρ Χριστοῦ…πρεσβεύομεν 1 representatives of Christ Alternate translation: “we are those who speak for Christ”
|
||||
2CO 5 20 a6fx figs-activepassive καταλλάγητε τῷ Θεῷ 1 Be reconciled to God If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Let God reconcile you to himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 5 20 a6fx figs-activepassive καταλλάγητε τῷ Θεῷ 1 Be reconciled to God If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Let God reconcile you to himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 5 21 jp2a τὸν μὴ γνόντα ἁμαρτίαν, ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν ἁμαρτίαν ἐποίησεν 1 The one who did not know sin, he made sin for us Alternate translation: “God made Christ become the sacrifice for our sin”
|
||||
2CO 5 21 hz6z figs-exclusive ἡμῶν…ἡμεῖς 1 us … we Here the words **us** and **we** are inclusive and refer to all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
2CO 5 21 ebz2 τὸν μὴ γνόντα ἁμαρτίαν 1 The one who did not know sin Alternate translation: “Christ, the one who never sinned”
|
||||
|
|
@ -276,7 +276,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CO 6 2 u9kc figs-explicit λέγει γάρ 1 For he says This introduces a quotation from the prophet Isaiah. Alternate translation: “for God says in scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2CO 6 2 sa94 ἰδοὺ 1 Look The word **Behold** here alerts us to pay attention to the surprising information that follows.
|
||||
2CO 6 3 v3wc figs-metaphor μηδεμίαν ἐν μηδενὶ διδόντες προσκοπήν 1 We do not place a stumbling block in front of anyone Paul speaks of anything that would prevent a person from trusting in Christ as if it were a physical object over which that person trips and falls. Alternate translation: “we do not want to do anything that will prevent people from believing our message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 6 3 he3c figs-activepassive μὴ μωμηθῇ ἡ διακονία 1 our ministry might not The word **discredited** refers to people speaking badly about Paul’s ministry, and working against the message he proclaims. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “no oner will be able to speak badly about our ministry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 6 3 he3c figs-activepassive μὴ μωμηθῇ ἡ διακονία 1 our ministry might not The word **discredited** refers to people speaking badly about Paul’s ministry, and working against the message he proclaims. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “no oner will be able to speak badly about our ministry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 6 4 xd9l figs-exclusive συνιστάντες 1 General Information: When Paul uses **we** here, he is referring to himself and Timothy. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
2CO 6 4 p9up ἐν παντὶ συνιστάντες ἑαυτοὺς ὡς Θεοῦ διάκονοι 1 we commend ourselves in everything as God’s servants Alternate translation: “we prove that we are God’s servants by all that we do”
|
||||
2CO 6 4 xyf9 Θεοῦ διάκονοι: ἐν ὑπομονῇ πολλῇ, ἐν θλίψεσιν, ἐν ἀνάγκαις, ἐν στενοχωρίαις 1 God’s servants; in much endurance, affliction, distress, hardship Paul mentions these difficult situations in which they proved that they are **God’s servants**.
|
||||
|
|
@ -288,16 +288,16 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CO 6 7 ef5b τῶν ὅπλων τῆς δικαιοσύνης 1 the weapons of righteousness Alternate translation: “righteousness as our armor” or “righteousness as our weapons”
|
||||
2CO 6 7 ijr2 τῶν δεξιῶν καὶ ἀριστερῶν 1 for the right hand and for the left This could mean: (1) there is a weapon in one hand and a shield in the other. (2) they are completely equipped for battle, able to fend off attacks from any direction.
|
||||
2CO 6 8 zi7d figs-merism 0 General Information: Paul lists several extremes of how people think about him and his ministry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
2CO 6 8 e4pf figs-activepassive ὡς πλάνοι 1 as imposters If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people accuse us of being deceitful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 6 9 fcb5 figs-activepassive ὡς ἀγνοούμενοι καὶ ἐπιγινωσκόμενοι 1 as if we were unknown and we are still well known If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “as if people did not know us and yet people still know us well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 6 9 r1d9 figs-activepassive ὡς παιδευόμενοι καὶ μὴ θανατούμενοι 1 as being punished, and yet not being killed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “we work as if people are punishing us for our actions but not as if they have condemned us to death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 6 8 e4pf figs-activepassive ὡς πλάνοι 1 as imposters If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people accuse us of being deceitful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 6 9 fcb5 figs-activepassive ὡς ἀγνοούμενοι καὶ ἐπιγινωσκόμενοι 1 as if we were unknown and we are still well known If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “as if people did not know us and yet people still know us well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 6 9 r1d9 figs-activepassive ὡς παιδευόμενοι καὶ μὴ θανατούμενοι 1 as being punished, and yet not being killed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “we work as if people are punishing us for our actions but not as if they have condemned us to death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 6 11 v74j τὸ στόμα ἡμῶν ἀνέῳγεν πρὸς ὑμᾶς 1 Our mouth has been opened to you Alternate translation: “We have spoken honestly to you”
|
||||
2CO 6 11 mv85 figs-metaphor ἡ καρδία ἡμῶν πεπλάτυνται 1 our heart is opened wide Paul speaks of his great affection for the Corinthians as having a **heart** that is open. Alternate translation: “we love you very much” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 6 11 r815 figs-metonymy ἡ καρδία ἡμῶν πεπλάτυνται 1 Here, **heart** is a metonym for a person’s emotions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CO 6 12 m2kq figs-metaphor οὐ στενοχωρεῖσθε ἐν ἡμῖν, στενοχωρεῖσθε δὲ ἐν τοῖς σπλάγχνοις ὑμῶν 1 Paul speaks of the Corinthians lack of love for him as if their **inner parts** were squeezed into a tight space. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 6 12 u4fz figs-activepassive οὐ στενοχωρεῖσθε ἐν ἡμῖν 1 You are not restrained by us If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “We have not restrained you” or “We have not given you any reason to stop loving us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 6 12 u4fz figs-activepassive οὐ στενοχωρεῖσθε ἐν ἡμῖν 1 You are not restrained by us If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “We have not restrained you” or “We have not given you any reason to stop loving us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 6 12 xv9t figs-metonymy στενοχωρεῖσθε δὲ ἐν τοῖς σπλάγχνοις ὑμῶν 1 You are not restrained by us, but you are restrained in your affections Here, **inner parts** is a metonym for a person’s emotions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CO 6 12 ecn4 figs-activepassive στενοχωρεῖσθε δὲ ἐν τοῖς σπλάγχνοις ὑμῶν 1 you are restrained in your affections If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “but your own hearts are restraining you” or “but you have stopped loving us for your own reasons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 6 12 ecn4 figs-activepassive στενοχωρεῖσθε δὲ ἐν τοῖς σπλάγχνοις ὑμῶν 1 you are restrained in your affections If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “but your own hearts are restraining you” or “but you have stopped loving us for your own reasons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 6 13 c6vp figs-metaphor πλατύνθητε καὶ ὑμεῖς 1 open yourselves wide also Paul urges the Corinthians to love him as he has loved them. Alternate translation: “love us back” or “love us much as we have loved you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 6 14 v7kk figs-doublenegatives μὴ γίνεσθε ἑτεροζυγοῦντες ἀπίστοις 1 Do not be yoked together with unbelievers If your readers would misunderstand the double-negative **not … unbelievers**, you could express it in positive form. Alternate translation: “Only be tied together with believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
2CO 6 14 qd33 figs-metaphor μὴ γίνεσθε ἑτεροζυγοῦντες 1 be yoked together with Paul speaks of working **together** toward a common purpose as if it were two animals tied together to pull a plow or cart. Alternate translation: “Do not team up” or “Do not have a close relationship” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -313,7 +313,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CO 6 16 u5g3 figs-parallelism ἐνοικήσω ἐν αὐτοῖς, καὶ ἐνπεριπατήσω 1 I will dwell among them and walk among them. This is an Old Testament quotation that speaks of God being with the people in two different ways that mean the same thing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
2CO 6 16 g0nl figs-metaphor ἐνοικήσω ἐν αὐτοῖς, καὶ ἐνπεριπατήσω 1 The words **dwell among** speak of living where others live, while the words **walk among** speak of being with them as they go about their lives. Alternate translation: “I will be with them and help them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 6 17 fe1z 0 General Information: Paul quotes portions from the Old Testament prophets, Isaiah and Ezekiel.
|
||||
2CO 6 17 z5ld figs-activepassive ἀφορίσθητε 1 be separate If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “set yourselves apart” or “allow me to set you apart” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 6 17 z5ld figs-activepassive ἀφορίσθητε 1 be separate If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “set yourselves apart” or “allow me to set you apart” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 6 17 c8jq figs-doublenegatives ἀκαθάρτου μὴ ἅπτεσθε 1 Touch no unclean thing If your readers would misunderstand the double-negative **no unclean**, you could express it in positive form. Alternate translation: “touch only things that are clean” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
2CO 7 intro hg36 0 # 2 Corinthians 7 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>In verses 2-4, Paul finishes his defense. He then writes about Titus’ return and the comfort it brought.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Clean and unclean<br><br>Christians are “clean” in the sense that God has cleansed them from sin. They do not need to be concerned with being clean according to the law of Moses. Ungodly living can still make a Christian unclean. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>### Sadness and sorrow<br><br>The words “sad” and “sorrow” in this chapter indicate that the Corinthians were upset to the point of repenting. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### We<br><br>Paul likely uses the pronoun “we” to represent at least Timothy and himself. It may also include other people.<br><br>### Original situation<br><br>This chapter discusses in detail a previous situation. We can figure out some aspects of this situation from the information in this chapter. But it is best not to include this type of implicit information in a translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2CO 7 1 h5xv ἀγαπητοί 1 Beloved Alternate translation: “you whom I love” or “dear friends”
|
||||
|
|
@ -326,27 +326,27 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CO 7 3 bhb7 πρὸς κατάκρισιν οὐ λέγω 1 I do not speak for your condemnation Here, Paul refers back to what he has just said about not having wronged anyone. Alternate translation: “I do not say this to accuse you of having done wrong.”
|
||||
2CO 7 3 fay3 figs-metaphor ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ἡμῶν ἐστε 1 you are in our hearts Paul speaks of his and his associates’ great love for the Corinthians as if they held them in their hearts. Alternate translation: “you are very dear to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 7 3 xzg3 figs-idiom εἰς τὸ συναποθανεῖν καὶ συνζῆν 1 for us to die together and to live together This means that Paul and his associates will continue to love the Corinthians no matter what happens. Alternate translation: “whether we live or whether we die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
2CO 7 4 mh12 figs-activepassive πεπλήρωμαι τῇ παρακλήσει 1 I am filled with encouragement If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You fill me with comfort” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 7 4 mh12 figs-activepassive πεπλήρωμαι τῇ παρακλήσει 1 I am filled with encouragement If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You fill me with comfort” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 7 4 mx9b figs-metaphor ὑπερπερισσεύομαι τῇ χαρᾷ 1 I overflow with joy Paul speaks of **joy** as if it is a liquid that fills him until he overflows. Alternate translation: “I am extremely joyful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 7 4 mr75 ἐπὶ πάσῃ τῇ θλίψει ἡμῶν 1 even in all our afflictions Alternate translation: “despite all our hardships”
|
||||
2CO 7 5 f3c5 figs-exclusive ἐλθόντων ἡμῶν εἰς Μακεδονίαν 1 When we came to Macedonia Here the word **we** refers to Paul and Timothy but not to the Corinthians or Titus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
2CO 7 5 c8ju figs-synecdoche οὐδεμίαν ἔσχηκεν ἄνεσιν ἡ σὰρξ ἡμῶν 1 our flesh had no rest Here, **our flesh** refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “we had no rest” or “we were very tired” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
2CO 7 5 h3cv figs-activepassive ἐν παντὶ θλιβόμενοι 1 we were troubled in every way If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “we experienced every kind of trouble” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 7 5 h3cv figs-activepassive ἐν παντὶ θλιβόμενοι 1 we were troubled in every way If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “we experienced every kind of trouble” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 7 5 i4wr figs-explicit ἔξωθεν μάχαι, ἔσωθεν φόβοι 1 by conflicts on the outside and fears on the inside Here, **without** could mean: (1) “outside of our bodies.” (2) “outside of the church.” The word **within** refers to their inward emotions. Alternate translation: “by conflicts with other people and by fears within ourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2CO 7 7 w7td figs-explicit ἐν τῇ παρακλήσει ᾗ παρεκλήθη ἐφ’ ὑμῖν 1 by the comfort that Titus had received from you Paul received **comfort** from knowing that the Corinthians had **comforted** Titus. Alternate translation: “by learning about the comfort that Titus had received from you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2CO 7 8 b2xj ἡ ἐπιστολὴ ἐκείνη 1 General Information: This refers to Paul’s previous **letter** to these Corinthian believers where he rebuked them for their acceptance of a believer’s sexual immorality with his father’s wife.
|
||||
2CO 7 8 vk7m βλέπω ὅτι ἡ ἐπιστολὴ ἐκείνη 1 when I saw that my letter Alternate translation: “when I learned that my letter”
|
||||
2CO 7 9 kn5q figs-activepassive οὐχ ὅτι ἐλυπήθητε 1 not because you were distressed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “not because what I said in my letter distressed you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 7 9 kn5q figs-activepassive οὐχ ὅτι ἐλυπήθητε 1 not because you were distressed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “not because what I said in my letter distressed you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 7 9 l6d2 figs-idiom ἐν μηδενὶ ζημιωθῆτε ἐξ ἡμῶν 1 you would not suffer loss in anything through us This means that although the letter caused them sorrow, they eventually benefited from the letter because it led them to repentance. Alternate translation: “so that we did not harm you in any way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
2CO 7 10 dtm3 figs-ellipsis ἡ γὰρ κατὰ Θεὸν λύπη, μετάνοιαν εἰς σωτηρίαν…ἐργάζεται 1 For the sorrow that God intends produces repentance that leads to salvation The word **repentance** may be repeated to clarify its relationship to what precedes it and what follows it. Alternate translation: “For godly sorrow produces repentance, and repentance leads to salvation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
2CO 7 10 lc4m ἀμεταμέλητον 1 without regret This could mean: (1) Paul has no **regret** that he caused them sorrow because that sorrow led to their repentance and salvation. (2) the Corinthians will not **regret** experiencing sorrow because it led to their repentance and salvation.
|
||||
2CO 7 10 lc1s figs-explicit ἡ δὲ τοῦ κόσμου λύπη, θάνατον κατεργάζεται 1 But the sorrow of the world produces death This kind of **sorrow** leads to **death** instead of salvation because it does not produce repentance. Alternate translation: “Worldly sorrow, however, leads to spiritual death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2CO 7 11 gpp2 figs-exclamations ἀλλὰ ἀπολογίαν 1 what earnestness, what eagerness to defend yourselves Here the word **what** makes this statement an exclamation. Alternate translation: “your determination to prove you were innocent was very great!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
|
||||
2CO 7 11 h6jc figs-activepassive ἀλλὰ ἐκδίκησιν 1 what avenging of wrong If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that someone should carry out justice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 7 12 i6sn figs-activepassive τοῦ φανερωθῆναι τὴν σπουδὴν ὑμῶν, τὴν ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 your good will toward us should be made known to you in the sight of God If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that you would know that your good will toward us is sincere” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 7 11 h6jc figs-activepassive ἀλλὰ ἐκδίκησιν 1 what avenging of wrong If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that someone should carry out justice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 7 12 i6sn figs-activepassive τοῦ φανερωθῆναι τὴν σπουδὴν ὑμῶν, τὴν ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 your good will toward us should be made known to you in the sight of God If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that you would know that your good will toward us is sincere” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 7 12 ycy7 ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 before God Here, **before God** refers to God’s presence. See how you translated this in [2 Corinthians 4:2](../04/02.md).
|
||||
2CO 7 13 kn2q figs-activepassive διὰ τοῦτο παρακεκλήμεθα 1 For this reason we are encouraged Here the phrase **this reason** refers to the way the Corinthians responded to Paul’s previous letter, as he described in the previous verse. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “This is what encourages us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 7 13 v2g6 figs-activepassive ἀναπέπαυται τὸ πνεῦμα αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ πάντων ὑμῶν 1 his spirit was refreshed by all of you Here the word **spirit** refers to a person’s temperament and disposition. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “all of you refreshed his spirit” or “all of you made him stop worrying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 7 13 kn2q figs-activepassive διὰ τοῦτο παρακεκλήμεθα 1 For this reason we are encouraged Here the phrase **this reason** refers to the way the Corinthians responded to Paul’s previous letter, as he described in the previous verse. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “This is what encourages us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 7 13 v2g6 figs-activepassive ἀναπέπαυται τὸ πνεῦμα αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ πάντων ὑμῶν 1 his spirit was refreshed by all of you Here the word **spirit** refers to a person’s temperament and disposition. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “all of you refreshed his spirit” or “all of you made him stop worrying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 7 14 b4uq ὅτι εἴ τι αὐτῷ ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν κεκαύχημαι 1 For if I boasted to him about you Alternate translation: “For although I boasted to him about you”
|
||||
2CO 7 14 m22c οὐ κατῃσχύνθην 1 I was not embarrassed Alternate translation: “you did not disappoint me”
|
||||
2CO 7 14 q5hg ἡ καύχησις ἡμῶν ἡ ἐπὶ Τίτου ἀλήθεια ἐγενήθη 1 our boasting about you to Titus proved to be true Alternate translation: “you proved to Titus that our boasting about you was true”
|
||||
|
|
@ -355,7 +355,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CO 7 15 q47h μετὰ φόβου καὶ τρόμου 1 with fear and trembling This could refer to: (1) great reverence for God. (2) great reverence for Titus.
|
||||
2CO 8 intro kl7m 0 # 2 Corinthians 8 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapters 8 and 9 begin a new section. Paul writes about how churches in Greece helped needy believers in Jerusalem.<br><br>Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted words of verse 15.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Gift to the church in Jerusalem<br><br>The church in Corinth started preparing to give money to the poor believers in Jerusalem. The churches in Macedonia also had given generously. Paul sends Titus and two other believers to Corinth to encourage the Corinthians to give generously. Paul and the others will carry the money to Jerusalem. They want people to know it is being done honestly.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### We<br><br>Paul likely uses the pronoun “we” to represent at least Timothy and himself. It may also include other people.<br><br>### Paradox<br><br>A “paradox” is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. These words in verse 2 are a paradox: “the abundance of their joy and the extremity of their poverty have produced great riches of generosity.” In verse 3 Paul explains how their poverty produced riches. Paul also uses riches and poverty in other paradoxes. ([2 Corinthians 8:2](../08/02.md))
|
||||
2CO 8 1 mm8g 0 Connecting Statement: Having explained his changed plans and his ministry direction, Paul talks about giving.
|
||||
2CO 8 1 d1mj figs-activepassive τὴν χάριν τοῦ Θεοῦ τὴν δεδομένην ἐν ταῖς ἐκκλησίαις τῆς Μακεδονίας 1 the grace of God that has been given to the churches of Macedonia If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the grace that God has given to the churches of Macedonia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 8 1 d1mj figs-activepassive τὴν χάριν τοῦ Θεοῦ τὴν δεδομένην ἐν ταῖς ἐκκλησίαις τῆς Μακεδονίας 1 the grace of God that has been given to the churches of Macedonia If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the grace that God has given to the churches of Macedonia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 8 2 fsq8 figs-personification ἡ περισσεία τῆς χαρᾶς αὐτῶν καὶ ἡ κατὰ βάθους πτωχεία αὐτῶν, ἐπερίσσευσεν εἰς τὸ πλοῦτος τῆς ἁπλότητος αὐτῶν 1 the abundance of their joy and the extremity of their poverty have produced great riches of generosity Paul speaks of **joy** and **poverty** as if they were living things that can produce generosity. Alternate translation: “because of the people’s great joy and extreme poverty, they have become very generous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
2CO 8 2 b7k5 figs-metaphor ἡ περισσεία τῆς χαρᾶς αὐτῶν 1 the abundance of their joy Paul speaks of **joy** as if it were a physical object that could increase in size or quantity. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 8 2 pr8c ἡ κατὰ βάθους πτωχεία αὐτῶν…τὸ πλοῦτος τῆς ἁπλότητος αὐτῶν 1 their deep poverty … the riches of their generosity Though the churches of Macedonia have suffered testings of affliction and **poverty**, by God’s grace, they have been able to collect money for the believers in Jerusalem.
|
||||
|
|
@ -373,18 +373,18 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CO 8 11 d6ly καὶ τὸ ἐπιτελέσαι 1 there may be the completion Alternate translation: “complete it” or “finish it”
|
||||
2CO 8 12 k9wh καθὸ ἐὰν ἔχῃ 1 according to whatever a person has Alternate translation: “if it is proportional to what the person giving has”
|
||||
2CO 8 13 mp6k 0 For this This verse refers back to collecting money for the believers in Jerusalem.
|
||||
2CO 8 13 smk2 figs-activepassive ἵνα ἄλλοις ἄνεσις, ὑμῖν θλῖψις 1 for the ease of others, and your affliction If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that you may relieve others and burden yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 8 13 smk2 figs-activepassive ἵνα ἄλλοις ἄνεσις, ὑμῖν θλῖψις 1 for the ease of others, and your affliction If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that you may relieve others and burden yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 8 13 ktd1 ἐξ ἰσότητος 1 for the sake of equality Alternate translation: “so that there would be equality”
|
||||
2CO 8 14 v7aj ἵνα καὶ τὸ ἐκείνων περίσσευμα γένηται εἰς τὸ ὑμῶν ὑστέρημα 1 This is also so that their abundance may supply your need Since the Corinthians are acting in the present time, it is implied that the believers in Jerusalem will also help them at some time in the future. Alternate translation: “this is also so that in the future their abundance may supply your need”
|
||||
2CO 8 15 ue8w figs-activepassive καθὼς γέγραπται 1 as it is written Here Paul quotes from Exodus. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language.If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “as Moses wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 8 15 ue8w figs-activepassive καθὼς γέγραπται 1 as it is written Here Paul quotes from Exodus. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language.If your language does not use this passive form, you could state this in active form. Alternate translation: “as Moses wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 8 15 u28y figs-doublenegatives οὐκ ἠλαττόνησεν 1 did not have too little If your readers would misunderstand the double-negative **not … too little**, you could express it in positive form. Alternate translation: “had all he needed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
2CO 8 16 cr18 figs-synecdoche τῷ διδόντι τὴν αὐτὴν σπουδὴν ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ Τίτου 1 who put into Titus’ heart the same earnest care that I have for you Here, **heart** refers to the emotions. This means that God caused Titus to love them. Alternate translation: “the one who made Titus care for you as much as I do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
2CO 8 16 vsm3 τὴν αὐτὴν σπουδὴν 1 same earnest care Alternate translation: “the same enthusiasm” or “same deep concern”
|
||||
2CO 8 17 e4xn figs-explicit ὅτι τὴν μὲν παράκλησιν ἐδέξατο 1 For he not only accepted our appeal Paul is referring to his asking Titus to return to Corinth and complete the collection. Alternate translation: “For he not only agreed to our request that he help you with the collection” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2CO 8 18 rje2 μετ’ αὐτοῦ 1 with him Alternate translation: “with Titus”
|
||||
2CO 8 18 jll9 figs-activepassive τὸν ἀδελφὸν, οὗ ὁ ἔπαινος…διὰ πασῶν τῶν ἐκκλησιῶν 1 the brother who is praised among all of the churches If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the brother whom believers among all of the churches praise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 8 18 jll9 figs-activepassive τὸν ἀδελφὸν, οὗ ὁ ἔπαινος…διὰ πασῶν τῶν ἐκκλησιῶν 1 the brother who is praised among all of the churches If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the brother whom believers among all of the churches praise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 8 19 j9rk οὐ μόνον 1 Not only this Alternate translation: “not only do believers among all of the churches praise him”
|
||||
2CO 8 19 c667 figs-activepassive καὶ χειροτονηθεὶς ὑπὸ τῶν ἐκκλησιῶν 1 he also was selected by the churches If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the churches also selected him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 8 19 c667 figs-activepassive καὶ χειροτονηθεὶς ὑπὸ τῶν ἐκκλησιῶν 1 he also was selected by the churches If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the churches also selected him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 8 19 k7dy σὺν τῇ χάριτι ταύτῃ τῇ διακονουμένῃ ὑφ’ ἡμῶν 1 along with this act of grace which is being administered by us This refers to taking the offering to Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “to carry out this act of generosity”
|
||||
2CO 8 19 v22x προθυμίαν ἡμῶν 1 our readiness Alternate translation: “our eagerness to help”
|
||||
2CO 8 20 a3ps figs-abstractnouns ἐν τῇ ἁδρότητι ταύτῃ τῇ διακονουμένῃ ὑφ’ ἡμῶν 1 concerning this generosity that we are carrying out This refers to taking the offering to Jerusalem. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **administration**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “concerning the way we are handling this generous gift” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -393,7 +393,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CO 8 22 d3yj αὐτοῖς 1 with them The word **them** refers to Titus and the previously mentioned brother.
|
||||
2CO 8 23 mmi2 κοινωνὸς ἐμὸς καὶ εἰς ὑμᾶς συνεργός 1 he is my partner and fellow worker for you Alternate translation: “he is my partner who works with me to help you”
|
||||
2CO 8 23 lat3 ἀδελφοὶ ἡμῶν 1 As for our brothers Here, **our brothers** refers to the two other men who will accompany Titus.
|
||||
2CO 8 23 u8lx figs-activepassive ἀπόστολοι ἐκκλησιῶν 1 they are sent by the churches If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the churches have sent them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 8 23 u8lx figs-activepassive ἀπόστολοι ἐκκλησιῶν 1 they are sent by the churches If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the churches have sent them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 8 23 a8v2 figs-abstractnouns δόξα Χριστοῦ 1 an honor to Christ If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **glory**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “they will cause people to honor Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2CO 9 intro lt8d 0 # 2 Corinthians 9 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verse 9, which is quoted from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphors<br><br>Paul uses three agricultural metaphors. He uses them to teach about giving to needy believers. The metaphors help Paul explain that God will reward those who give generously. Paul does not say how or when God will reward them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/reward]])
|
||||
2CO 9 1 wc5l 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues on the subject of giving. He wants to make sure that the collection of their offering for the needy believers in Jerusalem takes place before he comes so that it does not seem as though he takes advantage of them. He talks about how giving blesses the giver and glorifies God.
|
||||
|
|
@ -404,7 +404,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CO 9 3 k1er μὴ τὸ καύχημα ἡμῶν, τὸ ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν, κενωθῇ 1 our boasting about you may not be futile Paul does not want others to think that the things that he had boasted about the Corinthians were false.
|
||||
2CO 9 4 j8ey εὕρωσιν ὑμᾶς ἀπαρασκευάστους 1 find you unprepared Alternate translation: “find you unprepared to give”
|
||||
2CO 9 5 q1up figs-go τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς, ἵνα προέλθωσιν εἰς ὑμᾶς 1 the brothers they they would come to you From Paul’s perspective, **the brothers** are going. Alternate translation: “the brothers to come to you beforehand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
|
||||
2CO 9 5 nm2n figs-activepassive μὴ ὡς πλεονεξίαν 1 not as forced If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “not as something that we forced you to give” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 9 5 nm2n figs-activepassive μὴ ὡς πλεονεξίαν 1 not as forced If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “not as something that we forced you to give” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 9 6 mm9w figs-metaphor ὁ σπείρων φειδομένως, φειδομένως καὶ θερίσει; καὶ ὁ σπείρων ἐπ’ εὐλογίαις, ἐπ’ εὐλογίαις καὶ θερίσει 1 the one who sows … will also reap in blessings Paul uses the image of a farmer sowing seeds to describe the results of giving. As a farmer’s harvest is based on how much he **sows**, so will God’s **blessings** be little or much based on how generously the Corinthians give. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 9 7 tzt4 figs-metonymy καθὼς προῄρηται τῇ καρδίᾳ 1 let each one give as he has decided in his heart Here, **heart** refers to the thoughts and emotions. Alternate translation: “just as he has determined” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CO 9 7 whg6 figs-abstractnouns μὴ ἐκ λύπης ἢ ἐξ ἀνάγκης 1 not reluctantly or under compulsion If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas behind the words **sorrow** and **compulsion**, you could express the same idea with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “not because he feels guilty or because someone is compelling him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -412,17 +412,17 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CO 9 8 cz9b figs-metaphor δυνατεῖ δὲ ὁ Θεὸς, πᾶσαν χάριν περισσεῦσαι εἰς ὑμᾶς 1 God is able to make all grace overflow for you Here, **grace** is spoken of as if it were a physical object of which a person can have more than he can use. As a person gives financially to other believers, **God** also gives to the giver everything he needs. Alternate translation: “God is able to give you more than you need” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 9 8 zxz9 χάριν 1 grace Here, **grace** refers to the physical things a Christian needs, not to the need for God to save him from his sins.
|
||||
2CO 9 8 u8w6 περισσεύητε εἰς πᾶν ἔργον ἀγαθόν 1 you may abound in every good work Alternate translation: “so that you may be able to do more and more good deeds”
|
||||
2CO 9 9 mma1 figs-activepassive καθὼς γέγραπται 1 just as it is written If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “This is just as the writer wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 9 9 mma1 figs-activepassive καθὼς γέγραπται 1 just as it is written If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “This is just as the writer wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 9 10 p3fl ὁ…ἐπιχορηγῶν 1 He who supplies Alternate translation: “God who supplies”
|
||||
2CO 9 10 b1xe figs-metonymy ἄρτον εἰς βρῶσιν 1 bread for food Here the word **bread** refers to **food** in general. Alternate translation: “food to eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CO 9 10 uts1 figs-metaphor χορηγήσει καὶ πληθυνεῖ τὸν σπόρον ὑμῶν 1 will supply and multiply your seed for sowing Paul speaks of the Corinthians’ possessions as if they are seeds and of giving to others as if they were **sowing** seeds. Alternate translation: “will also supply and multiply your possessions so that you can sow them by giving them to others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 9 10 ci67 figs-metaphor αὐξήσει τὰ γενήματα τῆς δικαιοσύνης ὑμῶν 1 will increase the fruits of your righteousness Paul compares the benefits that the Corinthians will receive from their generosity to that of a harvest. Alternate translation: “God will bless you even more for your righteousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 9 10 yv67 τὰ γενήματα τῆς δικαιοσύνης ὑμῶν 1 the fruits of your righteousness Here, **righteousness** refers to the righteous actions of the Corinthians in giving their resources to the believers in Jerusalem.
|
||||
2CO 9 11 eey1 figs-activepassive πλουτιζόμενοι 1 enriching you If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will enrich you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 9 11 eey1 figs-activepassive πλουτιζόμενοι 1 enriching you If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will enrich you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 9 11 b3e5 figs-explicit ἥτις κατεργάζεται δι’ ἡμῶν, εὐχαριστίαν τῷ Θεῷ 1 which produces thanksgiving to God through us The word **which** refers to the Corinthian’s generosity. Alternate translation: “Because of your generosity, those who receive the gifts we bring them will thank God” or “and when we give your gifts to those who need them, they will give thanks to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2CO 9 12 l7kq figs-explicit ὅτι ἡ διακονία τῆς λειτουργίας ταύτης 1 For the ministry of this service Here, **service** refers to Paul and his companions bringing the contribution to the believers in Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “For our carrying out this service for the believers in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2CO 9 12 esk7 figs-metaphor ἀλλὰ καὶ περισσεύουσα διὰ πολλῶν εὐχαριστιῶν τῷ Θεῷ 1 but is also overflowing into many acts of thanksgiving to God Paul speaks of the Corinthian believers’ act of service as if it were a liquid of which there is more than a container can hold. Alternate translation: “It also causes many deeds for which people will thank God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 9 13 plj4 figs-activepassive διὰ τῆς δοκιμῆς τῆς διακονίας ταύτης 1 Because of the proof of this ministry If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Because this service has tested and proven you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 9 13 plj4 figs-activepassive διὰ τῆς δοκιμῆς τῆς διακονίας ταύτης 1 Because of the proof of this ministry If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Because this service has tested and proven you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 9 13 ze14 δοξάζοντες τὸν Θεὸν ἐπὶ τῇ ὑποταγῇ τῆς ὁμολογίας ὑμῶν εἰς τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τοῦ Χριστοῦ, καὶ ἁπλότητι τῆς κοινωνίας εἰς αὐτοὺς καὶ εἰς πάντας 1 they glorify God for your obedience … the generosity of your sharing with them and with everyone Paul says that the Corinthians will **glorify God** both by being faithful to Jesus and by giving generously to other believers who have need.
|
||||
2CO 9 15 es8c ἐπὶ τῇ ἀνεκδιηγήτῳ αὐτοῦ δωρεᾷ 1 for his inexpressible gift This **gift** could refer to: (1) “the very great grace” that God has given to the Corinthians, which has led them to be so generous. (2) Jesus Christ, whom God gave to all believers.
|
||||
2CO 10 intro abcd 0 # 2 Corinthians 10 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted words of verse 17.<br><br>In this chapter, Paul returns to defending his authority. He also compares the way he speaks and the way he writes.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Boasting<br><br>“Boasting” is often thought of as bragging, which is not good. But in this letter “boasting” means confidently exulting or rejoicing.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>In verses 3-6, Paul uses many metaphors from war. He probably uses them as part of a larger metaphor about Christians being spiritually at war. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Flesh<br><br>“Flesh” is possibly a metaphor for a person’s sinful nature. Paul is not teaching that our physical bodies are sinful. Paul appears to be teaching that as long as Christians are alive (“in the flesh”), we will continue to sin. But our new nature will be fighting against our old nature. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/flesh]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -462,7 +462,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CO 10 16 raq7 ἀλλοτρίῳ κανόνι 1 another person’s area Alternate translation: “an area that God has assigned to someone else”
|
||||
2CO 10 17 q8cc ἐν Κυρίῳ καυχάσθω 1 boast in the Lord Alternate translation: “let … boast about what the Lord has done”
|
||||
2CO 10 18 h81t ὁ ἑαυτὸν συνιστάνων 1 who commends himself This means that he provides enough evidence for each person who hears him to decide whether he is right or wrong. See how “recommend ourselves” is translated in [2 Corinthians 4:2](../04/02.md).
|
||||
2CO 10 18 n5v6 figs-activepassive οὐ…ἐστιν δόκιμος 1 is approved If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “is not whom the Lord approves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 10 18 n5v6 figs-activepassive οὐ…ἐστιν δόκιμος 1 is approved If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “is not whom the Lord approves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 10 18 sy2r figs-ellipsis ὃν ὁ Κύριος συνίστησιν 1 the one whom the Lord commends You can make explicit the understood information. Alternate translation: “the one whom the Lord recommends is the one of whom the Lord approves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
2CO 11 intro abce 0 # 2 Corinthians 11 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>In this chapter, Paul continues defending his authority.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### False teaching<br><br>The Corinthians were quick to accept false teachers. They taught things about Jesus and the gospel that were different and not true. Unlike these false teachers, Paul sacrificially served the Corinthians. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/goodnews]])<br><br>### Light<br><br>Light is commonly used in the New Testament as a metaphor. Paul here uses light to indicate the revealing of God and his righteousness. Darkness describes sin. Sin seeks to remain hidden from God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/light]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/darkness]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>Paul begins this chapter with an extended metaphor. He compares himself to the father of a bride who is giving a pure, virgin bride to her bridegroom. Wedding practices change depending on the cultural background. But the idea of helping to present someone as a grown and holy child is explicitly pictured in this passage. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>### Irony<br><br>This chapter is full of irony. Paul is hoping to shame the Corinthian believers with his irony.<br><br>“You tolerate these things well enough!” Paul thinks that they should not tolerate the way the false apostles treated them. Paul does not think they are really apostles at all.<br><br>The statement, “For you gladly put up with fools. You are wise yourselves!” means that the Corinthian believers think they were very wise but Paul does not agree.<br><br>“I will say to our shame that we were too weak to do that.” Paul is speaking about behavior he thinks is very wrong in order to avoid it. He is speaking as if he thinks he is wrong for not doing it. He uses a rhetorical question also as irony. “Did I sin by humbling myself so you might be exalted?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/apostle]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br><br>In refuting the false apostles claiming to be superior, Paul uses a series of rhetorical questions. Each question is coupled with an answer: “Are they Hebrews? So am I. Are they Israelites? So am I. Are they descendants of Abraham? So am I. Are they servants of Christ? (I speak as though I were out of my mind.) I am more.”<br><br>He also uses a series of rhetorical questions to empathize with his converts: “Who is weak, and I am not weak? Who has caused another to fall into sin, and I do not burn within?”<br><br>### “Are they servants of Christ?”<br><br>This is sarcasm, a special type of irony used to mock or insult. Paul does not believe these false teachers actually serve Christ, only that they pretend to do so.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Paradox<br><br>A “paradox” is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. This sentence in verse 30 is a paradox: “If I must boast, I will boast about what shows my weaknesses.” Paul does not explain why he would boast in his weakness until 2 Corinthians 12:9. ([2 Corinthians 11:30](../11/30.md))
|
||||
2CO 11 1 r4q6 ἀνείχεσθέ μου μικρόν τι ἀφροσύνης 1 bear with me in a little bit of foolishness Alternate translation: “you would allow me allow me to act like a fool”
|
||||
|
|
@ -484,13 +484,13 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CO 11 9 fc6l figs-metaphor ἐν παντὶ ἀβαρῆ ἐμαυτὸν ὑμῖν ἐτήρησα καὶ τηρήσω 1 In everything I have kept myself from being a burden to you Paul speaks of someone for whom one has to spend money as if they were heavy items that people have to carry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 11 9 sqcf figs-explicit ἐν παντὶ ἀβαρῆ ἐμαυτὸν ὑμῖν ἐτήρησα καὶ τηρήσω 1 The full meaning of this can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “I have done all I can to make sure you do not have to spend money so that I can be with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2CO 11 9 b35r ἀβαρῆ ἐμαυτὸν…ἐτήρησα καὶ τηρήσω 1 I will continue to do that Alternate translation: “I never will be a burden to you”
|
||||
2CO 11 10 si2r ἔστιν ἀλήθεια Χριστοῦ ἐν ἐμοὶ 1 the truth of Christ is in me Paul is emphasizing that because his readers know that he tells the **truth** about **Christ**, they can know that he is telling the truth here. “As surely as you know that I truly know and proclaim the truth about Christ, you can know that what I am about to say is true”
|
||||
2CO 11 10 nae3 figs-activepassive ἡ καύχησις αὕτη οὐ φραγήσεται εἰς ἐμὲ 1 this boasting of mine will not be silenced If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “no one will be able to make me stop boasting and stay silent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 11 10 si2r ἔστιν ἀλήθεια Χριστοῦ ἐν ἐμοὶ 1 the truth of Christ is in me Paul is emphasizing that because his readers know that he tells the **truth** about **Christ**, they can know that he is telling the truth here. “As surely as you know that I truly know and proclaim the truth about Christ, you could know that what I am about to say is true”
|
||||
2CO 11 10 nae3 figs-activepassive ἡ καύχησις αὕτη οὐ φραγήσεται εἰς ἐμὲ 1 this boasting of mine will not be silenced If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “no one will be able to make me stop boasting and stay silent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 11 10 ua2i ἡ καύχησις αὕτη…εἰς ἐμὲ 1 this boasting of mine This refers to what Paul spoke about starting in ([2 Corinthians 11:7](../11/07.md)).
|
||||
2CO 11 11 zqu5 figs-rquestion διὰ τί? ὅτι οὐκ ἀγαπῶ ὑμᾶς? 1 Why? Because I do not love you? Paul uses rhetorical questions to emphasize love for the Corinthians. These questions can be combined or made into a statement. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could combine them or express them as statements. Alternate translation: “Is it because I do not love you that I do not want to be a burden to you?” or “I will continue to keep you from paying for my needs because this shows others that I love you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2CO 11 11 rj6f figs-ellipsis ὁ Θεὸς οἶδεν 1 God knows You can make explicit the understood information. Alternate translation: “God knows I love you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
2CO 11 12 d9sl figs-metaphor ἵνα ἐκκόψω τὴν ἀφορμὴν τῶν θελόντων ἀφορμήν, ἵνα ἐν ᾧ καυχῶνται, εὑρεθῶσιν καθὼς καὶ ἡμεῖς 1 in order that I may take away the opportunity Paul speaks of a false claim that his enemies state as if it were something that he can carry away. Alternate translation: “so that I might make it impossible for those who are trying to get people to regard them as highly as they respect us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 11 12 t4js figs-activepassive εὑρεθῶσιν 1 they may be regarded as equal to us If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people will think highly of them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 11 12 t4js figs-activepassive εὑρεθῶσιν 1 they may be regarded as equal to us If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people will think highly of them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 11 13 ml66 οἱ γὰρ τοιοῦτοι 1 For such people Alternate translation: “I do what I do because people like them”
|
||||
2CO 11 13 nq3t ἐργάται δόλιοι 1 deceitful workers Alternate translation: “dishonest workers”
|
||||
2CO 11 13 y896 μετασχηματιζόμενοι εἰς ἀποστόλους 1 disguising themselves as apostles Alternate translation: “are not apostles, but they try to make themselves look like apostles”
|
||||
|
|
@ -519,8 +519,8 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CO 11 23 qdcm figs-hyperbole ἐν πληγαῖς ὑπερβαλλόντως 1 This is exaggerated to emphasize that he had been beaten many, many times. Alternate translation: “I have been beaten too many times to bother counting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
2CO 11 23 r6jv ἐν θανάτοις πολλάκις 1 in facing many dangers of death Alternate translation: “and I have almost died many times”
|
||||
2CO 11 24 ttz2 τεσσεράκοντα παρὰ μίαν 1 forty lashes minus one This was a common expression for being whipped 39 times. In Jewish law the most they were allowed to whip a person at one time was forty lashes. So they commonly whipped a person thirty-nine times so that they would be guilty of whipping someone too many times if the accidentally counted wrong.
|
||||
2CO 11 25 u9xc figs-activepassive ἐραβδίσθην 1 I was beaten with rods If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people beat me with wooden rods” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 11 25 xk9w figs-activepassive ἐλιθάσθην 1 I was stoned If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people threw stones at me until they thought I was dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 11 25 u9xc figs-activepassive ἐραβδίσθην 1 I was beaten with rods If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people beat me with wooden rods” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 11 25 xk9w figs-activepassive ἐλιθάσθην 1 I was stoned If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people threw stones at me until they thought I was dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 11 25 b4kz νυχθήμερον ἐν τῷ βυθῷ πεποίηκα 1 I have spent a night and a day on the open sea Paul was referring to floating in the water after the ship he was on sank.
|
||||
2CO 11 26 b3j9 figs-explicit κινδύνοις ἐν ψευδαδέλφοις 1 in danger from false brothers The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “and in danger from people who claimed to be brothers in Christ, but who betrayed us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2CO 11 27 ds5h figs-hyperbole γυμνότητι 1 nakedness Here Paul exaggerates to show his need of clothing. Alternate translation: “without enough clothing to keep me warm” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -534,7 +534,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CO 11 31 yx8z figs-litotes οὐ ψεύδομαι 1 I am not lying Paul is using litotes to emphasize that he is telling the truth. Alternate translation: “I am telling the absolute truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
2CO 11 32 n383 ὁ ἐθνάρχης Ἁρέτα τοῦ βασιλέως ἐφρούρει τὴν πόλιν 1 the governor under King Aretas was guarding the city Alternate translation: “the governor whom King Aretas had appointed had told men to guard the city”
|
||||
2CO 11 32 j7de πιάσαι με 1 to arrest me Alternate translation: “so that they might catch and arrest me”
|
||||
2CO 11 33 i8xa figs-activepassive ἐν σαργάνῃ, ἐχαλάσθην 1 I was lowered in a basket If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “some people put me in a basket and lowered me to the ground” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 11 33 i8xa figs-activepassive ἐν σαργάνῃ, ἐχαλάσθην 1 I was lowered in a basket If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “some people put me in a basket and lowered me to the ground” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 11 33 aw7d figs-metonymy τὰς χεῖρας αὐτοῦ 1 from his hands Paul uses the governor’s **hands** as metonymy for the governor. Alternate translation: “from the governor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CO 12 intro abcf 0 # 2 Corinthians 12 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Paul continues defending his authority in this chapter.<br><br>When Paul was with the Corinthians, he proved himself to be an apostle by his powerful deeds. He had not ever taken anything from them. Now that he is coming for the third time, he will still not take anything. He hopes that when he visits, he will not need to be harsh with them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/apostle]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Paul’s vision<br><br>Paul now defends his authority by telling about a wonderful vision of heaven. Although he speaks in the third person in verses 2-5, verse 7 indicates that he was the person who experienced the vision. It was so great, God gave him a physical handicap to keep him humble. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]])<br><br>### Third heaven<br><br>Many scholars believe the “third” heaven is the dwelling place of God. This is because Scripture also uses “heaven” to refer to the sky (the “first” heaven) and the universe (the “second” heaven).<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br><br>Paul uses many rhetorical questions as he defends himself against his enemies who accused him: “For how were you less important than the rest of the churches, except that I was not a burden to you?” “Did Titus take advantage of you? Did we not walk in the same way? Did we not walk in the same steps?” and “Do you think all of this time we have been defending ourselves to you?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])<br><br>### Sarcasm<br><br>Paul uses sarcasm, a special type of irony, when he reminds them how he had helped them at no cost. He says, “Forgive me for this wrong!” He also uses regular irony when he says: “But, since I am so crafty, I am the one who caught you by deceit.” He uses it to introduce his defense against this accusation by showing how impossible it was to be true. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Paradox<br><br>A “paradox” is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. This sentence in verse 5 is a paradox: “I will not boast, except about my weaknesses.” Most people do not boast about being weak. This sentence in verse 10 is also a paradox: “For whenever I am weak, then I am strong.” In verse 9, Paul explains why both of these statements are true. ([2 Corinthians 12:5](../12/05.md))
|
||||
2CO 12 1 iwn3 0 Connecting Statement: In defending his apostleship from God, Paul continues to state specific things that have happened to him since he became a believer.
|
||||
|
|
@ -543,7 +543,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CO 12 2 cz7u οἶδα ἄνθρωπον ἐν Χριστῷ 1 I know a man in Christ Paul is actually speaking of himself as if he were speaking of someone else, but this should be translated literally if possible.
|
||||
2CO 12 2 fth2 εἴτε ἐν σώματι οὐκ οἶδα, εἴτε ἐκτὸς τοῦ σώματος οὐκ οἶδα 1 whether in the body, I do not know, or out of the body, I do not know Paul continues to describe himself as if this happened to another person. “I do not know if this man was in his physical body or in his spiritual body”
|
||||
2CO 12 2 k4aw τρίτου οὐρανοῦ 1 the third heaven Here, the **third heaven** refers to the dwelling place of God rather than the sky or outer space (the planets, stars, and the universe).
|
||||
2CO 12 4 qv5h ἡρπάγη εἰς τὸν Παράδεισον 1 was caught up into paradise Paul continues his account of what happened to “this man” (verse 3). If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. This could mean: (1) God took this man into **paradise**. (2) an angel took this man into **paradise**. If possible, it would be best not to name the one who took the man: “someone took him up to paradise” or “they took him up to paradise.”
|
||||
2CO 12 4 qv5h ἡρπάγη εἰς τὸν Παράδεισον 1 was caught up into paradise Paul continues his account of what happened to “this man” (verse 3). If your language does not use this passive form, you could state this in active form. This could mean: (1) God took this man into **paradise**. (2) an angel took this man into **paradise**. If possible, it would be best not to name the one who took the man: “someone took him up to paradise” or “they took him up to paradise.”
|
||||
2CO 12 4 wm7y ἡρπάγη 1 caught up Here, **caught up** refers to being suddenly and forcefully held and taken.
|
||||
2CO 12 4 ic45 τὸν Παράδεισον 1 paradise Here, **paradise** could refer to: (1) heaven. (2) the third heaven. (3) a special place in heaven.
|
||||
2CO 12 5 hpq6 τοῦ τοιούτου 1 of such a person Alternate translation: “of that person”
|
||||
|
|
@ -551,7 +551,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CO 12 6 p8fm μή τις εἰς ἐμὲ λογίσηται ὑπὲρ ὃ βλέπει με, ἢ ἀκούει ἐξ ἐμοῦ 1 no one will think more of me than what he sees in me or hears from me Alternate translation: “no one will give me more credit than what he sees in me or hears from me”
|
||||
2CO 12 7 v5s7 0 General Information: This verse reveals that Paul was speaking about himself beginning in [2 Corinthians 12:2](../12/02.md).
|
||||
2CO 12 7 xxi2 τῇ ὑπερβολῇ τῶν ἀποκαλύψεων 1 because of the surpassing greatness of the revelations Alternate translation: “because those revelations were so much greater than anything anyone else had ever seen”
|
||||
2CO 12 7 hu8g figs-activepassive ἐδόθη μοι σκόλοψ τῇ σαρκί 1 a thorn in the flesh was given to me If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God gave me a thorn in the flesh” or “God allowed me to have a thorn in the flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 12 7 hu8g figs-activepassive ἐδόθη μοι σκόλοψ τῇ σαρκί 1 a thorn in the flesh was given to me If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God gave me a thorn in the flesh” or “God allowed me to have a thorn in the flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 12 7 q5e7 figs-metaphor σκόλοψ τῇ σαρκί 1 a thorn in the flesh Here Paul’s physical problems are compared to a **thorn** piercing his **flesh**. Alternate translation: “an affliction” or “a physical problem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 12 7 q7lz ἄγγελος Σατανᾶ 1 a messenger from Satan Alternate translation: “a servant of Satan”
|
||||
2CO 12 7 ehp9 μὴ ὑπεραίρωμαι 2 overly proud Alternate translation: “I would not become too proud”
|
||||
|
|
@ -568,11 +568,11 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CO 12 10 t7qg ὅταν γὰρ ἀσθενῶ, τότε δυνατός εἰμι 1 For whenever I am weak, then I am strong Paul is saying that when he is no longer **strong** enough to do what needs to be done, Christ, who is more powerful than Paul could ever be, will work through Paul to do what needs to be done. However, it would be best to translate these words literally, if your language allows.
|
||||
2CO 12 11 a1ym γέγονα ἄφρων 1 I have become a fool Alternate translation: “I am acting like a fool”
|
||||
2CO 12 11 pzw1 ὑμεῖς με ἠναγκάσατε 1 You forced me to this Alternate translation: “You forced me to talk this way”
|
||||
2CO 12 11 v2lr figs-activepassive ἐγὼ…ὤφειλον ὑφ’ ὑμῶν συνίστασθαι 1 I should have been commended by you If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you should have praised me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 12 11 v2lr figs-activepassive ἐγὼ…ὤφειλον ὑφ’ ὑμῶν συνίστασθαι 1 I should have been commended by you If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you should have praised me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 12 11 f644 συνίστασθαι 1 commended See how you translated similar phrases in ([3:1](../03/01.md)) and ([4:2](../04/02.md)). Alternate translation: “been praised” or “been recommended”
|
||||
2CO 12 11 h4d5 figs-litotes οὐδὲν γὰρ ὑστέρησα 1 For I was not at all inferior By using the negative form, Paul is saying strongly that those Corinthians who think that he is **inferior** are wrong. Alternate translation: “For I am just as good as” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
2CO 12 11 s82x figs-irony τῶν ὑπέρλίαν ἀποστόλων 1 super-apostles Paul uses irony here to show that those teachers are less important then people say they are. See how this is translated in [2 Corinthians 11:5](../11/05.md). Alternate translation: “those teachers whom some think are better than anyone else” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||||
2CO 12 12 kp5l figs-activepassive τὰ μὲν σημεῖα τοῦ ἀποστόλου κατειργάσθη 1 indeed the signs of an apostle were performed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form with emphasis on the **signs**, or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “it is the true signs of an apostle that I performed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 12 12 kp5l figs-activepassive τὰ μὲν σημεῖα τοῦ ἀποστόλου κατειργάσθη 1 indeed the signs of an apostle were performed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form with emphasis on the **signs**, or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “it is the true signs of an apostle that I performed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 12 12 d4um σημείοις τε, καὶ τέρασιν, καὶ δυνάμεσιν 1 signs and wonders and mighty deeds These are the “signs of an apostle” that Paul performed “with all perseverance.”
|
||||
2CO 12 13 z35e figs-rquestion τί γάρ ἐστιν ὃ ἡσσώθητε ὑπὲρ τὰς λοιπὰς ἐκκλησίας, εἰ μὴ ὅτι αὐτὸς ἐγὼ οὐ κατενάρκησα ὑμῶν? 1 how were you less important than the rest of the churches, except that … you? Paul is emphasizing that the Corinthians are wrong to accuse him of wanting to do them harm. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “I treated you the same way I treated all the other churches, except that I myself did not burden you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2CO 12 13 d426 αὐτὸς ἐγὼ οὐ κατενάρκησα ὑμῶν 1 I was not a burden to you Alternate translation: “I did not ask you for money or other things I needed”
|
||||
|
|
@ -603,9 +603,9 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CO 12 21 rn6u figs-abstractnouns πορνείᾳ 1 of the … sexual immorality If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **sexual immorality**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “of doing sexually immoral deeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2CO 12 21 yyr5 figs-abstractnouns ἀσελγείᾳ 1 of the … lustful indulgence If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **lustful indulgence**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “doing things that satisfy immoral sexual desire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2CO 13 intro abcg 0 # 2 Corinthians 13 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>In this chapter, Paul finishes defending his authority. He then concludes the letter with a final greeting and blessing.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Preparation<br><br>Paul instructs the Corinthians as he prepares to visit them. He is hoping to avoid needing to discipline anyone in the church so he can visit them joyfully. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/disciple]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Power and weakness<br><br>Paul repeatedly uses the contrasting words “power” and “weakness” in this chapter. The translator should use words that are understood to be opposites of each other.<br><br>### “Examine yourselves to see if you are in the faith. Test yourselves.”<br><br>Scholars are divided over what these sentences mean. Some scholars say that Christians are to test themselves to see whether their actions align with their Christian faith. The context favors this understanding. Others say these sentences mean that Christians should look at their actions and question whether they are genuinely saved. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])
|
||||
2CO 13 1 slj1 figs-activepassive ἐπὶ στόματος δύο μαρτύρων καὶ τριῶν σταθήσεται πᾶν ῥῆμα 1 Every matter must be established by the evidence of two or three witnesses If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Believe that someone has done something wrong only after two or three people have said the same thing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 13 1 slj1 figs-activepassive ἐπὶ στόματος δύο μαρτύρων καὶ τριῶν σταθήσεται πᾶν ῥῆμα 1 Every matter must be established by the evidence of two or three witnesses If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Believe that someone has done something wrong only after two or three people have said the same thing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 13 2 fxl6 τοῖς λοιποῖς πᾶσιν 1 all the rest Alternate translation: “all you other people”
|
||||
2CO 13 4 a1bf figs-activepassive καὶ…ἐσταυρώθη 1 he was crucified If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they crucified him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 13 4 a1bf figs-activepassive καὶ…ἐσταυρώθη 1 he was crucified If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they crucified him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 13 5 sbx4 ἐν ὑμῖν 1 in you Here, **in you** could mean: (1) Jesus is living inside each individual. (2) Jesus is living among them, part of and the most important member of the group.
|
||||
2CO 13 7 u75e figs-doublenegatives μὴ ποιῆσαι ὑμᾶς κακὸν μηδέν 1 that you may not do any wrong If your readers would misunderstand the double-negative **not … wrong**, you could express it in positive form. Alternate translation: “you will do everything right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
2CO 13 7 gt2e δόκιμοι 1 to have passed the test Alternate translation: “to be great teachers and live the truth”
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
Loading…
Reference in New Issue